Siemens AG 2011 /4 Introduction /5 Process or field communication /9 Data communication /11 Communication overview /12 Configuration examples /14 Topologies /16 Network components /16 Overview of network components /18 Network selection criteria /21 Connection examples /2 Electrical networks (RS485) /2 FastConnect /25 bus cables /7 ECOFAST bus cables /42 Energy cables /48 RS485 bus connector /56 80-1T connecting cable /57 80-2 connecting cable /58 M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector /65 Bus terminals /68 Active RS 485 terminating element /69 Repeater RS 485 for /71 Diagnostic repeater for DP /72 Power Rail Booster /7 SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes ADI 4 /74 Electrical networks ( PA) /74 Introduction /77 SpliTConnect /80 Bus cables /8 Active field distributors /85 PA network transitions /89 Optical networks with OLM /89 Overview of FC-FOCs /91 FC glass fiber-optic cable /96 FC FO termination kit /97 Glass fiber-optic cable /112 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable /119 PCF-FOC termination kit /122 OLM Optical Link Module /15 SIPLUS OLM Optical Link Module /17 Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface /17 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable /14 ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable /147 PCF-FOC termination kit /150 Optical bus terminal OBT /15 System interfaces for SIMATIC S7 /15 Overview /154 Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 /154 CM 1242-5 /158 CM 124-5 /162 Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 /162 CP 42-5 /166 SIPLUS CP 42-5 /167 CP 42-5 FO /172 CP 4-5 /176 Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 /176 CP 44-5 Basic /180 CP 44-5 Extended /185 SIPLUS CP 44-5 Extended /185 Communication for SIMATIC S7-mEC with CP 560 /86 Electrical networks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) /86 Bus cables
/186 System interfaces for PG/PC/IPC /186 Communication for PC-based systems Overview /187 Performance data /188 Connection options to SIMATIC IPC /189 CP 560 /196 CP 561 A2 /202 CP 5614 A2 /209 CP 562 /215 CP 5624 /222 CP 5611 A2 /226 CP 5621 /20 CP 5711 /25 SOFTNET for /28 OPC Server for /241 S7 OPC Redundancy for /24 Connection options for SIMATIC HMI /24 System interfaces with WinCC flexible /244 SIMATIC S7 /247 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT /249 SIMATIC WinCC /254 System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) /255 System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) SIMATIC S7 /257 System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) SIMATIC WinCC (TIA Portal) Runtime /258 System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) WinCC Runtime Communication /261 Network transitions /261 DP/DP coupler /262 PA network transitions Ch.6 DP/AS-i LINK Advanced Ch.6 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Ch. 6 DP/AS-i F-Link /267 Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Ch. 6 SIRIUS M200D motor starters General data /267 M200D motor starters for /270 M200D motor starters for communication modules, motor starter modules /271 Accessories for M200D motor starters for /27 Software Motor Starter ES /277 SIRIUS Motor Starter Function Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7 /279 ECOFAST motor starters /279 General data /280 Motor starters for Motor starters for AS-Interface, Accessories /281 ECOFAST Motor starters Software /282 SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices /282 SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data /288 Basic units /289 Expansion modules /290 Failsafe expansion modules /291 Accessories /295 UF18 current transformers for overload protection /296 SIRIUS RK modular safety system /296 General data /297 Central modules, expansion modules, interface modules, operating and monitoring modules /298 Accessories
/00 Energy management /00 PC-based energy management system /02 SIMATIC-based energy management system /0 7KM PAC measuring devices /04 7KM PAC100 measuring devices /05 7KM PAC200 measuring devices /06 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices /07 Expansion modules for 7KM PAC measuring devices /09 Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC /10 SIMATIC powerrate /12 SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200 /1 WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 /14 PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC /25 Vision sensors /25 SIMATIC VS120 /26 Lenses /27 Engineering/ Network Management/Diagnostics /27 STEP 7 Professional/Basic V11 /29 STEP 7 /1 SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager /6 BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics /8 Components /8 DP ASICs /41 Connections/interfaces /42 Development kits /44 Partner solutions /44 Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave /15 Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON /16 powermanager /19 powerconfig /20 SIMATIC identification systems /20 Communication modules ASM 456, SIMATIC RF160C /22 Code reading system SIMATIC VS10-2
Siemens AG 2011 Introduction Overview Bus system - for process and field communication with field devices from different manufacturers - and for data communication acc. to IEC 61158/61784 the fieldbus standard in production and process engineering comprises: - Specification of the standards for the physical characteristics of the bus and the access procedure - Specification of the user protocol and the user interface Laptop Offers openness for interfacing to standardized non-siemens components Process or field communication - DP for fast, cyclic data exchange with field devices - PA for applications in process automation and in the intrinsically safe area Data communication - FMS for data communication between programmable controllers of different manufacturers Remote access, e.g. via teleservice PC S7 1200 with CP1242 7 Control and monitoring system Motion Control Systems Telecontrol and substation control Database Server IWLAN Security Notebook Access Point Access Point Field device for intrinsically safe area Control and monitoring system PC/PG/IPC Numeric Control Link Coupler Link PA ASM456 Field devices Field devices SIMOCODE pro Code reading systems Mobile Panel DP-Slave Motion Control Systems Access Point Power supply LOGO! Controller Module Compact feeder arrangement Sensors SINAMICS Slaves Slaves Signalling column Field device G_IK10_XX_50018 in the communication landscape Benefits is a powerful, open, and rugged bus system that ensures trouble-free communication. The system is fully standardized, which enables trouble-free connection of standardized components from a variety of manufacturers. Configuration, commissioning, and troubleshooting can be carried out from any location. This results in user-defined communication relationships that are very versatile, simple to implement, and easy to change. Fast assembly and commissioning on site with the help of the FastConnect wiring system. Continuous monitoring of network components through a simple and effective signaling concept. High security of investment since existing networks can be extended without any adverse effects. High availability through ring redundancy with OLM. More information Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products (order numbers 6GK..., 6XV1...), which you can view on the Internet pages below: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info /4
Introduction Process or field communication Overview Communication functions Process or field communication ( DP, PA) is used to link field devices to a programmable controller, HMI system or control system. Interfacing is performed over integrated interfaces on the CPU or through interface modules (IMs) and communications modules (CPs, CMs). With modern high-performance automation systems, it is often more effective to link more than one DP line to one system, not just to increase the number of I/O devices that can be connected, but also to enable individual production areas to be handled independently of one another (segmentation). standardized to IEC 61158/61784 is a high-performance, open, rugged fieldbus system with short response times and the following protocols: DP (Distributed I/O) is used to connect distributed I/O stations, such as SIMATIC ET 200 with extremely fast response times in accordance with the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard. PA (Process Automation) extends DP with failsafe transmission technology in accordance with the international standard IEC 61158-2. /5
Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Process or field communication Overview (continued) is used to connect field devices, e.g. distributed I/O devices or drives, to automation systems such as SIMATIC S7, or PCs. is used when I/O devices are widely distributed on the machine or in the plant (e.g. at the field level) and can be combined into one station (e.g. ET 200), typically more than 16 inputs/outputs. The actuators and sensors are connected to field devices. The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the programmable controller or PC. High-performance tools such as STEP 7 are available for configuring and parameterizing the I/O devices. Testing and start-up is possible over DP from any connection point using these tools. DP master e.g. PLC or PC S7-00 (Slave) with CPU 1x-2 DP or CP 42-5, CP 42-5 FO Code reading systems ET 200S S7-1200 Customer-specific solution with Siemens ASICs PC with CP 5611 A2 CP 5614 A2 CP 5621 ET 200M ET 200iSP RS 485iS coupler ET 200L ET 200eco DP/PA coupler/link ET 200pro with motor starter Field device for hazardous areas PA DP/AS-i F Link DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE) DP/AS-i LINK Advanced SITRANS F US Mobile Panel Master Drive Customer-specific solution with Siemens ASICs SITRANS P G_IK10_XX_50108 DPslaves /6
Introduction Process or field communication Overview (continued) DP device types DP distinguishes between two different master classes and different DP functions: DP Master Class 1 The DP master Class 1 is the central component on DP. The central controller or PC exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves) in a fixed, repeated message cycle. DP Master Class 2 Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics). A DP master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input, output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves. DP slave A DP slave is an I/O device that reads in input data and forwards output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data depends on the device and can be up to 244 bytes. The functional scope can differ between DP masters of Class 1 and 2 or DP slaves. This determines the performance and availability of a communication processor. DP-V0 The DP master functions (DP-V0) comprise configuration, parameterization, read input data and write outputs in cycles, read diagnostics data. DP-V1 The additional DP function expansions (DP-V 1) make it possible to perform non-isochronous read and write functions as well as acknowledgement of alarms at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. These extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation. Data transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves. DP-V2 The DP master functions (DP-V2) comprise functions for isochronous mode and direct data communication between DP slaves. Isochronous mode Isochronous mode is implemented by means of a signal with a constant bus cycle for the bus system. This isochronous, constant cycle is sent by the master to all bus stations in the form of a global control message. The master and slave can then synchronize their applications with this signal. The jitter of this signal from cycle to cycle must be less than 1 µs for typical drive applications. Direct data communication between DP slaves The publisher/subscriber model is used to implement the direct data communication between slaves. Slaves declared as publishers make their input data (corresponds to response message to their own master) available to other slaves, the subscribers, for reading. Direct slave-to-slave communication is performed cyclically. /7
Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Process or field communication Integration DP Master Classes /8
Introduction Data communication Overview Communication functions Data communication (e.g. FMS) serves to exchange data between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller and intelligent partners (PC, computers, etc.). The following communication functions are available for this purpose: FMS communication This is a standardized protocol for data communication via. FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) This is ideally suited to communication from different automation systems (e.g. PLCs, PCs) from different manufacturers at the cell level with only a few stations (max. 16). Communication with field devices using the FMS interface is also possible. With the FMS services READ, WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT, read or write access to variables of the communication partner is possible from the user program by means of a variable index or variable name, or the user program can transfer its own variable values to a communications partner. Partial access to variables is supported. The communication is processed over acyclic connections (master-to-master, master-to-slave), over acyclic connections with a slave initiative or with cyclic connections (master-to-slave). The INFORMATION REPORT is can also be used to send a message to all stations on the network using a broadcast service. The FMS service IDENTIFY (request for identification characteristics of the partner) and STATUS (request partner status) can also be activated. OPC-Server The basic principle of OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is that OPC client applications communicate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturerindependent interface. The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software. PG/OP communication Comprises integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data communication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, and Industrial Ethernet networks. S7 routing With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use the programming device communication across networks. S7 communication S7 communication is the integral communication function, which has been optimized within the SIMATIC. It enables PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication services and provides a networkindependent software interface for MPI, and Industrial Ethernet networks. Open communication The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the SIMATIC S7 controllers to communicate with other SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 controllers, PCs, and third-party systems. FMS OPC PG/OP S7/S5 /9
Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Data communication Overview (continued) System connections For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are available that already have the communications functions implemented in the firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.). Programmable controller Communications processor S7-1200 CM 1242-5 CM 124-5 S7-00 S7-400 CP 42-5 CP 42-5 FO CP 4-5 CP 44-5 Basic CP 44-5 Extended S5-115U to 155U CP 541 FMS/DP PG/PC CP 5512 CP 5611 A2 CP 561 A2 CP 561 FO CP 5614 A2 CP 5621 G_IK10_XX_50005 system connections for SIMATIC and PC /10
Introduction Communication overview Function Hardware DP PG/OP S7 communikation Time S7-1200 DP master Class 1 DP master Class 2 DP slave Standard system CM 124-5 CM 1242-5 Open commu nication Highavailability communication Send/ Receive 1) Sending stations CP 42-5/ SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended SIMATIC S7mEC CP 560 1) SDA and SDN services of Layer 2 (FDL) suitable not applicable Receiving stations G_IK10_XX_50198 Communications overview for SIMATIC Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate 8) Windows Server 2008 R2 8) Vista Business / Ultimate + SP1/2 9) Windows XP Pro + SP 9) Windows Server 2008 + SP1/2 9) Windows Server 200 R2 / SP2 9) DP Master Class 1 DP Master Class 2 DP slave Hardware Software Operation system (64 Bit) Operation system (2 Bit) Other operation systems OPC DP 5) PG/OP S7 communication Open com munication 7) CP 560 (PCI-104) CP 561 A2 CP 561 FO CP 5614 A2 (PCI 2 Bit) CP 562 CP 5624 (PCIe x1) CP with DP-Base 1) 4) 2) DK-561 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) HARDNET-PB DP (DP-561) 4) 2) HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) S7 OPC Redundancy for CP 5611 A2 (PCI 2 Bit) CP 5621 (PCIe x1) CP 5512 (CardBus 2 Bit) CP 5711 (USB V2.0) SOFTNET-PB DP 2)) 2)) SOFTNET-PB DP Slave Communications overview for PG/PC 2) SOFTNET-PB S7 S7 OPC Redundancy for You can find more information on the Internet http://www.siemens.com.simatic-net/ik-info If you have questions on LINUX projects please contact via e-mail it4industry@siemens.com STEP 7 1) Included in scope of supply of the hardware 2) DP master and DP slaves cannot be operated simultaneously ) Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 cannot be operated simultaneously on one CP (Exceptions: CP 5614 A2/ CP 5624) 4) DP-Base and DP-561 cannot be operated simultaneously 5) DP master and DP slave only possible with CP 5614/CP 5624 6) With porting via DK-561 7) SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface 8) on SIMATIC NET CD V8.1 9) on SIMATIC NET CD Edition 2008 suitable suitable under certain conditions not applicable G_IK10_XX_50058 /11
Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Configuration examples Integration Configuration example for process or field communication SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 124-5 S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended (DP master) S7-00 with CP 42-5 (DP master) PC with CP 561 A2/ CP 562 and DP Base (DP master) DP PG with STEP 7/ STEP 5 and CP 5711 Third-party device ET 200S SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 S5 with IM 08-C G_IK10_XX_50007 DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC Configuration example for data communication S7-400 with CP 44-5 Basic S7-00 with CP 4-5 PC/WinCC with CP 561 A2 and FMS-561 FMS PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5 Third-party device S5-115 - 155U with CP 541 FMS/DP G_IK10_XX_50008 FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC /12
Introduction Configuration examples Integration (continued) Configuration example for PG/OP communication G_IK10_XX_10011 PG/OP communication for transparent access to configuration and diagnostic data of the connected nodes by means of S7 routing /1
Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Topologies Overview Siemens offers a comprehensive range of network components for electrical and optical transmission technology. is standardized in accordance with IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal automation ( FMS and DP), and in accordance with IEC 61158-2 for process automation ( PA). Electrical network The electrical network uses a shielded twisted pair cable. The RS 485 interface works with voltage differences. It is therefore less sensitive to interference than a voltage or current interface. With, the stations are connected to the bus via a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 2 stations per segment). The individual segments are connected via repeaters. The transmission rate can be set in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s. The maximum segment length depends on the transmission rate. The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree structure For applications in the intrinsically-safe area, the transmission technology compliant with IEC 61158-2 is used with PA. The transmission rate in this case is 1.25 kbit/s. Characteristics High-grade bus cable Transmission method: RS 485 (acc. to EIA) Bus topology with bus terminals and bus connectors for connecting stations Transmission method in accordance with IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal automation ( FMS/DP), and in accordance with IEC61158-2 for the intrinsically-safe area ( PA) The DP transmission system of RS 485 (bit coding by means of differential voltage signals) is converted to IEC 61158-2 (bit coding by means of current signals) using the network components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link) Simple, universal installation and grounding concept Easy installation PC with CP 561 A2/ CP 5621 S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended PC/IPC with CP 5614 A2 DP DP DP/PA coupler/link ET 200M ET 200S Repeater Intrinsically safe area PA ET 200iSP RS 485iS coupler Repeater Drive ET 200pro ET 200pro with motor starter G_IK10_XX_50012 Electrical network configuration /14
Introduction Topologies Overview (continued) Optical network The fiber-optic cable variant of has the following characteristics: Transmission link is insensitive to electromagnetic influences Suitable for long ranges Galvanic isolation Uses either plastic, PCF or glass fiber-optic cables Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding problems Optical with OLMs Using optical link modules (OLM) it is possible to construct an optical network in a linear, ring, or star topology. The maximum distance between two OLMs is 15 km. The transmission rate can be set in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s. Optical with integral interface and OBT The optical with integral interface and OBT is constructed in a linear topology. A cost-optimized solution is available for this in the form of devices with integral optical interface. Terminal equipment with an RS 485 interface can be connected via an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum distance between two nodes is 50 m in the case of plastic fiberoptic cables. Special fiber-optic cables are available to cover distances of up to 400 m. Hybrid network Hybrid electrical and optical networks are possible. The transition between both media is implemented by the OLM. In station-to-station communication on the bus, there is no difference between two-wire technology and fiber-optic technology. A maximum of 127 stations can be connected to one network. The optical transmission technology offers the following advantages: Fiber-optic cables made of plastic or glass are not susceptible to electromagnetic interference and therefore render the EMC measures required for electrical networks unnecessary No additional lightning protection concept is required in the outdoor area The potentials on the modules are automatically separated thanks to the characteristics of the conductor With fiber-optic cables, long distances to field devices can be bridged. Cabinet OLM/G12 OLM/G12 OLM/G22 OLM/G12 OLM/G12 optical electrical S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended S7-00 with CP 42-5 ET 200M Drive ET 200S S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 PC/IPC with CP 5611/ CP 5621/CP 561 A2/ CP 5614 A2 OP 170B ET 200pro ET 200pro with motor starter G_IK10_XX_5015 Network configuration combining electrical and optical More information Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products (order number 6GK..., 6XV1...) that you can view on the Internet pages shown below: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info /15
Network components Siemens AG 2011 Overview of network components Overview /16
2SWLFDO 6LPSOH[ FRQQHFWRU % GHYLFHV ZLWK VLPSOH[ FRQQHFWLRQ *B,. B;;B (OHFWULFDO UHDVVHPEOHG )2& ZLWK VLPSOH[ FRQQHFWRU UHDVVHPEOHG )2& ZLWK %)2& FRQQHFWRU ODVWLF ILEHU RSWLF VWDQGDUG FDEOH )LEHU RSWLF FDEOH ZLWK 6LPSOH[ FRQQHFWRU )LEHU RSWLF FDEOH ZLWK %)2& FRQQHFWRU 2) )2& wp &) ILEHU RSWLF FDEOH wp )LEHU RSWLF FDEOH wp )LEHU RSWLF FDEOH wp %XV WHUPLQDO 52),%86 )& %XV FDEOH 52),%86 $ RZHU FDEOH +\EULG FDEOH (&2)$67 FDEOH &RQQHFWLQJ FDEOHV 52),%86 EXV FDEOHV 52),%86 )& EXV FDEOHV (OHFWULFDO &) 6WDQGDUG &DEOH * &) 7UDLOLQJ &DEOH &) 7UDLOLQJ &DEOH * ),%(5 27,& VWDQGDUG FDEOH,1'225 )LEHU 2SWLF LQGRRU FDEOH )OH[LEOH )LEHU 2SWLF WUDLOLQJ FDEOH 6,(12<5 PDULQH GXSOH[ ILEHU RSWLF FDEOH )2 6WDQGDUG &DEOH * )2 7UDLOLQJ &DEOH )2 7UDLOLQJ &DEOH * )2 *URXQG &DEOH 0 EXV WHUPLQDO % )& URFHVV &DEOH RZHU &DEOH b[b b 52),%86 +\EULG 6WDQGDUG &DEOH * 52),%86 +\EULG 5REXVW &DEOH (&2)$67 +\EULG &DEOH (&2)$67 +\EULG &DEOH * &RQQHFWLQJ FDEOH &RQQHFWLQJ FDEOH 7 52),%86 0 SOXJ LQ FDEOH 52),%86 )HVWRRQ &DEOH 52),%86 )OH[LEOH &DEOH 52),%86 )& 6WDQGDUG &DEOH 52),%86 )& 6WDQGDUG &DEOH,6 * 52),%86 )& 5REXVW &DEOH 52),%86 )& )RRG &DEOH 52),%86 )& *URXQG &DEOH 52),%86 )& )51& &DEOH 52),%86 )& 7UDLOLQJ &DEOH Siemens AG 2011 Network components Overview of network components Overview (continued) 2SWLRQV IRU FRQQHFWLQJ 52),%86 FDEOHV ZLWK SOXJV WHUPLQDOV RU GHYLFHV 2SWLFDO % )DVW&RQQHFW FRQQHFWRU % EXV FRQQHFWRU (&2)$67 FRQQHFWRU % 0 SOXJ VRFNHW % FRGHG RZHU FRQ % GHYLFHV ZLWK 6XE ' 0 FRQQHFWRU (7 SUR %XV WHUPLQDO 0 6SOL7&RQQHFW V\VWHP %)2& FRQQHFWRU % GHYLFHV ZLWK %)2& FRQQHFWLRQ /17
Network components Siemens AG 2011 Network selection criteria Overview Criteria Electrical network Optical network RS 485 conforming to IEC 61158/ 61784 IEC 61158-2 (PA) Plastic PCF Glass EMC Inter-building networking 1) 5) 5) Operating distance 2) Suitability for high transmission rate 4) - Simple plug fitting ) ) Simple cable laying Equipotential bonding measures required Yes Yes No No No Performance spectrum for special applications Used for moving nodes 6) - 6) 6) 6) Use in intrinsically safe area - - - - Summary of network selection criteria for transmission media 1) Lightning protection measures required 2) Depending on transmission rate ) Trained personnel and special tools necessary 4) Careful cable laying necessary 5) Outdoor cable required 6) Trailing cable required suitable partly suitable - not applicable G_IK10_XX_50010 /18
Network components Network selection criteria Overview (continued) Criteria Electrical network Optical network Electrical with OLM with integr. interface/ OBT Transition media Plastic 1) PCF Glass Shielded two-core cable Distances max. network size 9.6 km 5) 90 km 9.6 km between two nodes up to 1 km ) up to 15 km 2) up to 00 m 2) Topology Bus Line Tree Ring Transmission protocols all all DP Connection of nodes via OLM Integrated interfaces 4) Bus terminal Electr. network segments connectable Bus connector 1) Plastic optical fiber is also referred to as polymer optical fiber (POF) 2) Depending on type of cable used ) Depending on data rate used and performance 4) Integrated interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X) 5) for PA 1.9 km suitable Irrelevant to this application G_IK10_XX_501 Selection criteria for electrical and optical networks /19
Network components Siemens AG 2011 Network selection criteria Overview (continued) Electrical network RS 485in accordance with IEC 61158/EN 50170 IEC 61158-2 (PA) witholm Optical network with integral interface/ OBT Network topology Transmission media Tools and accessories Bus,tree Shielded twisted-pair cable FastConnect stripping tool Bus,tree Shielded twisted-pair cable for intrinsically-safe and non-intrinsically-safe areas FastConnect stripping tool Linear bus, star, ring Plastic fiber optic cable PCF optic cable Glass fiber optic cable Tools for preparing BFOC connectors for plastic fiber optic cables Linear bus Plastic fiber optic cable PCF optic cable Tools for preparing Simplex connectors for plastic fiber optic cables Connectors Bus connector SpliTConnect system BFOC connector Simplex connector Connection components Bus terminal SpliTConnect system OLM OBT Prepared cables Lightning protection 80-1T connecting cable 80-2 connecting cable Priomary protection Secondary protection to be implemented through design measures INDOOR cable with BFOC Standard glass cable with BFOC Trailing cable with BFOC Standard PCF cable with BFOC Standard plastic cable with BFOC Not required Standard PCF cable with Simplex connectors and pull cord feature Not required Electrical network segment can be connected via repeater Optical Link Module (OLM) Optical Bus Terminal (OBT) Diagnostics tool Documentation BT 200 hardware test device Manual for networks Not available Manual for networks Signal contact and integral measuring sockets; level measuring device on request Manual for networks Level measuring device on request Manual for networks G_IK10_XX_50016 network components and accessories Electrical Optical /OLM Optical /int./olm Electrical Repeater OLM OBT Optical /OLM Optical /int./obt OLM OBT OLM OBT + OLM OBT + OLM OBT, integr. optics G_IK10_XX_50017 Transitions between the transmission media /20
Network components Connection examples Integration SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FC Bus connector RS 485 FC Standard Cable G_IK10_XX 50170 Typical connection for electrical networking with FastConnect RS485 bus connector module e.g. CP 561 A2 FC Bus connector RS 485 plug 180 FC Bus cable 12M bus terminal For loop through of bus nodes to FC Bus cable G_IK10_XX 50055 Typical connection for electrical networking with FastConnect RS485 bus connector or bus terminal module e.g. CP 561 A2 OLM FC Bus connector RS 485 plug 180 FC RS 485 bus connector FC Standard Cable Preassembled glass FOC G_IK10_XX 50056 Connection example of optical networking /21
Network components Siemens AG 2011 Connection examples Integration (continued) OLM Fiber-optic cable with BFOC connector OLM G_IK10_XX 50014 Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and Simplex connectors Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and BFOC connectors DP/PA coupler TAP TAP Coupler TAP FC Process Cable SITRANS P SITRANS F SITRANS P PA G_IK10_XX 50057 Connection example of an intrinsically-safe network with PA /22
Electrical networks (RS485) FastConnect Overview Benefits Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer cladding and woven shield in one step Installation faults, such as short-circuits between the shield and cores, are excluded Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool (FC stripping tool) Termination can be checked in the assembled state through the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals thanks to color coding. Quick and easy assembly of copper cables Assembly mistakes such as short-circuits between the shield and core are excluded Design The system comprises compatible components: FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation FastConnect stripping tool FastConnect bus connector for The FastConnect bus cables can also be connected to conventional bus connectors. Function The FastConnect stripping method enables fast and easy connection of connectors to the cables. The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the use of the FastConnect stripping tool with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be stripped in one operation with perfect precision. The cable prepared in this way is connected in the FastConnect bus connector using the insulation displacement method. /2
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 FastConnect Application FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of copper cables. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 G_IK10_XX_50001 Steps in assembling copper cables with FastConnect /24
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Overview Different variants for different application areas (e.g. underground cables, trailing cables, hazardous area Zone 1 and Zone 2) High interference immunity thanks to double shielding Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free) Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings UL approvals Benefits Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded cables and a uniform grounding concept Time saving due to simple and FastConnector assembly with FastConnect cables Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Application For the construction of DP networks, different cable types are offered to suit the different types of applications. The listed bus cables should always be used. For further information on network configuration, see the network manual. UL approvals UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building. Cables with UL approval have "GP" (General Purpose) added to their name. Ex approval Cables for intrinsically safe DP applications have "IS" (intrinsically safe) added to their names Design Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section The following applies for all bus cables: The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding terminals on the bus terminal Printed meter marks Cable types The shape of the FastConnect (FC) bus cables is radially symmetric and allows an insulation stripping tool to be used. This means that bus connectors can be assembled quickly and easily. FC Standard Cable GP: Standard bus cable specially designed for fast installation FC Standard Cable IS GP: Standard bus cable with special design for quick installation for intrinsically safe distributed I/O systems FC Robust Cable: Special cable for use in corrosive atmospheres and under severe mechanical loading FC Food Cable: The PE casing of the cable makes this cable suitable for use in the food and tobacco industry FC Ground Cable: Special cable for laying underground. It differs from the bus cable in that it has an additional sheath FC Flexible Cable Flexible (stranded conductors), halogen-free bus cable with PUR sheath for occasional moving FC Trailing Cable: Bus cable specially designed for forced motion control in a trailing cable, e.g. with continuously moving machine parts (stranded core) FC FRNC Cable GP: Two-core, shielded, flame-retardant, halogen-free bus cable with Copolymer outer sheath FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive) Bus cables without FastConnect technology (due to type of construction) Festoon Cable GP: Flexible bus cable (stranded cores) specially designed for festoon suspension. For round cables, cable-carrying trolleys are recommended Torsion Cable Bus cable for highly flexible applications: Special cable (stranded cores) for use on moving parts of machines (5 million torsion movements on 1 m length of cable, ± 180º) Hybrid Cable GP: Rugged hybrid cable suitable for trailing with two copper conductors for data transmission and two copper conductors for the power supply of ET 200pro SIENOPYR FR marine cable Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved cable for permanent installation on ships and offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter. /25
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-0EH10 6XV1 81-2A 6XV1 80-0JH10 6XV1 80-0GH10 Product type designation Product description Suitability for use Cable designation FC Standard Cable GP Standard bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Standard cable of special design for fast assembly with fixed installation 02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 40 FR FC Standard Cable IS GP Standard bus cable for fast assembly, sold by the meter, in bulk Use for intrinsically-safe distributed I/O systems, for fixed installation 02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x0.64/2.55 BL KF40 FR FC Robust Cable Special bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Use in chemically and mechanically stressed environments 02YSY (ST) C11Y 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 40 FR FC Food Cable Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Use in the F & B industry 02YSY (ST) C2Y 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 Cable length - - - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length Max. at 9.6 khz 2.5 db/km 2.5 db/km 2.5 db/km 2.5 db/km Max. at 8.4 khz 4dB/km 4dB/km 4dB/km 4dB/km Max. at 4 MHz 22 db/km 22 db/km 22 db/km 22 db/km Max. at 16 MHz 42 db/km 42 db/km 42 db/km 42 db/km Characteristic impedance Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω at 9.6 khz 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω at 8.4 khz 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 110 Ω/km 110 Ω/km 110 Ω/km 110 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 9.5 Ω/km 9.5 Ω/km 9.5 Ω/km 9.5 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 28.5 pf/m 28.5 pf/m 28.5 pf/m 28.5 pf/m Operating voltage, rms value 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 2 2 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Design of electrical connection Yes Yes Yes Yes FastConnect Outer diameter of inner conductor 0.65 mm 0.64 mm 0.65 mm 0.65 mm of core insulation 2.55 mm 2.55 mm 2.55 mm 2.55 mm of inner sheath of cable 5.4 mm 5.4 mm 5.4 mm 5.4 mm of cable sheath 8mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - - - - Note Material of core insulation PE PE PE PE of inner sheath of cable PVC PVC PVC PVC of the cable sheath PVC PVC PUR PE -Note - - - Outer shield made of PE particularly suitable for the food sector /26
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-0EH10 6XV1 81-2A 6XV1 80-0JH10 6XV1 80-0GH10 Product type designation FC FC FC FC Standard Cable GP Standard Cable IS GP Robust Cable Food Cable Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green Red / green Red / green of the cable sheath Violet Blue Violet Black Bending radius with single bending 150 mm 75 mm 150 mm 0 mm With repeated bending 00 mm 150 mm 00 mm 60 mm Maximum tensile load 100 N 100 N 100 N 100 N Weight per length 80 kg/km 80 kg/km 71 kg/km 67 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +75 C -40 +75 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During storage -40 +75 C -40 +75 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During transport -40 +75 C -40 +75 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During mounting -40 +75 C -40 +75 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - - IP degree of protection - - - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) and UL 1685 (CSA FT 4) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Flammable Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance against grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance against water - - - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Cable length at 12 Mbit/s maximum 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m at 1.5 Mbit/s maximum 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating Yes: CMG / CL / Sun Res Yes: CMG / CL / Sun Res Yes: CMX No UL-Style at 600 V rating Yes Yes No No Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes Marine classification corporation Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No No No No Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS) No No No No /27
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-FH10 6XV1 81-2K 6XV1 80-EH10 6XV1 81-2L Product type designation Product description FC Ground Cable Special bus cable (2-core) with additional outer shield, sold by the meter, in bulk FC Flexible Cable Flexible bus cable (4-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for use For use as buried cable For occasionally moved machine components Cable designation 02YSY (ST) CY2Y 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 SW KF 40 02YH (ST) C11Y 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI KF40 FRNC FC VI FC Trailing Cable Highly flexible bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Continuous movement in a trailing cable 02YY (ST) C11Y 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI KF 40 FR petrol FC Trailing Cable Highly flexible bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Continuous movement in a trailing cable 02YY (ST) C11Y 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI KF 40 FR VT FC Cable length - - - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length Max. at 9.6 khz 2.5 db/km db/km db/km db/km Max. at 8.4 khz 4dB/km 4dB/km 4dB/km 4dB/km Max. at 4 MHz 22 db/km 25 db/km 25 db/km 25 db/km Max. at 16 MHz 42 db/km 49 db/km 49 db/km 49 db/km Characteristic impedance Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω at 9.6 khz 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω at 8.4 khz 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 110 Ω/km 1 Ω/km 1 Ω/km 1 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 9.5 Ω/km 14 Ω/km 14 Ω/km 14 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 28.5 pf/m 28 pf/m 28 pf/m 28 pf/m Operating voltage, rms value 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 2 2 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Design of electrical connection Yes Yes Yes Yes FastConnect Outer diameter of inner conductor 0.65 mm 0.67 mm 0.67 mm 0.67 mm of core insulation 2.55 mm 2.56 mm 2.56 mm 2.56 mm of inner sheath of cable 5.4 mm 5.4 mm 5.4 mm 5.4 mm of cable sheath 10.8 mm 8mm 8mm 8mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer diameter of cable sheath 0.5 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm /28
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-FH10 6XV1 81-2K 6XV1 80-EH10 6XV1 81-2L Product type designation FC FC FC Flexible Cable Trailing Cable Trailing Cable Outer diameter of cable sheath - Note FC Ground Cable The cable (diameter 8.0 mm +-0.4 mm) has an additional black outer shield (diameter 10.8 mm +-0.5 mm) as protection against destruction when used as a buried cable. Because of the outer diameter > 8 mm: bus connectors can only be connected following removal of the outer shield. - - - Material of core insulation PE PE PE PE of inner sheath of cable PVC FRNC PVC PVC of cable sheath PE / PVC PUR PUR PUR -Note PVC (cable shield), PE - - - (additional outer shield) Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green Red / green Red / green of cable sheath Black Violet Petrol Violet Bending radius with single bending 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm With repeated bending 81 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm With continuous bending - - - - Number of bending cycles - - 000000 000000 Note - - Suitable as trailing cable for million bending cycles with a bending radius of 120 mm (15x D), and an acceleration of 4 m/s² Suitable as trailing cable for million bending cycles with a bending radius of 120 mm (15x D), and an acceleration of 4 m/s² Number of torsion cycles with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length - - - - Maximum tensile load 100 N 100 N 100 N 100 N Weight per length 117 kg/km 70 kg/km 77 kg/km 77 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +60 C -20 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During storage -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During transport -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C During mounting -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C -40 +60 C Ambient conditions for operation - Restricted segment lengths (see Manual for networks) Behavior in fire Flammable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Restricted segment lengths (see Manual for networks) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant Resistant Resistant against grease Limited resistance Resistant Resistant Resistant against water - - - - Radiological resistance to UV radiation Resistant Resistant Resistant Resistant Restricted segment lengths (see Manual for networks) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 /29
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-FH10 6XV1 81-2K 6XV1 80-EH10 6XV1 81-2L Product type designation FC FC FC FC Ground Cable Flexible Cable Trailing Cable Trailing Cable Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Yes No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Cable length at 1.5 Mbit/s maximum 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m at 12 Mbit/s maximum 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating No Yes: CMX Yes: CMX Yes: CMX UL-Style at 600 V rating No No No No Certificate of suitability - - - - RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes Marine classification association Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No No No No Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No No No No Order No. 6XV1 80-0LH10 6XV1 80-GH10 6XV1 80-0PH10 6XV1 80-0MH10 Product type designation FC SIENOPYR FR FRNC Cable GP Festoon Cable GP Torsion Cable Marine Cable Product description Suitability for use Cable designation Highly flamed retardant, halogen-free bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Halogen-free cable, suitable for indoor use 02YSH (ST) CH 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 25 FRNC FC Flexible bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Special for use on festoons 02YS (ST) CY 1x2x0.65/2.56 LI petrol FR Highly flexible bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Use in moved machine components 02Y (ST) C 11Y 1x2x0.8/2.56-150 LI FR VI Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Cable for installation on ships and offshore units M-02Y (ST) CH X 1 x 2 x 0.5 100 V Cable length - - - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length at 9.6 khz maximum 2.5 db/km db/km 2.5 db/km db/km at 8.4 khz maximum 4dB/km 4dB/km db/km 5dB/km at 4 MHz maximum 22 db/km 25 db/km 25 db/km 22 db/km at 16 MHz maximum 42 db/km 49 db/km 49 db/km 45 db/km Characteristic impedance rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω at 9.6 khz 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω 250 Ω at 8.4 khz 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω 185 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % 10 % 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 110 Ω/km 1 Ω/km 98 Ω/km 110 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 9.5 Ω/km 19 Ω/km 14 Ω/km - Capacitance per length at 1 khz 28.5 pf/m 28 pf/m 29 pf/m - Operating voltage, rms value 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V /0
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-0LH10 6XV1 80-GH10 6XV1 80-0PH10 6XV1 80-0MH10 Product type designation FC SIENOPYR FR FRNC Cable GP Festoon Cable GP Torsion Cable Marine Cable Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 2 2 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Overlapping aluminumclad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Design of FastConnect electrical Yes No No No connection Outer diameter of inner conductor 0.65 mm 0.67 mm 0.8 mm 0.67 mm of core insulation 2.55 mm 2.56 mm 2.56 mm - of inner sheath of cable 5.4 mm 5.8 mm 6mm 8 mm of the cable sheath 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10. mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer diameter of cable sheath 0.4 mm 0. mm 0.4 mm 0.5 mm Outer diameter of cable sheath - Note - - - Outer diameter > 8 mm: bus connectors can only be connected following removal of the outer shield Material of core insulation PE PE PE PE of inner sheath of cable FRNC - - Halogen-free polymer (HM4) of the cable sheath FRNC PVC PUR Halogen-free cross-linked polymer -Note - - - - Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green Red / green Red / green of the cable sheath Violet Petrol Violet Black Bending radius With single bending 60 mm 0 mm 0 mm 10 mm With repeated bending 80 mm 70 mm 60 mm 206 mm With continuous bending - - - - Number of bending cycles - - - - Note - - Not suitable for festoon - mounting Number of torsion cycles with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length - - 5000000 - Maximum tensile load 100 N 80 N 100 N 100 N Weight per length 72 kg/km 64 kg/km 65 kg/km 109 kg/km Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -25 +80 C -40 +80 C -25 +75 C -40 +80 C During storage -25 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -25 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During mounting -25 +80 C -40 +80 C -25 +75 C -10 +80 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - At ambient temperatures below -10 C the cables must not be exposed to any more vibrations than those normally encountered in marine applications. /1
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-0LH10 6XV1 80-GH10 6XV1 80-0PH10 6XV1 80-0MH10 Product type designation FC FRNC Cable GP Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C), IEC 602--22 (Category A) Festoon Cable GP Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) Torsion Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 SIENOPYR FR Marine Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant Resistant against grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant Resistant against water - - - Limited resistance Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes No Yes Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Cable length at 1.5 Mbit/s maximum 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m at 12 Mbit/s maximum 100 m 100 m 60 m 100 m Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating Yes: CM / CL / Sun Res Yes: CMG / PLCT / Sun Res / Oil Res UL-Style at 600 V rating Yes Yes No No Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes - Yes - Marine classification association Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No No No Yes Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No No No Yes Yes: CMX No /2
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 860-2R 6XV1 860-2S Product type designation Hybrid Standard Cable GP Hybrid Robust Cable Product description Hybrid cable (data and power cores), sold by the meter, in bulk Hybrid cable (data and power cores), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for use Hybrid cable suitable as trailing cable, for data and power supply to ET 200pro Rugged cable for data and power supply to ET 200pro in mechanically stressed environments. Cable resistant to spatter in accordance with HD22.2 S / 5 Cable designation 02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIY-Z Y 2x1x1.5 VI 02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIH-Z 11Y 2x1x1.5 VI FRNC Cable length - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length Max. at 9.6 khz 0.004 db/m 0.004 db/m Max. at 4 MHz 0.025 db/m 0.025 db/m Max. at 16 MHz 0.049 db/m 0.049 db/m Characteristic impedance Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω at 9.6 khz 270 Ω 270 Ω at 8.4 khz 185 Ω 185 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 18 Ω/km 18 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 10 Ω/km 10 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 0 pf/m 0 pf/m Inductance per length - - Operating voltage, rms value 00 V 00 V Conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm² power core Continuous current of power cores 7.5 A 7.5 A Mechanical data Design of shield Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tin-plated copper wires Number of electrical cores 2 2 Design of electrical connection No No FastConnect Outer diameter of core insulation 2.56 mm 2.56 mm of inner sheath of cable - - of the cable sheath 11 mm 11 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0.5 mm 0.5 mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - Note - - Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tin-plated copper wires /
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 860-2R 6XV1 860-2S Product type designation Hybrid Standard Cable GP Hybrid Robust Cable Material of core insulation PE PE of inner sheath of cable - - of the cable sheath PVC PUR -Note - - Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green of core insulation of power cores Black Black of the cable sheath Violet Violet Bending radius Minimum permitted single 44 mm 44 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 125 mm 125 mm bending radius Number of bending cycles 1.000.000.000.000 Note Number of torsion cycles with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length Suitable as trailing cable for 1 million bending cycles with a bending radius of 125 mm and an acceleration of 2.5 m/s 2 - - Suitable as trailing cable for million bending cycles with a bending radius of 125 mm and an acceleration of 2.5 m/s 2 Maximum tensile load 450 N 450 N Weight per length 140 kg/km 15 kg/km Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +75 C -40 +75 C During storage -40 +75 C -40 +75 C During transport -40 +75 C -40 +75 C During mounting -40 +75 C -40 +75 C Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant against grease Limited resistance Resistant against water - - Radiological resistance to Not resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating Yes: CMG Yes: CMX UL-Style at 600 V rating No No Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes /4
Electrical networks (RS485) bus cables Ordering data Order No. Order No. FC 6XV1 80-0EH10 Standard Cable GP Standard type with special design for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded, Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Not pre-assembled 20 m 6XV1 80-0EN20 50 m 6XV1 80-0EN50 100 m 6XV1 80-0ET10 200 m 6XV1 80-0ET20 500 m 6XV1 80-0ET50 1000 m 6XV1 80-0EU10 In spool box 50 m 6XV1 80-1EN50 100 m 6XV1 80-1ET10 FC 6XV1 81-2A Standard Cable IS GP Standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded, for intrinsically safe distributed I/O systems Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC Robust Cable 6XV1 80-0JH10 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC Food Cable 6XV1 80-0GH10 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC Ground Cable 6XV1 80-FH10 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC Flexible Cable 6XV1 81-2K 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC Trailing Cable 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Sheath color: Petrol 6XV1 80-EH10 Sheath color: Violet 6XV1 81-2L Festoon Cable GP 6XV1 80-GH10 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FC FRNC Cable GP 6XV1 80-0LH10 2-core, shielded, nonflammable, with copolymer outer sheath FRNC Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Torsion Cable 6XV1 80-0PH10 2-core, shielded Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Hybrid 6XV1 860-2R Standard Cable GP hybrid cable suitable as trailing cable and resistant to welding spatter, with 2 power conductors (1.5 mm 2 ) for supply of data and power to ET 200pro Hybrid 6XV1 860-2S Robust Cable Rugged hybrid cable for supply of data and power to ET 200pro Special bus cables SIENOPYR 6XV1 80-0MH10 shipboard cable Copper cable for ships and offshore units Sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m, minimum order 20 m /5
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 bus cables Ordering data Order No. Additional components FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AA00 Stripping Tool Preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AB00 Blade Cassettes Spare blade cassettes for FastConnect stripping tool, 5 units FastConnect bus connector RS485 with 90 cable outlet With insulation displacement terminals, max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10 bus connector RS485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet, insulation displacement Accessories Lightning protection modules for reliable transmission between buildings with overvoltage protection 2) Basic protection Basic section 919506 Protection module Type B 919510 Protective housing 906055 Terminal element 919508 Low-voltage protection Basic section 919506 Protection module 919570 Terminal element 919508 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English 1) Further language versions and manuels can be found with the respective products on: www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net 2) Order from: DEHN & Söhne Hans-Dehn-Str.1 9218 Neumarkt/Opf, Germany More information Installation instructions The bus cables are supplied by the meter. If a bus segment must be assembled using two sections (e.g. > 1000 m segment length), bushings can be used for this purpose (low-impedance connection between cores with clamps, connect shields over a wide area). FastConnect The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer sheath and shield of the new FastConnect bus cables to the right length in one step. In this way, the bus connectors (except 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0) can be connected easily and quickly to the bus cable. Cable routing During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap. Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load! An underground cable must be used if cables are laid outside buildings e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete building blocks or when routed through protective pipes made of steel or plastic above or below ground. Comply with overvoltage protection guidelines for underground laying. Note: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /6
Electrical networks (RS485) ECOFAST bus cables Overview Benefits Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiberoptic) with high degree of protection (IP65) With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and engineering of machines and plants can be reduced ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation and drive systems Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized interfaces and plug connectors. With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption of power and fieldbus when replacing equipment. In the ECOFAST system, all devices with bus capability are connected to DP using the bus cables. The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains: DP in copper RS 485; Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC: - 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs) - 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for EMERGENCY OFF) The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed lengths preassembled with ECOFastConnector (Han Brid) and socket. Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-7AH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Hybrid Cable Product description Suitability for application Cable designation ECOFAST hybrid cable (data and power cores), sold by the meter, in bulk Hybrid cable for connection of ECOFAST nodes 02Y (ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI LIH-Z 11Y 4x1x1.5 VI FRNC 6XV1 860-2P ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP ECOFAST hybrid cable (data and power cores), sold by the meter, in bulk Hybrid cable for connection of ECOFAST nodes, UL approval 02Y (ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI LIY-Z Y 4x1x1.5 VI Cable length - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length Max. at 9.6 MHz 0.004 db/m 0.004 db/m Max. at 4 MHz 0.025 db/m 0.025 db/m Max. at 16 MHz 0.049 db/m 0.049 db/m Order No. 6XV1 80-7AH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Hybrid Cable 6XV1 860-2P ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP Characteristic impedance Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω At 9.6 khz 270 Ω 270 Ω At 8.4 khz 185 Ω 185 Ω At MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 18 Ω/km 18 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 15 Ω/km 15 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 0 pf/m 0 pf/m Inductance per length - - Operating voltage, rms value 100 V 600 V Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm² of power core Continuous current of power cores 12 A 12 A /7
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 ECOFAST bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-7AH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Hybrid Cable Mechanical data Design of shield Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires 6XV1 860-2P ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires Number of electrical cores 4 4 Design of electrical connection No No FastConnect Outer diameter of core insulation 2.56 mm 2.56 mm of inner sheath of cable - - of the cable sheath 11 mm 11 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0. mm 0. mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - - Note Material of core insulation PE PE of inner sheath of cable - - of the cable sheath PUR PVC Material of cable sheath - Note - - Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green of core insulation of power cores Black Black of the cable sheath Violet Violet Bending radius Minimum permitted single bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 82.5 mm 110 mm bending radius Number of bending cycles 5000000 1000000 Note Suitable as trailing cable for 5 million bending cycles with a bending radius of 82.5 mm (7.5x D), and an acceleration of 2.5 m/s² Suitable as trailing cable for 1 million bending cycles with a bending radius of 166 mm (15x D), and an acceleration of 4.0 m/s² Number of torsion cycles with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length - - Maximum tensile load 00 N 00 N Weight per length 150 kg/km 154 kg/km Order No. 6XV1 80-7AH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Hybrid Cable 6XV1 860-2P ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +60 C -0 +80 C During storage -40 +60 C -0 +80 C During transport -40 +60 C -0 +80 C During mounting -40 +60 C -0 +80 C Behavior in fire Flameretardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Flameretardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Water - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL-Listing at 00 V rating No Yes: CM / CL / SunRes / OilRes UL-Style at 600 V rating No Yes Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes /8
Electrical networks (RS485) ECOFAST bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0CA00 6GK1 905-0CB00 6GK1 905-0CC00 6GK1 905-0CD00 Product type designation Product description Suitability for application PB ECOFAST Hybrid Plug 180 ECOFAST Hanbrid connector with pin insert For connection to ECOFAST hybrid cables, transmission of data and energy PB ECOFAST Hybrid Plug 180 ECOFAST Hanbrid connector with socket insert For connection to ECOFAST hybrid cables, transmission of data and energy PB ECOFAST Hybrid Plug angled ECOFAST Hanbrid connector with pin insert, angled For connection to ECOFAST hybrid cables, transmission of data and energy PB ECOFAST Hybrid Plug angled ECOFAST Hanbrid connection with socket insert, angled For connection to ECOFAST hybrid cables, transmission of data and energy Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables 1 1 1 1 for network components or 1 1 1 1 terminal equipment Design of electrical connection for cables for network components or terminal equipment Mechanical data integrated crimp contacts for 6-core ECOFAST hybrid cables Hanbrid connector with pin insert integrated crimp contacts for 6-core ECOFAST hybrid cables Hanbrid connector with socket insert integrated crimp contacts for 6-core ECOFAST hybrid cables Hanbrid connector with pin insert integrated crimp contacts for 6-core ECOFAST hybrid cables Hanbrid connector with socket insert Design of terminating resistor - - - - Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet Width 27 mm 27 mm 27 mm 27 mm Height 27 mm 27 mm 8.4 mm 8.4 mm Depth 71 mm 71 mm 54.6 mm 54.6 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +70 C -20 +70 C -20 +70 C -20 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water Resistant Resistant Resistant Resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes /9
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 ECOFAST bus cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0DA10 Product type designation PB ECOFAST Terminating Plug Product description ECOFAST bus terminating plug connector with pin insert and integral terminating resistors Suitability for application As terminating plug connector for DP Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables - for network components 1 or terminal equipment Design of electrical connection for cables - for network components Hanbrid connector or terminal equipment with socket insert Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor Resistor combination integrated Enclosure material Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 27 mm Height 27 mm Depth 71 mm Net weight 40 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C IP degree of protection IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water Resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Product component strain relief Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: Yes RoHS conformity Ordering data Order No. ECOFAST Hybrid Cable - Cu Trailing cable (PUR sheath), with two shielded Cu wires for DP plus four Cu wires of 1.5 mm 2 Sold by the meter; 6XV1 80-7AH10 max. quantity 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; Not pre-assembled 20 m 6XV1 80-7AN20 50 m 6XV1 80-7AN50 100 m 6XV1 80-7AT10 Pre-assembled with ECOFAST male and female connectors, fixed length 0.5 m 6XV1 80-7BH05 1.0 m 6XV1 80-7BH10 1.5 m 6XV1 80-7BH15 m 6XV1 80-7BH0 5 m 6XV1 80-7BH50 10 m 6XV1 80-7BN10 15 m 6XV1 80-7BN15 20 m 6XV1 80-7BN20 25 m 6XV1 80-7BN25 0 m 6XV1 80-7BN0 5 m 6XV1 80-7BN5 40 m 6XV1 80-7BN40 45 m 6XV1 80-7BN45 50 m 6XV1 80-7BN50 Pre-assembled with two ECOFast Connectors, variable length ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP Trailing cable with 4 x Cu and 2 x Cu, shielded, with UL approval Sold by the meter; 6XV1 860-2P max. quantity 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; Not pre-assembled 20 m 6XV1 860-4PN20 50 m 6XV1 860-4PN50 100 m 6XV1 860-4PT10 Pre-assembled with ECOFAST male and female connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 860-PH05 1 m 6XV1 860-PH10 1.5 m 6XV1 860-PH15 m 6XV1 860-PH0 5 m 6XV1 860-PH50 10 m 6XV1 860-PN10 15 m 6XV1 860-PN15 20 m 6XV1 860-PN20 25 m 6XV1 860-PN25 0 m 6XV1 860-PN0 5 m 6XV1 860-PN5 40 m 6XV1 860-PN40 45 m 6XV1 860-PN45 50 m 6XV1 860-PN50 /40
Electrical networks (RS485) ECOFAST bus cables Ordering data Order No. More information Additional components Cu bus connector with 2 x Cu shielded and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm 2 ; type of contact: POF, Han D for 24 V; tool: crimping tool, polishing set; 5 units; with assembly instructions with pin insert with socket insert ECOFAST Hybrid Plug angled; 6GK1 905-0CA00 6GK1 905-0CB00 You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com with 2 x Cu shielded and 4xCu 1.5mm 2 ; 5 units; with installation instructions Male pins Female pins; 6GK1 905-0CC00 6GK1 905-0CD00 ECOFAST Terminating Plug Bus termination plug-in connector for DP; with 2xCu and 4xCu 1.5mm 2 ; male pins, integrated termination resistors Pack of 1 Pack of 5 6GK1 905-0DA10 6GK1 905-0DA00 Data T piece For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage (switched and non-switched) and DP for Cu RS 485 for fiber-optic cable RK1 911-2AG00 RK1 911-2AH00 Addressing plug For setting the DP addresses 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0 /41
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Energy cables Overview Application Different cable types are needed to supply power to Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET or. The listed power cables should always be used. They are used for devices with IP65/67 degree of protection to connect the signaling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200). In addition, preassembled power connecting cables (4 x 0.75) are available in different lengths for the power supply of the ET 200 (M12 Power Connecting Cable). UL approvals As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used worldwide. Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of application Pre-assembled M12 plug-in cables for energy transfer Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications UL approvals Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings Benefits Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable design Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Design Rugged 2-core, 4-core or 5-core cable with circular crosssection for connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67 components in industrial areas. Cable types The following cables with industrial capability are available for connection of the power supply and signaling contact: Energy cable 2 x 0.75; power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components Energy cable 5 x 1.5; power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200 using 7/8" plug connectors M12 Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180; 4-core M12 power connecting cables (A-coded) with straight cable outlet for 24 V power supply of the ET 200 (pre-assembled) /42
Electrical networks (RS485) Energy cables Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 812-8A 6XV1 80-8AH10 Product type designation Energy Cable 2 x 0.75 Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 Product description Energy cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Energy cable (5-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Connection of signaling contact and 24 V power supply to SCALANCE X and Power supply of ET 200 modules with 7/8" power interface SCALANCE W Cable designation L-YY-2x1x0.75 GR L-Y11Y-Z 5x1x1.5 GR Cable length - - Electrical specifications Operating voltage, rms value 600 V 600 V Conductor cross-section 0.75 mm² 1.5 mm² of power core Continuous current of power cores 6 A 16 A Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 5 Outer diameter of inner conductor 1. mm 1.55 mm of core insulation 2.5 mm 2.7 mm of the cable sheath 7.4 mm 10.5 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0. mm 0. mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - - Note Material of core insulation PVC PVC of the cable sheath PVC PUR -Note - - Color of core insulation of power cores Brown / blue Black of the cable sheath Gray Gray Bending radius With single bending 19 mm 27 mm With repeated bending 45 mm 6 mm Maximum tensile load 100 N 500 N Weight per length 70 kg/km 149 kg/km Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +80 C -40 +80 C During storage -20 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -20 +80 C -40 +80 C During mounting -20 +80 C -40 +80 C Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant Grease Limited resistance Resistant Water - - Radiological resistance against Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL-Listing at 00 V rating Yes: CL No UL-Style at 600 V rating Yes Yes Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes /4
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Energy cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 801-5DH10 Product type designation POWER CONNECTING CABLE M12-180/M12-180 Product description Flexible connecting cable (4-core), preferred length, preassembled with a 4-pin M12 plug and a 4-pin M12 socket (A-coded) Suitability for application Cable for connecting the 24 V power supply to ET 200eco PN with IP65/67 protection Cable designation LI9YH-Y 4x0.75 Cable length 1 m Electrical specifications Operating voltage, rms value 00 V Conductor cross-section 0.75 mm² of power core Continuous current of power cores - Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 4 Outer diameter of inner conductor 1.1 mm of core insulation 1.7 mm of the cable sheath 5.7 mm Outer diameter of cable sheath - - Note Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0.2 mm diameter of cable sheath Material of core insulation PP of the cable sheath PVC -Note - Color of core insulation of power cores Brown / white / blue / black of the cable sheath Gray Bending radius With single bending 57 mm With repeated bending 57 mm Maximum tensile load 15 N Weight per length 54 kg/km Order No. 6XV1 801-5DH10 Product type designation POWER CONNECTING CABLE M12-180/M12-180 Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -25 +80 C During storage -25 +80 C During transport -25 +80 C During mounting - 80 C Note With moving applications, an operating temperature of -5 to +80 C is permitted Ambient conditions for operation - IP degree of protection IP65/67 Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with UL 758 (CSA FT 1) Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Water - Radiological resistance Not resistant to UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Silicon-free Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating - UL-Style at 600 V rating - Certificate of suitability UL approval RoHS compliance Yes /44
Electrical networks (RS485) Energy cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0FA00 6GK1 905-0FB00 6GK1 905-0FC00 Product type designation 7/8" connector 7/8" connector 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO Product description 7/8" connector with pin insert, 5-pin 7/8" connector with female contact insert, 5-pin Energy T-piece with two 7/8" female contact inserts and one 7/8" pin insert, each 5-pin Suitability for application For field assembly for ET 200 For field assembly for ET 200 For energy connection and energy distribution to ET 200pro modules Transmission rate Transmission rate with - - - Interfaces Maximum number of electrical connections for network components or terminal equipment 1 1 Number of electrical connections for network components or terminals Mechanical data 7/8" connector (pin insert) 7/8" connector (female contact insert) 7/8" connector (2 x female contact insert, 1 x pin insert) Enclosure material Metal Metal Metal Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet - Width 27 mm 27 mm 58.5 mm Height 27 mm 27 mm 7.5 mm Depth 8 mm 8 mm 26.5 mm Net weight 50 g 50 g 112 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum - - - IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water Resistant Resistant Resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes /45
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Energy cables Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA Product type designation Signaling Contact M12 Power M12 Cable Connector PRO Power M12 Plug PRO Cable Connector Product description M12 connecting socket for signal contact, 5-pin, B-coded M12 Power connecting socket, 4-pin, A-coded M12 Power connector, 4-pin, A-coded Suitability for application For connection to SCALANCE X208PRO for signal contact For connection to SCALANCE W-700 / X208PRO for 24 V DC power supply Transmission rate Transmission rate with - - - Interfaces Maximum number of electrical connections for network components or terminal equipment 1 1 1 Number of electrical connections for network components or terminals Mechanical data M12 connector (B-coded, 5-pin) M12 connector (female contact insert, A-coded, 4-pin) For connection to PS791-1PRO power supply for 24 V DC power supply M12 connector (pin insert, A-coded, 4-pin) Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 14 mm 19 mm 19 mm Height 14 mm 19 mm 19 mm Depth 59 mm 7 mm 7 mm Net weight 7 g 40 g 40 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum - - - IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water Resistant Resistant Resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes /46
Electrical networks (RS485) Energy cables Ordering data Order No. Order No. Energy cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1 812-8A Energy cable with trailing capability with 2 copper cores (0.75 mm 2 ) for connecting to M12 plug-in connector; sold by the meter; max. 1000 m, minimum order quantity 20 m Energy cable 5 x 1.5 Energy cable with trailing capability with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm 2 ) for connecting to 7/8" plug-in connector; sold by the meter; max. 1000 m; minimum order quantity 20 m 6XV1 80-8AH10 M12 Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 Flexible 4-core power connecting cable, assembled with A-coded 5-pin M12 connector and A-coded, 5-pin M12 socket to supply the ET 200 with 24 V DC; length: 0. m 6XV1 801-5DE0 0.5 m 6XV1 801-5DE50 1.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH10 1.5 m 6XV1 801-5DH15 2.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH20.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH0 5.0 m 6XV1 801-5DH50 10 m 6XV1 801-5DN10 15 m 6XV1 801-5DN15 Additional components 7/8" plug-in connector Plug with axial cable outlet for field assembly for ET 200, 5-core, plastic enclosure, 1pack=5items Male pins 6GK1 905-0FA00 Socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00 Power T-piece for ET 200 with two 7/8" socket inserts and one 7/8" pin insert 1pack=5items Signaling Contact M12 Cable 6GK1908-0DC10-6AA Connector PRO Socket for connection of SCALANCE X208PRO for signaling contact; 5-pole, B-coded, with assembly instructions; items Power M12 Cable Connector 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA PRO Socket for connection of SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded, with assembly instructions, items Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA Plug for connection to PS791-1PRO power supply for 24 V DC supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded, with assembly instructions, items SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD, German/English More information Cable routing: During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap. Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load! Note: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /47
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 RS485 bus connector Overview Used for connecting nodes to the bus cable Easy installation FastConnect plugs ensure extremely short assembly times due to their insulation-displacement technology Integrated terminating resistors (not in the case of 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0) PG connection with special bus connector possible without additional installation of network nodes. Application The RS485 bus connectors for are used for connecting a node or a network component to the bus cable for. Design Several different versions of the bus connector are available, each optimized for the devices to be connected: Bus connector with axial cable outlet (180 ), e.g. for PCs and SIMATIC HMI OPs, for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s with integrated bus terminating resistor. Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90 ); This connector permits a vertical cable outlet (with or without PG interface) for transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s with integral bus terminating resistor. At a transmission rate of, 6 or 12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable is required for the connection between bus connector with PG-interface and programming device. Bus connector with 0 cable outlet (low-cost version) without PG interface for transmission rates of up to 1.5 Mbit/s and without integrated bus terminating resistor. FastConnect bus connector RS485 (90 or 180 cable outlet) with transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast and easy assembly using insulation displacement connection technology (for rigid and flexible wires). Function The bus connector is plugged directly to the interface (9-pin Sub-D connector) of the node or a network component. The incoming and outgoing bus cable is connected through four terminals in the connector. The line termination integrated in the bus connector can be connected through an externally accessible switch (not with 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0). Here, incoming and outgoing bus cables are separated in the connector (isolating function). This is mandatory at both ends of a segment. /48
Electrical networks (RS485) RS485 bus connector Integration Bus connector Suitable for the application 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6AG1 972-0BB12-2XA0 1) 6ES7 972-0BA42-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB42-0XA0 6AG1 972-0BB42-7XA0 1) 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0 2) Cable outlet 90 cable outlet 5 cable outlet 0 cable outlet Use in PLC S7-200/-00/-400 ) S7-1200 with CM 1241, CM 1242-5; CM 124-5 S7-mEC with CP 560 C7-6 DP, C7-64 DP, C7-65, C7-66 S5-115U to S5-155U I/O device ET 200M/ET 200B/ET 200L/ ET 200S Interface IM 08-C CP 541 FMS/DP CP 42-5/CP 4-5/CP 44-5/ IM 467 CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5711/ CP 560 CP 561x/CP 562x SIMATIC OP OLM/OBT Repeater RS 485 Diagnostics repeater 1) SIPLUS module for extended temperature range (-25 C to +60 C) and exceptional media stress (conformal coating) 2) Flexible bus cables cannot be used with this connector, max. 1.5 Mbit/s ) S7-400: Cannot be used with MPI/DP interface when DP interface is assigned; cannot be used with IFM1 interface when IFM2 interface is assigned /49
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 RS485 bus connector Integration (continued) Bus connector Suitable for the application 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0EA02 Cable outlet 90 cable outlet 5 cable outlet 180 cable outlet 180 cable outlet Use in PLC S7-200/-00/-400 S7-1200 with CM 1241, CM 1242-5; CM 124-5 S7-mEC with CP 560 C7-6 DP, C7-64 DP, C7-65, C7-66 S5-115U to S5-155U I/O device ET 200M/ET 200B/ET 200L/ ET 200S Interface IM 08-C CP 541 FMS/DP CP 42-5/CP 4-5/CP 44-5/ IM 467 CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5711/ CP 560 CP 561x/CP 562x SIMATIC OP OLM/OBT Repeater RS 485 Diagnostics repeater /50
Electrical networks (RS485) RS485 bus connector Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Product description Suitability for use Transmission rate Transmission rate with 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 90 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 90 For connecting stations to the bus cable 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 90 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 90 For connecting stations to the bus cable 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 6ES7 972-0BA42-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 5 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 5 For connecting stations to the bus cable 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 6ES7 972-0BB42-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 5 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 5 For connecting stations to the bus cable 9.6kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 0 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 0 For connecting stations to the bus cable 9.6kbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables 2 2 2 2 2 for network components 1 1 1 1 1 or terminal equipment Design of electrical connection for cables Screw Screw Screw Screw Integrated insulation displacement terminal for 2-core PB FC installation cables for network components or terminal equipment 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector FastConnect No No No Yes Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination, Integrated resistor combination, Integrated resistor combination, Integrated resistor combination, No integrated terminating resistor can be connected via slide switch can be connected via slide switch can be connected via slide switch can be connected via slide switch Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet 5 degree cable outlet 5 degree cable outlet 0 degree cable outlet Width 15.8 mm 15.8 mm 15.8 mm 15.8 mm 15 mm Height 64 mm 64 mm 54 mm 54 mm 57.6 mm Depth 5.6 mm 5.6 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Net weight 10 g 10 g 60 g 67 g 46 g /51
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 RS485 bus connector Technical specifications (continued) Order No. Product type designation Permitted ambient conditions 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 90 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 90 6ES7 972-0BA42-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, without PG socket, 5 6ES7 972-0BB42-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, screw-type, with PG socket, 5 Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum - 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water - - - - - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Product component PG connection socket No Yes No Yes No Strain relief Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes UL approval Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 0 /52
Electrical networks (RS485) RS485 bus connector Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0 Product type designation Product description Suitability for use bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 90 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 90 For connecting stations to the bus cable bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, with PG socket, 90 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, with PG socket, 90 For connecting stations to the bus cable bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 5 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, without PG socket, 5 For connecting stations to the bus cable bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, with PG socket, 5 bus connector, RS485, FastConnect, with PG socket, 5 For connecting stations to the bus cable Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables 2 2 2 2 for network components or terminal equipment 1 1 1 1 Design of electrical connection for cables Integrated insulation displacement terminal for 2-core PB FC installation cables Integrated insulation displacement terminal for 2-core PB FC installation cables Integrated insulation displacement terminal for 2-core PB FC installation cables Integrated insulation displacement terminal for 2-core PB FC installation cables for network components or 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector terminal equipment FastConnect Yes Yes Yes Yes Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet 5 degree cable outlet 5 degree cable outlet Width 15.8 mm 15.8 mm 15.8 mm 15.8 mm Height 59 mm 59 mm 54 mm 54 mm Depth 5.6 mm 5.6 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Net weight 10 g 10 g 29 g 4 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Product component PG connection socket No Yes No Yes Strain relief Yes Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes UL approval Yes Yes Yes Yes /5
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 RS485 bus connector Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 500-0EA02 6GK1 500-0FC10 Product type designation bus connector RS 485 FC bus connector RS 485 Product description Bus connector with axial cable outlet (180 ) Bus connector with axial cable outlet (180 ) Suitability for use For connecting stations to the bus cable For connecting stations to the bus cable Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables 2 2 for network components or 1 1 terminal equipment Design of electrical connection for cables Terminal blocks Integrated insulation displacement contacts for 2-core PB FC installation cables for network components or 9-pin sub-d connector 9-pin sub-d connector terminal equipment FastConnect No Yes Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch. Disconnect function: If a resistor is activated, the outgoing bus is disconnected Enclosure material Metal Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 15 mm 16 mm Height 57 mm 62 mm Depth 9 mm 4.5 mm Net weight 100 g 40 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C During storage -25 +80 C -25 +80 C During transport -25 +80 C -25 +80 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 75 % 75 % IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water - - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Product component PG connection socket No No Strain relief Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes UL approval No Yes Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via slide switch. Disconnect function: If a resistor is activated, the outgoing bus is disconnected. /54
Electrical networks (RS485) RS485 bus connector Ordering data Order No. Order No. RS485 bus connector with axial cable outlet (180 ) For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s SIPLUS DP PB RS485 connector with axial cable outlet (180 ) for medial stress; Based-on 6GK1 500-0EA02 RS485 bus connector with cable outlet (90 ) With screw-terminals, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface SIPLUS DP PB RS485 connector with 90 cable outlet for extended temperature range -25 +60 C without PG interface Based on 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 with PG interface Based on 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 RS485 bus connector with angled cable outlet (5 ) With screw-terminals, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface SIPLUS DP PB RS485 connector with inclined cable outlet (5 ) for extended temperature range -25 +60 C without PG interface Based on 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0 with PG interface Based on 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0 RS485 bus connector with cable outlet (0 ) With screw-terminals, low-cost variant, max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s 6GK1 500-0EA02 6AG1 500-0EA02-2AA0 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6AG1 972-0BA12-2XA0 6AG1 972-0BB12-2XA0 6ES7 972-0BA42-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB42-0XA0 6AG1 972-0BA42-7XA0 6AG1 972-0BB42-7XA0 6ES7 972-0BA0-0XA0 bus connector RS485 with FastConnect technology FastConnect bus connector RS485 with 90 cable outlet with insulation displacement terminals, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface 1 unit 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 100 units 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XB0 With PG interface 1 unit 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 100 units 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XB0 FastConnect RS485 bus connector with angled cable outlet (5 ) with insulation displacement terminals, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0 FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10 bus connector RS485 Plug 180 with insulation displacement terminals, with 180 cable outlet, for industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable 6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0 for Preassembled with two 9-pin sub-d connectors; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s; m SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English /55
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 80-1T connecting cable Overview Benefits Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassembled connecting leads Reliable data transmission to the end station in EMC-exposed environment through direct cable shielding and termination. Design The 80-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable (wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield. It has a 9-pin Sub-D plug at both ends. Both cable ends are terminated by a resistor combination (cannot be switched off). Prefabricated cable for fast and cost-effective connection of nodes to OLM and OBT Flexible connecting cable Function The 80-1T connecting cable is used for connecting the electrical interface to the nodes (OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s. Ordering data Order No. 80-1T connecting cable for terminal connection, preassembled, with two Sub-D plugs, 9-pin terminated at both ends 1.5 m long 6XV1 80-1CH15 m long 6XV1 80-1CH0 /56
Electrical networks (RS485) 80-2 connecting cable Overview Benefits Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassembled connecting leads Direct connection of a PG through the PG interface without interrupting the connection between the stations. Design The 80-2 connecting cable comprises a standard bus cable. It is preassembled with two 9-pin connectors (6GK1 500-0EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0). One plug of the preassembled connecting cable is equipped with a PG interface. Prefabricated cable for connection of nodes (e.g. HMI) to PLCs Flexible connection cable for up to 12 Mbit/s Function The 80-2 connecting cable is used to connect nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s. Ordering data Order No. 80-2 connecting cable Preassembled, with two 9-pin connectors m long 6XV1 80-2AH0 5 m long 6XV1 80-2AH50 10 m long 6XV1 80-2AN10 /57
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Overview Siemens AG 2011 Benefits Flexible connecting cables and FastConnect (FC) plug-in connectors that can be assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 12 Mbit/s) or for power supply between nodes with degree of protection IP65 M12 plug-in cable Preassembled plug-in cable ( FC Trailing Cable) for connecting nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to degree of protection IP65 For transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s 7/8" connecting cable Preassembled plug-in cable for supplying power to nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to degree of protection IP65 FC M12 Plug PRO (D-coded) and 7/8" plug-in connector For establishing direct connections between devices on installation and power cables with M12 or 7/8" connections Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) Easy assembly due to integrated FastConnect technology (FC M12 Plug) Viewable contact area prevents errors Time-saving and fault-free connection of terminal stations by means of prefabricated connection cables Easy assembly on site for application-specific M12 and 7/8" plug-in cables by means of FC M12 and 7/8" plug-in connectors that can be assembled in the field Design M12 plug-in cable Comprises the Trailing Cable Pre-assembled with two 5-pole M12 male/female connectors; B-coded 7/8" plug-in cable Comprises the Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 mm 2 Pre-assembled with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors /58
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-DH10 Product type designation M12 connecting cable Product description Flexible connecting cable (2-core), preferred length, preassembled with two 5-pin M12 plugs/sockets (B-coded) Suitability for application Cable for connecting nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) in IP 65 protection Cable designation 02YY (ST) C11Y 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI KF 40 FR petrol Cable length 1m Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length Max. at 9.6 khz 0.00 db/m Max. at 8.4 khz 0.004 db/m Max. at 4 MHz 0.025 db/m Max. at 16 MHz 0.049 db/m Characteristic impedance Rated value 150 Ω at 9.6 khz 270 Ω at 8.4 khz 185 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz 150 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance 10 % at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance 10 % at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 1 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 14 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 28 pf/m Operating voltage, rms value 100 V Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, surrounded by a braided screen of tin-plated copper wires Design of electrical connection Yes FastConnect Outer diameter of inner conductor 0.67 mm of core insulation 2.56 mm of inner sheath of cable 5.4 mm of the cable sheath 8 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0.4 mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - Note Material of core insulation PE of inner sheath of cable PVC of the cable sheath PUR -Note - Order No. 6XV1 80-DH10 Product type designation M12 connecting cable Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green of the cable sheath Petrol Bending radius with single bending 40 mm with repeated bending 120 mm With continuous bending - Number of bending cycles 000000 Note Suitable as trailing cable for million bending cycles with a bending radius of 120 mm (15x D), and an acceleration of 4 m/s² Number of torsion cycles - with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length Maximum tensile load 100 N Weight per length 77 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +60 C During storage -40 +60 C During transport -40 +60 C During mounting -40 +60 C Ambient conditions for operation Restricted segment lengths (see Manual for networks) IP degree of protection IP65/67 Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Resistant against grease Resistant against water - Radiological resistance Resistant to UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Silicon-free Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating Yes: CMX UL-Style at 600 V rating No Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Marine classification corporation Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No Lloyds Register of Shipping No (LRS) /59
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 822-5BH10 Product type designation 7/8" connecting cable Product description Connecting cable (5-core), preferred length, preassembled with two 5-pin 7/8" plugs/sockets Suitability for use Power supply of ET 200 modules with 7/8" power interface in IP65 protection Cable designation L-Y11Y-Z 5x1x1.5 GR Cable length 1 m Electrical specifications Operating voltage, rms value 600 V Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm² of power core Continuous current of power cores 16 A Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 5 Outer diameter of inner conductor 1.55 mm of core insulation 2.7 mm of the cable sheath 10.5 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0. mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - Note Material of core insulation PVC of the cable sheath PUR -Note - Color of core insulation of power cores Black of the cable sheath Gray Bending radius With single bending 27 mm With repeated bending 6 mm Maximum tensile load 500 N Weight per length 149 kg/km Order No. 6XV1 822-5BH10 Product type designation 7/8" connecting cable Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +80 C During storage -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C During mounting -40 +80 C Note - Ambient conditions for operation - IP degree of protection IP65/67 Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Chemical resistance Mineral oil resistant Grease resistant Water - Radiological resistance to UV resistant radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Silicon-free Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating No UL-Style at 600 V rating Yes Certificate of suitability - RoHS compliance Yes /60
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0EA10 6GK1 905-0EB10 6GK1 905-0EA00 6GK1 905-0EB00 Product type designation PB FC M12 Plug PRO PB FC M12 PB M12 connector PB M12 connector Cable Connector PRO Product description M12 connector with male contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded M12 connector with female contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded M12 connector with male contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded M12 connector with female contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded Suitability for use Transmission rate For connecting electrical PB FC bus cables to ET 200 PRO, suitable for quick assembly, with FastConnect system For connecting electrical PB FC bus cables to ET 200 PRO, suitable for quick assembly, with FastConnect system For connecting electrical PB bus cables to ET 200 For connecting electrical PB bus cables to ET 200 Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables 1 1 1 1 for network components or terminal equipment 1 1 1 1 Design of electrical connection for cables for network components or terminal equipment Integrated insulation displacement contacts for 2-core PB FC installation cables M12 connector (pin insert, 4-pin, B-coded) Integrated insulation displacement contacts for 2-core PB FC installation cables M12 connector (female contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded) Integrated screw contacts for 2-wire PB installation cables M12 connector (pin insert, 4-pin, B-coded) Integrated screw contacts for 2-wire PB installation cables M12 connector (female contact insert, 5-pin, B-coded) FastConnect Yes Yes No No Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor - - - - Enclosure material Metal Metal Metal Metal Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 19 mm 19 mm 19 mm 19 mm Height 19 mm 19 mm 19 mm 19 mm Depth 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water resistant resistant resistant resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Product component PG connection socket - - - - Strain relief Yes Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Yes UL approval Yes Yes No No /61
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0FA00 6GK1 905-0FB00 6GK1 905-0FC00 Product type designation 7/8" connector 7/8" connector 7/8-Zoll Power T-Tap PRO Product description 7/8" connector with pin insert, 5-pin 7/8" connector with female contact insert, 5-pin Energy T-piece with two 7/8" female contact inserts and one 7/8" pin insert, each 5-pin Suitability for use For field assembly for ET 200 For field assembly for ET 200 For energy connection and energy distribution to ET 200pro modules Transmission rate Transmission rate with - - - Interfaces Maximum number of electrical connections for network components or terminal equipment 1 1 Number of electrical connections for network components or terminals Mechanical data 7/8" connector (pin insert) 7/8" connector (female contact insert) 7/8" connector (2 x female contact inserts, 1 x pin insert) Enclosure material Metal Metal Metal Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet - Width 27 mm 27 mm 58.5 mm Height 27 mm 27 mm 7.5 mm Depth 8 mm 8 mm 26.5 mm Net weight 50 g 50 g 112 g Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C -40 +80 C IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water resistant resistant resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes /62
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Ordering data Order No. Order No. M12 plug-in cable Pre-assembled with two 5-pole Plug-in connector for assembly in the field M12 connectors M12 male/female connectors up to 100 m max.; length: 5-pole, B-coded, metal casing, 1pack =5items 0. m 6XV1 80-DE0 Male pins 6GK1 905-0EA00 0.5 m 6XV1 80-DE50 Socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00 1.0 m 6XV1 80-DH10 1.5 m 6XV1 80-DH15 FC M12 Plug PRO 2.0 m 6XV1 80-DH20.0 m 6Xv1 80-DH0 5.0 m 6XV1 80-DH50 10 m 6XV1 80-DN10 15 m 6XV1 80-DN15 Further special lengths with 90 or 180 cable outlet See http:// support.automation.siemens.com /WW/view/en/26999294 7/8" plug-in cable For power supply; pre-assembled with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors up to 50 m max.; length: 0. m 6XV1 822-5BE0 0.5 m 6XV1 822-5BE50 1.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH10 1.5 m 6XV1 822-5BH15 2.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH20.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH0 5.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH50 10 m 6XV1 822-5BN10 15 m 6XV1 822-5BN15 Additional special lengths with 90 or 180 cable outlet See http:// support.automation.siemens.com /WW/view/en/26999294 M12 plug-in connector (B-coded) that can be assembled in the field, 5-pin, metal enclosure, FastConnect technology, pin insert; 1 pack = 5 items FC M12 Cable Connector PRO M12 plug-in connector (B-coded) that can be assembled in the field, 5-pin, metal enclosure, FastConnect technology, socket insert; 1 pack = 5 items 7/8" plug-in connector 5-pole, plastic casing, 1pack =5items Male pins Socket insert Energy cables Energy Cable (5 x 1.5 mm 2 ) Energy cable with trailing capability with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm 2 ) for connecting to 7/8" plug-in connector; sold by the meter; max. 1000 m; minimum order quantity 20 m 6GK1 905-0EA10 6GK1 905-0EB10 6GK1 905-0FA00 6GK1 905-0FB00 6XV1 80-8AH10 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00 Power T-piece for ET 200 with two 7/8" socket inserts and one 7/8" pin insert 1pack=5items /6
Electrical networks (RS485) M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector Siemens AG 2011 Dimensional drawings 5 1 7/8-16UN-2A Ø 26 mm 4 2 7 mm 22 mm 5 1 4 2 4,8 mm 17,5 mm 4 2 5 1 7/8-16UN-2B Ø 26 mm G_IK10_XX_5002 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO More information Special lengths with 90 or 180 cable outlet You can find more information on the Internet at: http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/26999294 /64
Electrical networks (RS485) Bus terminals Overview For connecting nodes with an RS485 interface to a segment Versions with transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Clear and easy mounting (can be snapped onto DIN rail) Clear location of faulty bus termination when bus terminal 12M is used PG connection with special bus terminal and PG connecting cable possible without additional installation of network nodes for bus terminal RS485. Benefits Easy and clearly comprehensible connection of stations thanks to preassembled, integrated connecting cable Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the connecting cable with integrated interfaces Application The bus terminals enable a bus station to be connected to a network. Pre-wired device connection for node Easy connection of stations to networks through insertion of the radial line with Sub-D plug Implementation of multipoint connections by directly interconnecting several bus terminals (up to 2 stations per segment) with the 12M bus terminal. Design Different versions are available: Up to 1.5 Mbit/s Bus terminal RS485 Up to 12 Mbit/s Bus terminal 12M Applicable to all versions: IP20 enclosure. Wall mounting or mounting on deep standard DIN rail possible. External 6-pin terminal block for connection of inoming and outgoing bus cable and equipotential bonding conductors. Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D plug for connection of nodes. Combination of terminating resistors can be connected by means of rotary switch. The following additionally applies to the bus terminal 12M: Ranges for transmission rates can be adjusted by means of rotary switches. Supply to the bus terminal 12M by the connected node (5 V DC/90 ma) via 9-pin Sub-D socket. For maximum segment lengths, see Technical Specifications. Incoming and outgoing bus cables are disconnected when inserting the terminating resistors. /65
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Bus terminals Function Connection of stations over flexible connecting cable with Sub-D connector Easy connection of the bus cable over the terminal block No bus interruption in response to a missing terminal Bus termination is possible over integral termination resistor combinations. The following also applies to the 12M bus terminal Unique localization of faulty termination within a segment (the incoming and outgoing bus cables are cut for inserting the resistor combinations) When the 12M bus terminal is used in a segment with RS 485 bus terminals, the configuration rules for the RS 485 bus terminal apply (see manual for networks). e.g. SIMATIC S7-00 with communications processor Bus terminal G_IK10_XX_50020 System connection with bus terminals e.g. for SIMATIC S7 /66
Electrical networks (RS485) Bus terminals Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Order No. 6GK1 500-0AA10 Product type designation bus terminal 12M Transmission rate Maximum 12 Mbit/s Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Cable length At 1.5 Mbit/s, maximum 200 m At 12 Mbit/s, maximum 100 m At 500 kbit/s, maximum 400 m At transmission rate 9.5 kbit/s... 1000 m 187.5 kbit/s, maximum Suitability for use For interfacing - IM 08-C Yes -IM 467 Yes - SIMATIC 505 FIM Yes For PLC - SIMATIC 505 - - SIMATIC S5-95U/DP Yes For central processing unit -CPU 215 Yes -CPU 1 Yes -CPU 14 Yes -CPU 15 Yes - CPU 15-2 DP Yes -CPU 16 Yes - CPU 41-2 DP Yes - CPU 414-2 DP Yes For communications processor - CP 42-5 Yes - CP 4-5 Yes - CP 44-5 Basic Yes - CP 44-5 Extended Yes - CP 541 FMS/DP Yes - CP 5511 - - CP 5512 - - CP 5611 Yes - CP 561 A2 Yes - CP 5614 A2 Yes For network components - DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Yes - DP/RS 22 Link Yes - DP RBC Yes - RS 485 repeater Yes For I/O device - ET 200B Yes - ET 200eco - - ET 200L - - ET 200M - - ET 200M with IM 15 Yes - ET 200S - - ET 200X - - ET 200U with IM 18-C Yes Bus terminal RS485 for Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 1500 kbit/s with plug-in cable.0 m long Bus terminal RS485 for With installed programmer port and plug-in cable 1.5 m long bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of stations up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 1.5 m long SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English 6GK1 500-0AB00 6GK1 500-0DA00 6GK1 500-0AA10 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 /67
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Active RS 485 terminating element Overview Terminates bus segments at data transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Power supply independent of bus stations. Designed for Industry Terminal-independent bus termination through onboard power supply Application The active RS 485 terminating resistance is used to terminate Width bus segments. Power supply is independent of the stations. Height The terminating resistor is supplied with power separately from Depth the other I/O components, either permanently or with a voltage Weight applied ahead of the I/Os. By terminating the bus system Weight, approx. the stations (e.g. ET 200S) can be coupled and decoupled selectively without malfunctions. Ordering data Design 1 terminal block for the segment connection Terminal block for power supply (24 V DC external) Function The active RS 485 terminating element terminates the and therefore ensures a defined level of the RS 485 signal and suppression of reflections on the line. Since it is operated independently of the field devices, they can be decoupled from the bus without reactions. Technical specifications 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0 General information 24 V DC Yes permissible range, 20.4 V lower limit (DC) permissible range, 28.8 V upper limit (DC) Current consumption, typ. 0 ma Bus cables Screw terminal block DP Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s; 9.6... 12 Mbit/s Operating temperature Min. 0 C max. 60 C Storage/transport temperature Min. -40 C max. 70 C Relative humidity Operation, max. 95 %; at +25 C Degree and class of protection IP20 Yes Connection method Power supply Screw terminal block Dimensions and weight Dimensions Active RS 485 terminating element for For terminating bus segments for data transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 60 mm 70 mm 4 mm 95 g Order No. 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0 /68
Electrical networks (RS485) Repeater RS 485 for Overview Application The RS 485 IP20 repeater connects two or MPI bus segments using the RS 485 system with up to 2 stations. Data transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are then possible. Automatic data transmission rate search Data transmission rate of 45.45 kbit/s possible 24 V DC voltage display Display bus activity segment 1 and 2 Isolation of segment 1 and 2 possible by switch Isolation of the right segment part when terminating resistor is inserted Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the event of static interference Designed for Industry To increase the number of stations and the expansion Galvanic isolation of segments Startup assistance - switch for disconnecting segments - display of bus activity - isolation of segment with incorrectly inserted terminating resistor Please also have a look at the diagnostics repeater which in addition to the normal repeater functionality also has comprehensive diagnostics functions for physical line diagnosis. It is described under "Distributed I/O/Diagnostics/Diagnostics repeater for DP". Design Housing to degree of protection IP20. 2 terminal blocks for connecting the segment Terminal block for supply voltage (24 V DC external). PG/OP interface. Function Mode of operation Increasing the number of stations (max. 127) and the expansion Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time Electrical isolation of the connected bus systems Data transmission rate Max. segment length 9.6 kbit/s 1000 m 19.2 kbit/s 1000 m 45.45 kbit/s 1000 m 9.75 kbit/s 1000 m 187.5 kbit/s 1000 m 500 kbit/s 400 m 1500 kbit/s 200 m 000 kbit/s 100 m 6000 kbit/s 100 m 12000 kbit/s 100 m /69
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Repeater RS 485 for Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. 6ES7 972-0AA02-0XA0 General information 24 V DC Yes permissible range, 20.4 V lower limit (DC) permissible range, 28.8 V upper limit (DC) Current consumption, max. 100 ma; (100 ma without loads at PG/OP socket; 10 ma load at PG/OP socket (5 V/90 ma); 200 ma load at PG/OP socket (24 V/100 ma)) Bus cables 2 terminal blocks DP Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s; 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Operating temperature Min. 0 C max. 60 C Storage/transport temperature Min. -40 C max. 70 C Relative humidity Operation, max. 95 %; at 25 C Degree and class of protection IP20 Yes Connection method Power supply Terminal block Dimensions and weight Dimensions Width 45 mm Height 128 mm Depth 67 mm Weight Weight, approx. 50 g RS 485 repeater for Transfer rate up to max. 12 Mbit/s, 24 V DC, enclosure IP20 6ES7 972-0AA02-0XA0 /70
Electrical networks (RS485) Diagnostic repeater for DP Overview RS 485 repeater with online line diagnostics for DP DP standard slave (DP-V1) Automatic determination of fault types and locations Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Connection through FastConnect using the insulation displacement method Ordering data Order No. Order No. RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater For connection of 1 or 2 segments to DP; with online diagnostics functions for monitoring the bus cables 6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0 FastConnect Stripping Tool Preadjusted stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables 6GK1 905-6AA00 Accessories FC Standard Cable 6XV1 80-0EH10 RS 485 bus connector with 90 cable outlet With screw terminals Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface FastConnect bus connector RS 485 with 90 cable outlet With insulation displacement terminals Max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface 1 unit 100 units With PG interface 1 unit 100 units RS 485 bus connector with angled cable outlet (5 ) 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XB0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XB0 Standard type with special design for quick mounting, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter, max. delivery unit 1000 m, minimum order quantity 20 m S7 Manual Collection Electronic manuals on DVD, multi-language: S7-200, TD 200, S7-00, M7-00, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication) S7 Manual Collection update service for 1 year Scope of delivery: Current DVD "S7 Manual Collection" and the three subsequent updates 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 With screw terminals, max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface FastConnect RS 485 bus connector with angular cable outlet (5 ) With insulation displacement terminals, max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA42-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB42-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0 BT 200 Hardware Tester with point-to-point cable for station testing, with test connector for wiring test, without charging unit, with operating instructions in German/English/French Connecting cable for 12 Mbit/s, for PG connection to DP, preassembled with 2 x 9-pin sub D connector,.0 m 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0 6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0 /71
Electrical networks (RS485) Siemens AG 2011 Power Rail Booster Overview Design The power rail booster can be snapped on to a 15 mm or a 7.5 mm standard DIN rail. Function How it works For safe data transmission of the DP signals via the contact conductors, the signal levels are raised to an interference-immune level and injected into the contact conductors. Manual and configuring The manual for the Power Rail Booster can be downloaded from the Internet in English, German and French. The "PRB Checker" software tool for easy configuration of contact conductor networks is available for downloading. The device for low-cost DP transfer over contact conductors and slip rings to degree of protection IP20 Permissible baud rates from 9600 bit/s to 500 kbit/s, self-optimizing Permissible busbar length: From 25 m at 500 kbit/s to 1200 m at 9600 bit/s Configuring with PRB Checker software Up to 125 nodes per segment Transparent for data communication: The power rail booster does not reserve DP addresses Easy to install due to connection without terminating resistor and filter element Diagnostics LED for power supply, bus activity and group errors Isolated electronic changeover contact for external group error display or diagnostic alarm Uninterruptible communication beyond segment limits using the "PRB segment controller" Application The power rail booster supports connection of a DP through a contact wire, such as can be implemented on monorail conveyors or high-bay storage and retrieval systems, thus ensuring continued use of the wide range of DP system services, such as diagnostics and PROFIsafe safety engineering through a bus. Monorail conveyors Vehicle control for monorail conveyors can be achieved cost-effectively with a concept based on SIMATIC standard components. High availability, short response times and easy expansion can be achieved by using distributed controllers, such as SIMATIC ET 200S with IM 151-7 CPU. These can also be programmed by the user with SIMATIC STEP 7 via the contact wires. High-bay storage and retrieval systems The maintenance-hungry data photoelectric barriers used in high-bay storage and retrieval systems can be replaced, thus increasing plant availability. Applications with slip rings The power rail booster enables cost-effective routing of DP through rotating axes even in the case of large diameters. Technical specifications Degree of protection IP20 Dimensions 90 x 12 x 75 (W x H x D, with connector) in mm Supply voltage 24 V DC Power consumption max. 20 W Data transmission rate, max. 500 kbit/s, self-adjusting Cable length 1200 m (depends on baud rate), max. Shock-hazard protected voltage Yes, to EN 6111-2 Stations per PRB segment, max. 125 Operation without terminating Yes resistance Operation without filter Yes Wiring options: Line / star Yes / Yes Ordering data Power Rail Booster Signal amplifier for DP transmission over contact cables, max. 500 kbit/s PRB segment controller Automatic change-over switch between PRB segments Order No. 6ES7 972-4AA02-0XA0 6ES7 972-4AA50-0XA0 /72
Electrical networks (RS485) SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes ADI 4 Overview The SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes ADI 4 can be used to operate up to 4 drives with analog setpoint interface. Connection via DP Motion Control functionality (isochronous mode) Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Input voltage Power consumption, max. Degree of protection according to EN 60529 (IEC 60529) Humidity rating based on EN 60721-- Relative humidity Storage Transport Operation Ambient temperature Storage Transport Operation Dimensions Width Height Depth Weight, approx. Approvals, according to 6FC5211-0BA01-0AA4 SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes ADI 4 24 V DC 0.2 W IP20 Class K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (2 F) 5... 95 % at 25 C (77 F) 5... 95 % at 25 C (77 F) 5... 95 % at 25 C (77 F) -20... +55 C (-4... +11 F) -40... +70 C (-40... +158 F) 0...55 C (2...11 F) 48.5 mm (1.91 in) 25 mm (12.8 in) 154.4 mm (6.1 in) 1.5 kg (.1 lb) CE, culus Ordering data SINUMERIK Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes ADI 4 Interface module for running up to 4 drives with an analog setpoint interface Order No. 6FC5 211-0BA01-0AA4 /7
Electrical networks ( PA) Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Overview Network transition PA to DP The PA link is preferred as the gateway from PA to DP. When using the PA link, the transmission rate on the DP is independent of the subordinate PA segments. The configuration of the PA link depends on the fieldbus architecture. The types of coupler described in the section "PA routers" can be used for the configuration. With a small amount of data (small quantity framework) and low timing requirements, the DP/PA coupler can also be operated in stand-alone mode as a gateway. Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the hazardous area, together with the information content of the communication, are of significant importance in the process industry. PA, which permits both digital data transmission and the power supply on a two-wire line with the intrinsically-safe MBP transmission technology (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered) is tailored to these requirements. It is optimally suitable for direct integration of solenoid valves, sensors, and pneumatic actuators positioned in operating environments up to Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process control system. The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms indicates that short cycle times can be achieved with the PA even in the case of a segment configuration with up to 1 devices. Practically all typical applications of the process industry can be implemented, both in small and large plants. Bidirectional communication and high information content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and exact fault detection and elimination. The standardized communications services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between multi-vendor field devices and remote parameterization of the field devices during operation. Safety communication with the PROFIsafe profile The PROFIsafe profile allows seamless integration of safety communication into the PA. You need not configure a separate safety bus for your safety-related applications. The PA with the PROFIsafe profile is incorporated in "Safety Integrated for Process Automation". This comprehensive range of products and services from Siemens for failsafe, faulttolerant applications in the process industry offers you attractive and cost-effective alternatives to separate safety systems. Redundant architectures You can define the degree of redundancy separately for the controller, fieldbus and I/O levels of your plant depending on the automation task and the derived safety requirements, and match them to the field instrumentation (Flexible Modular Redundancy, FMR). You can find an overview of the redundant architectures of PA under "Design". Benefits Advantages provided by distributed field automation with application of the PA profile included low hardware overhead, cost-effective engineering, increased operational safety and problem-free maintenance. These advantages are underlined by the following features: Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control level permit new plant concepts Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use of the fieldbus in hazardous areas Redundant PA architectures (ring and line topologies with coupler redundancy) support Flexible Modular Redundancy (FMR) from the automation system (controller) down to a PA field device Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device and cabling requirements Reduced configuration costs through simple, central engineering of the field devices ( PA and HART with SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor) Simple installation using two wire cable for common power supply and data transmission Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and comprehensive diagnostics facilities /74
Electrical networks ( PA) Introduction Design DP SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system PA link PA PA link PA AFS PA link PA PA link PA AFD AFD AFD AFD AFD AFD AFDiS Basic PA design versions when using the PA link as the PA network transition AFDiS AFDiS Basic PA design versions are shown at this point. The PA link is used as the PA router in these configuration examples. However, the PA router can only be implemented per DP/PA coupler. The DP connection is then directly on the coupler instead of per interface module. The number of PA devices is limited according to the specifications in section "Technical data". G_PCS7_XX_00146 Line architecture with single coupler Max. 5 PA lines (line segments) can be operated via single couplers (max. for mixed configurations with ring or coupler redundancy) on a PA link as PA router, equipped with up to 5 DP/PA couplers. In the line architecture with individual couplers, each line segment is connected to one DP/PA coupler of the PA router. The PA router can be connected to a single or redundant DP. The FDC 157-0 the first choice as the DP/PA coupler. When using this coupler, the PA devices can be integrated into the line segment via active field distributors AFD (approval for Ex zone 2/22) or AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). The PA devices are connected to these field distributors via short-circuit-proof spur lines. Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD, up to 5 field distributors of type AFDiS, or up to 5 field distributors of both types in any mix can be operated as alternatives in a line segment. The last field distributor at the end of the line leading away from the DP/PA coupler automatically activates its bus terminating resistor. Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas in accordance with Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 are primarily integrated into a bus segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative. The devices are integrated separately into the line segment via SplitConnect Taps (via spur line or directly via SplitConnect M12 outlet). A SplitConnect terminator is required for the bus termination of the segment. By grouping individual devices in different line segments, Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at device level. Line architecture with redundant coupler The PA link operable as a PA router on a single or redundant DP can only be equipped with one redundant DP/PA coupler pair. This can be used either for a line architecture with Active Field Splitter (AFS) or for a ring architecture. In the line architecture, the AFS is connected to the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) in the PA router. It connects the line segment connected to it to the active of the two redundant DP/PA couplers. A DP/PA coupler can be replaced without interrupting the ongoing operation. The PA devices are integrated into the line segment as in the line architecture with individual couplers via active field distributors AFD/AFDiS. The limits with regard to the number of field distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination). /75
Electrical networks ( PA) Introduction Siemens AG 2011 Design (continued) Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy With the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) of a PA router, a ring segment with automatic bus termination can also be implemented instead of a line segment with AFS. Apart from the ring segment, only line segments with individual couplers can be configured on this PA router. The PA router can be connected to a single or a redundant DP. Integration of the PA field devices into the ring segment is carried out via active field distributors AFD or AFDiS whose number is limited as with the line architectures (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination). These field distributors have electrically decoupled, short-circuit-proof spur line connections for connecting the PA devices. At the device level, flexible modular redundancy is possible by grouping individual devices on different field distributors. Special advantages of the ring architecture: High availability Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 for the host system Active bus terminators for automatic bus termination in the DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 and the AFDs permit: - Automatic, smooth isolation of faulty subsegments in the event of a short-circuit or open-circuit - Modification of the ring configuration or instrumentation during operation, including the addition or removal of ring segments Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device and cabling requirements Cable lengths of bus segments and spur lines The PA is based on electrical transmission components. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data transmission and for the power supply of the field devices. With line, tree and ring topologies, bus segments up to approx. 1.9 km can be configured. If AFDs are used, the length of the spur lines for connecting devices and the quality of the cable used must also be considered when calculating the total length of the bus segment. Spur lines on the AFDiS are not relevant to the total length of the bus segment. The length for spur lines is as follows with bus segments with active field distributors AFD/AFDiS: Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2 Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO) With active field distributors AFD, these maximum values may be reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the bus segment (for details, see Section "Technical data"). With active field distributors AFDiS, this reduction is canceled by the integrated repeater function. Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas are preferably integrated into a bus segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative. In such a configuration the max. possible length per spur line is reduced to 0 m and per bus segment to1km. Bus segments are terminated either automatically (with architectures with active field distributors AFD/AFDiS) or with the passive terminating element for PA (SpliTConnect terminator). Technical specifications PA Data transmission MBP Transmission rate 1.25 kbit/s Cable 2-wire shielded Type of protection EEx(ia/ib) Topology Line, tree, ring Active field distributors per segment/coupler AFD 8 AFDiS or AFD/AFDiS combined 5 PA devices per segment/coupler 1 PA devices per PA link 64 Max. current for all 1A PA field devices of a segment (for PA gateways with FDC 157-0 coupler) Cable length per segment, dependent on transmission rate 1 900 m: standard 1 900 m: EEx(ib) 1 000 m: EEx(ia) Bus segments with AFD Max. spur line length related to the total number of spur lines Number of spur lines (1 device per spur line) 1 to 12 spur lines 120 m 1 to 14 spur lines 90 m 15 to 18 spur lines 60 m 19 to 24 spur lines 0 m 25 to 1 spur lines 1m Bus segments with AFDiS Max. spur line length independent of total number of spur lines Number of spur lines (1 device per spur line) 1 to 1 spur lines - Not intrinsically-safe 120 m - Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 60 m /76
Electrical networks ( PA) SpliTConnect Overview Benefits Easy connection of terminals due to use of the FastConnect system Wide variety of applications thanks to modular SpliTConnect system Reduction in number of types and parts thanks to uniform connection system for PA Used for constructing fieldbus segments as per IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PA) with field device interface points Easy assembly of the bus cable thanks to the FastConnect system (FastConnect stripping tool, FC process cable compliant with IEC 61158-2) The terminal devices can be connected using the FC Process Cable in accordance with IEC 61158-2 or the SpliTConnect M12 Outlet/M12 Jack Combination of terminating resistors can be integrated (SpliTConnect terminator) Application The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PA) with terminal device connection points. The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in series. By replacing the contacting screw with the SpliTConnect terminator, the SpliTConnect tap can be used as a bus terminating element. 1 2 4 5 G_IK10_XX_50011 /77
Electrical networks ( PA) SpliTConnect Siemens AG 2011 Design Function The SpliTConnect tap enables configuration of fieldbus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PA) and connection of terminals Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect taps through the FastConnect connection system (FastConnect stripping tool, FC Process Cable) Connection of the terminals directly through FC Process Cable or SpliTConnect M12 outlet SpliTConnect Coupler SpliTConnect M12 Outlet SpliTConnect Terminator SpliTConnect M12 Jack Rugged plastic casing made of PBT (polybutylene terephthalate) in IP67 design UV-resistant, making it possible to use outdoors Complete shielding by means of integrated metal enclosure Easier cable connection through the use of FC process cable Contacting and connection of the FC process cable by means of ID contacts using contacting screw Additional grounding of the SpliTConnect tap possible by using a contacting screw DIN rail mounting or wall mounting possible DP/PA link SpliTConnect terminator SpliTConnect coupler SpliTConnect taps FC Process cable SpliTConnect M12 Jack SpliTConnect M12 Outlet for direct connection of PA field devices to the SpliTConnect tap Connector on PA field device /78
Electrical networks ( PA) SpliTConnect Technical specifications Ordering data Order No. Order No. 6GK1 905-0AA00 Product type designation SpliT Connect Tap Mechanical data Design of cable entry Enclosure material PBT (polybutylene terephthalate) Design, dimensions and weights Width 84 mm Height 54 mm Depth 49 mm Net weight 170 g Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +85 C During storage -40 +85 C During transport -40 +85 C IP degree of protection IP67 SpliTConnect Tap For assembling PA segments and connecting PA field devices, insulation displacement method, IP67 Type of delivery: 1 package = 10 items SpliTConnect M12 outlet Element for direct connection of PA field devices to the SpliTConnect tap through M12 connection Type of delivery: 1 package = 5 items SpliTConnect coupler Coupling element for connecting SpliTConnect taps in series to configure star points Type of delivery: 1 package = 10 items SpliTConnect terminator (Ex version) For terminating PA segments, can be used in hazardous areas Type of delivery: 1 package = 5 items SpliTConnect terminator (non-ex version) For terminating PA segments, cannot be used in hazardous area Type of delivery: 1 package = 5 items SpliTConnect M12 jack Connector element for direct connection of PA field devices to the PA segment through M12 connection Type of delivery: 1 package = 5 items 6GK1 905-0AA00 6GK1 905-0AB10 6GK1 905-0AC00 6GK1 905-0AD00 6GK1 905-0AE00 6GK1 905-0AF00 /79
Electrical networks ( PA) Bus cables Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PA High interference immunity thanks to double shielding Different variants for different applications (hazardous areas, non-hazardous areas) Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings Length can easily be determined due to meter length markings printed on the cable Complete range of cables for hazardous and non-hazardous areas Reduction of types and parts thanks to a uniform connection system for PA Application For the construction of fieldbus networks according to IEC 61158-2 (for example PA), different color-coded cable types are available for the different types of applications (hazardous, non-hazardous areas). UL approvals Different cable variants are offered with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725. Design Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding terminals of the SpliTConnect system. Printed meter marks. Cable types FC Process Cable: Special bus cable compliant with IEC 61158-2 for use in hazardous (Ex) and non-hazardous (non-ex) areas. Bus segments with RS485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission procedures are linked by means of the segment coupler/link. /80
Electrical networks ( PA) Bus cables Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-5FH10 6XV1 80-5EH10 Product type designation FC Process Cable GP FC Process Cable GP Product description Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Use for fieldbus systems in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PA), suitable for non-hazardous applications Use for fieldbus systems in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PA), suitable for hazardous applications Cable designation 02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x1.0/2.55-100 SW OE FR 02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR Cable length - - Electrical specifications Maximum attenuation factor db/km db/km per length at 8.4 khz Characteristic impedance Rated value 100 Ω 100 Ω At 1.25 khz 100 Ω 100 Ω Relative symmetrical tolerance 20 % 20 % of characteristic impedance at 1.25 khz Max. loop resistance per length 44 Ω/km 44 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 6.5 Ω/km 6.5 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 92 pf/m 92 pf/m Inductance per length 0.65 µh/m 0.65 µh/m Operating voltage, rms value 100 V 100 V Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tin-plated copper wires Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tin-plated copper wires Design of electrical connection Yes Yes FastConnect Outer diameter of inner conductor 1.05 mm 1.05 mm of core insulation 2.55 mm 2.55 mm of inner sheath of cable 5.4 mm 5.4 mm of cable sheath 8 mm 8 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0.4 mm 0.4 mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - - Note Material of core insulation PE PE of inner sheath of cable PVC PVC of cable sheath PVC PVC -Note - - Color of core insulation of data cores Red / green Red / green of cable sheath Black Blue Bending radius With single bending 40 mm 40 mm With repeated bending 80 mm 80 mm Maximum tensile load 150 N 150 N Weight per length 10 kg/km 10 kg/km /81
Electrical networks ( PA) Bus cables Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-5FH10 6XV1 80-5EH10 Product type designation FC Process Cable GP FC Process Cable GP Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During mounting -20 +80 C -20 +80 C Ambient conditions for operation Transmission rate of the cable: 1.25 kbit/s Transmission rate of the cable: 1.25 kbit/s IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 (Category C) Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Water - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL-Listing at 00 V rating Yes: CMG / CL / Sun Res Yes: CMG / CL / Sun Res UL-Style at 600 V rating Yes Yes Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Ordering data Order No. More information FC Process Cable 2-core, shielded Blue for Ex applications Black for non-ex applications Sold by the meter: Max. quantity 1,000 m; minimum order 20 m FastConnect Stripping Tool Stripping tool for fast stripping of the FastConnect bus cable FastConnect Blade Cassettes Spare blade cassettes for FastConnect stripping tool, 5 units SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English 6XV1 80-5EH10 6XV1 80-5FH10 6GK1 905-6AA00 6GK1 905-6AB00 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Installation instruction FastConnect The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer sheath and shield of the FC Process Cable to the required lengths for PA. Thus the use of the FastConnect stripping tool and SpliTConnect tap permits the easy connection of field devices to, for example, the PA bus system. Cable routing During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap. Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load! Note: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling system from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /82
Electrical networks ( PA) Active field distributors Overview Active field distributor AFDiS DP PA link Ex Zone 1 AFDiS AFDiS AFDiS Active field distributor AFD The active field distributor (AFD) can be operated in environments in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. It can integrate up to 4 PA ( PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field devices via short-circuit-proof spur line connections into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant DP via a PA or FF router and it can thus be seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. Up to 8 active field distributors AFD with a total of up to 1 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the current consumption of the field devices. A current of 1 A is available for all field devices of a segment. An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation without failure of the segment. For compliance with IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect unused spur line connections by plugs. Ex Zone 0 Subsegment max. 500 m Bus terminating resistor 100 Ω The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor intrinsic Safety) can be operated in environments in accordance with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsicallysafe PA ( PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsicallysafe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for to 4 devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well as the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20. Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 1 field devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to 5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD and AFDiS. The number of field devices per segment additionally depends on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is available for all field devices of the segment. With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the following advantages compared to the AFD: Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur lines in the bus segment Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when determining the total length of the bus segment Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can be replaced during operation without failure of the segment: Installation in zone 2/22; no mixed operation with AFD. For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect unused spur line connections by plugs. Active field splitter AFS The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS interconnects the line segment with the respective active coupler. To guarantee IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect an unused connection by a plug. G_PCS7_XX_00285 /8
Electrical networks ( PA) Active field distributors Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Active field distributor (AFD) General data Connection of field devices Standard-compliant field devices for PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Max. 4 per AFD Max. 1 per fieldbus segment Operating environment up to zone 2 or 22 The max. current consumption of all field devices of the fieldbus segment is 1 A IP65 Degree of protection Voltages, currents, potentials Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16... 2 V) Voltage U max 5 V Reverse polarity protection Yes Internal power consumption Max. 25 ma or 59 ma with AFD at end of cable (open main line connection) Current I max per spur line X1 to X4 60 ma Status, interrupts, diagnostics Diagnostic displays: Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED Status/fault spur line X1 to X4 Green LED Climatic conditions Permissible operating temperature -25... +70 C Dimensions and weight Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 175 x 57 x 105; with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105 Weight Approx. 700 g Active field distributor AFDiS General data Connection of field devices Degree of protection Voltages, currents, potentials Power supply Rated supply voltage, permissible range Polarity reversal protection (only in connection with DP/PA coupler) Overvoltage protection Current consumption At 28 V input voltage Standard-compliant field devices for PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Max. 6 per AFD Max. 1 per fieldbus segment Operating environment up to zone 1 or 21 The max. current consumption of all field devices of the fieldbus segment is 1 A IP66 Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary 16... 2 V DC Yes; up to 1 A w 64 ma + (0.88 * aggregate current of all the field devices) At 24 V input voltage w 67 ma + (1.008 * aggregate current of all the field devices) At 20 V input voltage w 74 ma + (1.246 * aggregate current of all the field devices) Power loss Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W Grounding Direct, via connecting bar Electrical isolation between Yes main line and spur lines Test voltage 2 550 V DC, 2 s Connections, interfaces Main line Number of connections 2 Interfaces PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 No Automatic bus terminator Yes Spur cables Number of connections 6 Short-circuit-proof Yes Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO Yes Current I max on spur line S1 60 ma Current I max on spur lines S2 to S6 40 ma Current I max in total for all field 180 ma devices Short-circuit current (test current) 5mA Debounce logic Yes No-load voltage Max. 15. V Current output to field devices Max. 260 ma /84
Electrical networks ( PA) Active field distributors Technical specifications (continued) Active field distributor AFDiS (continued) Status, interrupts, diagnostics Status display Yes Diagnostics function Yes Diagnostic indicator LED Yes Climatic conditions Permissible operating temperature -40... +70 C Permissible storage/transport -40... +85 C temperature Relative humidity during operation Max. 95 % Approvals for potentially explosive atmospheres Gas Zone 1 and Zone 2 Dust Zone 21 and Zone 22 Dimensions and weight Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 85 x 170 Weight approx. 4 500 g Active field splitter AFS General data Connection of field devices Max. 1 per fieldbus segment Operating environment up to zone 2 or 22 The max. current consumption of all field devices of the fieldbus segment is 1 A Degree of protection IP65 Voltages, currents, potentials Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16... 2 V) Reverse polarity protection Yes Overvoltage protection Yes Voltage failure bridging 5 ms Current consumption 25 ma Power loss Max. 1 W Output current for supplying 1A all field devices of the fieldbus segment (for dimensioning the device configuration) Status, interrupts, diagnostics Diagnostic displays: Status main line PA1, PA2 Green LED Fault main line PA1, PA2 Red LED Climatic conditions Permissible operating temperature -25... +70 C Dimensions and weight Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 125 x 57 x 80; with screw gland 175 x 57 x 105 Weight approx. 700 g Ordering data Active field distributor AFD with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line connections for the integration of standard-compliant PA or FF field devices Active Field Distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor intrinsic Safety) with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line connections for the integration of standard-compliant intrinsically-safe PA or FF field devices Active field splitter (AFS) for the interconnection of a bus line segment with the active coupler of a PA or FF router with redundant coupler pair Accessories Profile rail adapter for mounting an active field distributor AFD or AFS on a mounting rail, optional Cable gland for active field splitter AFS Fastener for HSK-Ex standard cable glands For use as plugs for unused connections on AFD and AFS Sealing plugs for unused connections on AFDiS (10 units) Order No. PA-Network transitions see page /262 and the following 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AG8-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AF8-0XA0 Can be ordered from: Jacob GmbH www.jacob-gmbh.de Order No. 50.616 M/EMV Can be ordered from: Hummel elektrotechnik GmbH www.hummel-group.com Order No. 1.296.0901.11 6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1 /85
Electrical networks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) Bus cables Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. FOUNDATION Fieldbus High noise immunity due to double shielding Different variants for different applications (hazardous, non-hazardous) Easy length measurement with printed meter markers Reduction in number of types and parts thanks to uniform connection system for FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable design with shield wire for easy shield contact at the end device Application For setting up fieldbus networks according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. FOUNDATION Fieldbus), different color-coded cable types are available to suit different types of applications (hazardous, non-hazardous areas). UL approvals Cable variants are available with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725. Design Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section Integrated grounding concept can be achieved with the outer shield of the bus cable Printed meter marks. Cable types FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable: Special bus cable compliant with IEC 61158-2 for use in hazardous and non-hazardous areas. Bus segments with RS485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission procedures are linked by the segment SIMATIC FF Link. /86
Electrical networks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) Bus cables Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-5HH10 Product type designation FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable Product description Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Use for fieldbus systems in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (e.g. Foundation Fieldbus), suitable for non-hazardous applications Cable designation 2X(ST)CY 1X2X1.1/2.85-100 LI GE FR OE 6XV1 80-5GH10 FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk Use for fieldbus systems in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (e.g. Foundation Fieldbus), suitable for hazardous applications 2X(ST)CY 1X2X1.1/2.85-100 LI BL FR OE Cable length - - Electrical specifications Attenuation factor per length At 9.6 khz maximum - - At 8.4 khz maximum 0.00 db/m 0.00 db/m At 4 MHz maximum - - At 16 MHz maximum - - Characteristic impedance Rated value 100 Ω 100 Ω At 9.6 khz - - At 8.4 khz 100 Ω 100 Ω at MHz... 20 MHz - - Relative symmetrical tolerance of characteristic impedance - - at 9.6 khz of characteristic impedance 20 % 20 % at 8.4 khz of characteristic impedance - - at MHz to 20 MHz Max. loop resistance per length 46 Ω/km 46 Ω/km Max. shield resistance per length 10 Ω/km 10 Ω/km Capacitance per length at 1 khz 65 pf/m 65 pf/m Operating voltage, rms value 00 V 00 V Order No. 6XV1 80-5HH10 Product type designation FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable 6XV1 80-5GH10 FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable Mechanical data Number of electrical cores 2 2 Design of shield Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires with shield wire Overlapping aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided screen of tinplated copper wires with shield wire Design of electrical connection No No FastConnect Outer diameter of inner conductor 1.17 mm 1.17 mm of core insulation 2.85 mm 2.85 mm of inner sheath of cable 6.4 mm 6.4 mm of cable sheath 8.5 mm 8.5 mm Symmetrical tolerance of outer 0. mm 0. mm diameter of cable sheath Outer diameter of cable sheath - - - Note Material of core insulation PE PE of inner sheath of cable - - of the cable sheath PVC PVC -Note - - Color of core insulation of data cores blue / brown blue / brown of the cable sheath Yellow Blue Bending radius with single bending 4 mm 4 mm with repeated bending 68 mm 68 mm with continuous bending - - Number of bending cycles - - Note - - Number of torsion cycles with torsion by ± 180 on 1 m cable length - - Maximum tensile load 100 N 100 N Weight per length 98 kg/km 98 kg/km /87
Electrical networks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) Bus cables Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 80-5HH10 Product type designation FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +105 C -40 +105 C During storage -40 +105 C -40 +105 C During transport -40 +105 C -40 +105 C During mounting -40 +105 C -40 +105 C Ambient conditions for operation Transmission rate of the cable: 1.25 kbit/s Transmission rate of the cable: 1.25 kbit/s IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance against grease Limited resistance Limited resistance against water - - Radiological resistance against UV Resistant Resistant radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL listing at 00 V rating Yes: CMG / PLTC# / Sun Res UL style at 600 V rating No No Certificate of suitability - - RoHS compliance Yes Yes Marine classification society Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No No Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS) No No 6XV1 80-5GH10 FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable Yes: CMG / PLTC / Sun Res Ordering data FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable 2-core, shielded Blue for Ex applications Orange for non-hazardous applications Sold by the meter: Max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 20 m Order No. 6XV1 80-5GH10 6XV1 80-5HH10 More information Cable routing During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends sealed with a shrink-on cap. Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load! Note: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling system from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /88
Optical networks with OLM Overview of FC-FOCs Overview Simple on-site assembly of glass FOC in the field Optical signal transmission No radiation emission from the cable Unaffected by external noise fields No grounding problems Electrical isolation Low weight Simple laying of cables Design Fiber-optic cables with glass core (62.5/200/20) are offered for the FastConnect fiber-optic cable system: FC glass fiber-optic cable; duplex cable for indoor and outdoor fiber-optic networks The fiber structure corresponds to that of the PCF. This allows simple assembly on site. Sheath material PVC PUR PE FRNC Application Standard use in indoor and outdoor areas of industrial applications Highly mobile applications (tow chains) for high mechanical or chemical stress in harsh industrial environments Routing of cables in moist areas indoors and outdoors, and for direct burying in earth Standard applications with high fire protection requirements Approvals UL listing (safety standard) for network lines is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured in the building. These cables are identified by the suffix "GP" (general purpose) in the product name and have the corresponding UL approvals. /89
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Overview of FC-FOCs Application The fiber-optic cable (FOC) is used for the transmission of signals in very extensive plants and where there are significant potential differences within a plant. The light beam is guided by total reflection at the transition from core to cladding which has a lower refractive index than the core. Assembly with FastConnect for glass fiber-optic cables The FastConnect fiber-optic (FC FO) system enables fast on-site assembly of glass fiber-optic cables with the right lengths to suit the respective application. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 G_IK10_XX_1021 Steps for assembly of fiber-optic cables with FastConnect /90
Optical networks with OLM FC glass fiber-optic cable Overview Design support element outer sheath FC FO fiber 62.5/200/20 μm single core sheath strain relief using aramide yarn hollow core fleece wrapping with strain relief elements G_IK10_XX_1026 FastConnect standard fiber-optic cable for use in optical Industrial Ethernet and networks For all users who want to install and assemble the glass fiber-optic cables themselves over longer distances on site for office or industrial applications. Simple FastConnect SC/BFOC connector assembly on site Rugged construction for industrial applications both indoors and outdoors High interference immunity, as they are not sensitive to electromagnetic interference Extensive range of approvals (UL approvals) Benefits Avoidance of excessive cable lengths in the control cabinet, as the fiber-optic cables can be assembled to the right length on site Easy installation of cables in buildings, as cables can be pulled in without connectors attached Simple extension of installed glass fiber-optic cables via SC and BFOC couplers Devices with different connection method (SC or BFOC) can easily be connected to one another using self-assembled adapter cables Electrical isolation of Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET/ devices Unaffected by electromagnetic interference Tap-proof: no radiation from cable FC FO Standard Cable GP (General Purpose) rugged round cable with green outer sheath, Kevlar strain relief elements, and 62.5/200/20 FC FO fibers for indoor/outdoor applications FC FO Trailing Cable rugged round cable with green outer sheath, Kevlar strain relief elements and 62.5/200/20 FC FO fibers for use in tow chains and moving applications Maximum cable length between two devices: 000 m for 100 Mbit/s Ethernet or for 50 m for 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-SX) 550 m for 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-LX) The maximum cable lengths can be assembled from partial lengths using FastConnect couplings (SC or BFOC; maximum two couplings, approx. 2.5 db attenuation per coupling). It is also possible to combine existing installed, conventional 62.5/125 µm multimode glass fiber-optic cable sections with the FastConnect fiber-optic cables. Application SIMATIC NET FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are used to construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/ PROFINET and networks. Devices with integral optical interface (SC or BFOC connection technology) are, for example, optical link modules (OLM) and SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches. FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are to be assembled on site using FastConnect SC or FastConnect BFOC connectors. A corresponding assembly kit (FC FO Termination Kit) is available for this purpose. The Termination Kit permits the stripping and the "cleaving" of the fiber in the assembled connector, as is familiar from PCF fiber-optic cables. To extend existing lines, a BFOC or SC coupler may be used depending on the connection technology. /91
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 FC glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 847-2A 6XV1 847-2C Product type designation FC FO Standard Cable GP FC FO Trailing Cable Product description Glass fiber-optic cable for field assembly, cut-to-length, non-assembled Flexible glass fiber-optic cable for field assembly, cut-to-length, non-assembled Suitability for application Cable for fixed routing in cable ducts and conduits, UL approval Cable for high mechanical loading for use in trailing cables indoors and outdoors Design of preassembled FO cable Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Cable designation AT-V(ZN)YY 2GK 62.5/200/20 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2GK 62.5/200/20 Cable length - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm.2 db/km.2 db/km Max. at 100 nm 0.9 db/km 0.9 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - - Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 200 GHz m 200 GHz m At 100 nm 500 GHz m 500 GHz m Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 Design of FO fiber Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/200/20 µm Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/200/20 µm Design of FO core Fixed core Fixed core Design of FO cable Splittable cable Splittable cable Outer diameter of optical fiber 62.5 µm 62.5 µm of optical fiber sheath 20 µm 20 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable 7.2 mm 8.8 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath ETFE ETFE of FO core sheath PVC PVC of FO cable sheath PVC PUR of the strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers (double-ply) Color of FO core sheath Orange/black Orange/black of cable sheath Green Green Bending radius Minimum permitted single 70 mm 10 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 105 mm 175 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - Number of bending cycles - 5000000 Maximum tensile load 100 N 800 N Short-term lateral force per length 500 N/cm 500 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 00 N/cm 00 N/cm Weight per length 49 kg/km 65 kg/km /92
Optical networks with OLM FC glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 847-2A 6XV1 847-2C Product type designation FC FO Standard Cable GP FC FO Trailing Cable Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +85 C -25 +75 C During storage -40 +85 C -0 +75 C During transport -40 +85 C -0 +75 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Chemical resistance to mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant to grease Limited resistance Resistant to water Not resistant Not resistant Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Product component: No No protection against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 000 m 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 50 m 50 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 550 m 550 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m - Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability UL approval: - OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA Standard C22.2 No 22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes /9
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 FC glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-1LP00-0AB0 6GK1 900-1GP00-0AB0 Product type designation FC FO SC Plug FC FO BFOC Plug FC FO SC Coupler FC FO BFOC Coupler Product description SC plug for FastConnect assembly BFOC plug for FastConnect assembly FC coupler for FastConnect assembly BFOC coupler for FastConnect assembly Suitability for application Transmission rate For connection of glass fiber-optic cables, suitable for fast mounting with the FastConnect FO system For connection of glass fiber-optic cables, suitable for fast mounting with the FastConnect FO system - - Transmission rate 1 with Industrial Ethernet 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2 with Industrial Ethernet 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s with Industrial Ethernet 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of optical connections 1 1 1 1 for fiber-optic cables Number of optical connections for SC connector BFOC connector SC coupling BFOC coupling network components or terminals Design of electrical connection Yes Yes Yes Yes FastConnect Mechanical data Enclosure material Metal and plastic Metal and plastic Metal and plastic Metal and plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 8 mm 10 mm 9 mm 11 mm Height 8 mm 10 mm 5 mm 11 mm Depth 49 mm 22 mm 28 mm 29.5 mm Net weight 20 g - 20 g - Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C During storage -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C During transport -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C -40 +85 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water - - - - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes /94
Optical networks with OLM FC glass fiber-optic cable Ordering data Order No. More information FC FO standard cable GP 6XV1 847-2A 62.5/200/20 FC FO standard cable for fixed routing indoors with PVC sheath; sold by the meter FC FO trailing cable 6XV1 847-2C FC FO trailing cable for use in tow chains and moving applications; sold by the meter FC FO termination kit 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0 Assembly case for local assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to FC FO standard cable, comprising a stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope FC SC plug 6GK1 900-1LB00-0AC0 Screw connector for on-site assembly on FC fiber-optic cable; (1 pack = 10 duplex plugs + cleaning cloths) FC BFOC plug 6GK1 900-1GB00-0AC0 Screw connector for on-site assembly on FC fiber-optic cable; (1 pack = 20 units + cleaning cloths) FC SC coupler 6GK1 900-1LP00-0AB0 FC SC duplex coupling; (1 pack = 5 units) FC BFOC coupler 6GK1 900-1GP00-0AB0 FC BFOC coupling; (1 pack = 10 units) SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /95
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 FC FO termination kit Overview Design support element outer sheath FC FO fiber 62.5/200/20 μm single core sheath strain relief using aramide yarn hollow core fleece wrapping with strain relief elements G_IK10_XX_1026 Compact, rugged assembly case for FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables Simple fitting of SC and BFOC connectors to FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables The quality of the assembly can be checked using the enclosed microscope Cable construction FC glass optical fiber The kit is available in an assembly case for on-site installation of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on FC glass fiber-optic cables. It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope. Benefits Simple installation of the unassembled cable Flexible connector assembly possible on site (SC/BFOC connectors) Prevention of faults by simply checking the assembled connectors using a microscope Simple repair of FC glass fiber-optic cables in the field Ordering Data FC FO Termination Kit Assembly case for local assembly of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to FC FO standard cable, comprising a stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope Order No. 6GK1 900-1GL00-0AA0 Application More information SIMATIC NET FC glass fiber-optic cables are used to construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET and networks. They are easy to assemble on-site using the termination kit with SC or BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET or devices is 000 m in the case of 100 Mbit/s Ethernet or. You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /96
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Overview Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and networks Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and outdoors Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion control High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electromagnetic fields Available preassembled Extensive approvals (UL) Benefits Easy to lay with - preassembled cables - no grounding problems - very light fiber optic cable. Tap-proof, no radiation from the cable Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. in paint shops) Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding problems Application Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter. Fiber-optic indoor cable Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in building automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Standard FOC/FRNC cable Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors and outdoors For routing above ground For installation inside buildings. Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Fiber-optic trailing cable Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available for this application: FO Trailing Cable; Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose); Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL approval Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Fiber-optic outdoor cable Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the ground. Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Note: Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables. /97
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Application (continued) Application Examples Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (12 Mbit/s) Design Hollow core Optical fiber Single-core sheath Strain relief using Aramid fibers Outer sheath In order to span very long distances, the use of singlemode cables with a 9 µm fiber is recommended. G_IK10_XX_1000 Cable types 50/125 μm 62.5/125 μm 9/125 μm FO standard cable GP (50/125/1400) FO FRNC cable (50/125/1400) FO trailing cable (50/125/1400) FO trailing cable GP (50/125/1400) FO ground cable (50/125/1400) FO robust cable GP (50/125/900) Fiber-optic standard cable (62.5/125/900) INDOOR fiber-optic cable (62.5/125/900) Flexible fiber-optic trailing cable (62.5/125/1400) SIENOPYR marine duplex fiber-optic cable (62.5/125/900) FO robust cable GP (4E9/125/900) /98
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 87-2A 6XV1 87-2B 6XV1 87-2G Product type designation FO Standard Cable GP FO FRNC Cable GP FO Ground Cable Product description Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Design of preassembled FO cable Cable for indoor and outdoor use, UL approval Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Halogen-free cable for indoor and outdoor use, for fixed installation, UL approval Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness with non-metallic protection against rodents for outdoor use and for direct laying in soil Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Cable designation AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1 G 50/125 AT-W(ZN)HH 2G 50/125 UV AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G 50/125 Cable length - - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm 2.7 db/km 2.7 db/km 2.7 db/km Max. at 100 nm 0.7 db/km 0.7 db/km 0.7 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - - - Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 600 GHz m 600 GHz m 600 GHz m At 100 nm 1 200 GHz m 1 200 GHz m 1 200 GHz m Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 2 Design of FO fiber Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm, OM 2 Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm, OM 2 Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm, OM 2 Design of FO core Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Design of FO cable Splittable Splittable Splittable Outer diameter of optical fiber 50 µm 50 µm 50 µm of optical fiber sheath 125 µm 125 µm 125 µm of FO core sheath 2.9 mm 2.9 mm 2.9 mm of cable - 9.2 mm 10.5 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable - 0. mm 0.5 mm Width of cable sheath 7.4 mm - - Symmetrical tolerance of cable - - - sheath width Thickness of cable sheath 4.5 mm - - Symmetrical tolerance of cable - - - sheath thickness Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Quartz glass Quartz glass Quartz glass of FO core sheath PVC FRNC PVC of FO cable sheath PVC FRNC PE of the strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Color of FO core sheath Orange/black Orange/black Orange/black of the cable sheath Green Green Black /99
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 87-2A 6XV1 87-2B 6XV1 87-2G Product type designation FO Standard Cable GP FO FRNC Cable GP FO Ground Cable Bending radius Minimum permitted 45 mm 90 mm 105 mm single bending radius Minimum permitted 65 mm 15 mm 155 mm repeated bending radius With continuous bending - - - Number of bending cycles - - - Maximum tensile load 500 N 1 200 N 800 N Short-term lateral force per length 600 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 400 N/cm - 00 N/cm Weight per length 40 kg/km 85 kg/km 90 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -25 +80 C -40 +70 C -40 +75 C During storage -25 +80 C -40 +70 C -40 +75 C During transport -25 +80 C -40 +70 C -40 +75 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - IP degree of protection - - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Flammable Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant against grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Resistant against water - - Resistant Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Yes No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component: protection No No Yes against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 5 000 m 5 000 m 5 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 750 m 750 m 750 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m 000 m 000 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No 22-M1988) UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN (CSA standard C22.2 No 22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes - /100
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 87-2C 6XV1 87-2D Product type designation FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP Product description Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Flexible cable for use in trailing cables with high mechanical stress, without UL approval Flexible cable for use in trailing cables with high mechanical stress, UL approval Design of preassembled FO cable Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors Cable designation AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G 50/125 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G 50/125 Cable length - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm 2.7 db/km 2.7 db/km Max. at 100 nm 0.7 db/km 0.7 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - - Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 600 GHz m 600 GHz m At 100 nm 1 200 GHz m 1 200 GHz m Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 Design of FO fiber Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm, OM 2 Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125 µm, OM 2 Design of FO core Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Design of FO cable Splittable Splittable Outer diameter of optical fiber 50 µm 50 µm of optical fiber sheath 125 µm 125 µm of FO core sheath 2.9 mm 2.9 mm of cable 10.5 mm 10.5 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Quartz glass Quartz glass of FO core sheath PVC PVC of FO cable sheath PUR PVC of the strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Color of FO core sheath Orange/black Orange/black of the cable sheath Green Green Bending radius Minimum permitted single 150 mm 150 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 200 mm 200 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - Number of bending cycles 5000000 500000 Maximum tensile load 800 N 800 N Short-term lateral force per length 700 N/cm 700 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 400 N/cm 400 N/cm Weight per length 90 kg/km 90 kg/km /101
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 87-2C 6XV1 87-2D Product type designation FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +80 C -25 +80 C During storage -40 +80 C -25 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -25 +80 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flammable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Chemical resistance against mineral oil Resistant Limited resistance against grease Resistant Limited resistance against water - - Radiological resistance to UV Resistant Resistant radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Product component: protection No No against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 5 000 m 5 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 750 m 750 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 2 000 m 2 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m 000 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability - UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA Standard C22.2 No22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes /102
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 820-5AH10 6XV1 820-7AH10 Product type designation Fiber Optic Standard Cable INDOOR Fiber Optic Cable Product description Flexible glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk in bulk Suitability for application Cable for indoor and outdoor use Crush-resistant, halogen-free and flame-retardant cable for indoor use Design of preassembled FO cable can be fitted with four BFOC connectors can be fitted with four BFOC connectors Cable designation AT-V(ZN)YY 2X1 G 62.5/125 I-V(ZN)HH 2x1 G 62.5/125 Cable length - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm.1 db/km.1 db/km Max. at 100 nm 0.8 db/km 0.8 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - - Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 200 GHz m 200 GHz m At 100 nm 600 GHz m 600 GHz m Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 Design of FO fiber Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 µm, OM 2 Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 µm, OM 2 Design of FO core Compact core, diameter 900 μm Solid core, diameter 900 μm Design of FO cable Splittable outer cable Splittable inner cable Outer diameter of optical fiber 62.5 µm 62.5 µm of optical fiber sheath 125 µm 125 µm of FO core sheath.5 mm 2.9 mm of cable - - Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core - 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable - - Width of cable sheath 9.8 mm 6.8 mm Symmetrical tolerance of cable - - sheath width Thickness of cable sheath 6. mm.9 mm Symmetrical tolerance of cable - - sheath thickness Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Quartz glass Quartz glass of FO core sheath PVC FRNC of FO cable sheath PVC FRNC of the strain relief Aramide fibers with additionally integrated Aramide fibers compression protection elements Color of FO core sheath Gray Gray of the cable sheath Black Orange /10
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 820-5AH10 6XV1 820-7AH10 Product type designation Fiber Optic Standard Cable INDOOR Fiber Optic Cable Bending radius Minimum permitted single 80 mm 0 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 80 mm 50 mm bending radius Maximum tensile load 1 500 N 200 N Short-term lateral force per length - 00 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 150 N/cm 100 N/cm Weight per length 70 kg/km 0 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +60 C -20 +60 C During storage -25 +70 C -25 +70 C During transport -25 +70 C -25 +70 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Chemical resistance against mineral oil Not resistant Not resistant against grease Not resistant Not resistant against water - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Not resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Product component: protection No No against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 4 000 m 4 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 50 m 50 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 550 m 550 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m 000 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) /104
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10 6XV1 80-0NH10 Product type designation Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable SIENOPYR Marine Duplex FO Cable Product description Flexible glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Glass fiber-optic cable, SIENOPYR marine cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Suitability for application Flexible cable for indoor and outdoor use in trailing cables For fixed installation on ships and offshore units, in all rooms and exposed decks, marine approval assigned Design of preassembled FO cable can be fitted with four BFOC connectors can be fitted with four BFOC connectors Cable designation AT-W11Y(ZN)11Y 2 G 62.5/125 MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2x1Cu 00V Cable length - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm.1 db/km.1 db/km Max. at 100 nm 0.8 db/km 0.8 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - - Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 200 GHz m 200 GHz m At 100 nm 600 GHz m 600 GHz m Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 Design of FO fiber Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 µm, OM 2 Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 µm, OM 2 Design of FO core Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 µm Solid core Design of FO cable Splittable outer cable Splittable outer cable Outer diameter of optical fiber 62.5 µm 62.5 µm of optical fiber sheath 125 µm 125 µm of FO core sheath.5 mm 2.9 mm of cable 12.9 mm 1. mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core - - sheath of outer diameter of cable - 0.5 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Mineral glass of optical fiber sheath Quartz glass - of FO core sheath PUR Polyolefin of FO cable sheath PUR SHF1 mixture of the strain relief Aramide fibers, plus central element made Aramide fibers of glass-reinforced plastic Color of FO core sheath Black - of the cable sheath Black Black Bending radius Minimum permitted single 150 mm 1 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 150 mm 266 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - Number of bending cycles 100 000 - Maximum tensile load 1 000 N 250 N Short-term lateral force per length - - Continuous lateral force per length - - Weight per length 10 kg/km 220 kg/km /105
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10 6XV1 80-0NH10 Product type designation Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable SIENOPYR Marine Duplex FO Cable Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -0 +60 C -40 +80 C During storage -0 +70 C -40 +80 C During transport -0 +70 C -40 +80 C During mounting -0 +60 C -10 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - At temperatures below -10 C, the cables must not be exposed to any movements in excess of the vibrations and oscillations which are normal on ships IP degree of protection - - Behavior in fire Flammable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602- (Cat. A) Chemical resistance against mineral oil Resistant - against grease Resistant - against water - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Product component: No No protection against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 4 000 m - Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 50 m - Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 550 m - Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m 000 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability - - RoHS compliance Yes Yes Marine classification corporation Bureau Veritas (BV) - Yes Germanischer Lloyd (GL) - Yes Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) - Yes /106
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 87-2R 6XV1 84-2R Product type designation MM FO Robust Cable GP SM FO Robust Cable GP Product description Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness with non-metallic protection against rodents for outdoor and indoor use and for direct laying in soil Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness with non-metallic protection against rodents for outdoor and indoor use and for direct laying in soil Design of preassembled FO cable Can be fitted with two BFOC, SC and LC duplex plugs Can be fitted with two BFOC, SC and LC duplex plugs Cable designation AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 2G50/125 AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 4E9/125 Cable length - - Optical data Attenuation factor per length Max. at 850 nm 2.7 db/km - Max. at 100 nm 1dB/km 0.5 db/km Max. at 1550 nm - 0.5 db/km Bandwidth length product At 850 nm 600 GHz m - At 100 nm 1 200 GHz m - Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 4 Design of FO fiber Multimode graded-index fiber 50/125/245 µm, OM2 Single-mode fiber 4E9/125/900, OS1 and OS2 Design of FO core Solid core, diameter 900 μm Solid core, diameter 900 μm Design of FO cable Splittable Splittable Outer diameter of optical fiber 50 µm 9 µm of optical fiber sheath 125 µm 125 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable 7.5 mm 9 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Quartz glass Quartz glass of FO core sheath PE flame-retardant PE flame-retardant of FO cable sheath PE flame-retardant PE flame-retardant of the strain relief Aramide fibers and glass roving Aramide fibers, plus central support element and glass roving Color of FO core sheath Orange / black, with directional arrow Orange / black, with directional arrow (numbering of the core pairs with 1 and 2) of the cable sheath Black Black Bending radius Minimum permitted single 25 mm 90 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 40 mm 15 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - Number of bending cycles - - Maximum tensile load 1 000 N 1 000 N Short-term lateral force per length 600 N/cm 600 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 200 N/cm 200 N/cm Weight per length 67 kg/km 89 kg/km /107
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 87-2R 6XV1 84-2R Product type designation MM FO Robust Cable GP SM FO Robust Cable GP Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During mounting -20 +60 C -20 +60 C Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602--24 Chemical resistance against mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance against grease Limited resistance Limited resistance against water Resistant Resistant Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes Yes Silicon-free Yes Yes Product component: protection Yes Yes against rodents Cable length with glass FOC Maximum with 100BaseFX and 5 000 m 26 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseSX and 750 m - Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 1000BaseLX and 2 000 m 5 000 m Industrial Ethernet Maximum with 000 m 15 000 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability RoHS compliance Yes Yes /108
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 Product type designation BFOC connector set Product description BFOC connector set Suitability for application for the connection of glass fiber-optic cables Transmission rate Transmission rate 1 with Industrial Ethernet 10 Mbit/s 2 with Industrial Ethernet 100 Mbit/s with Industrial Ethernet 1 000 Mbit/s with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of optical connections 1 for fiber-optic cables Number of optical connections for BFOC connector network components or terminals Design of electrical connection No FastConnect Mechanical data Enclosure material Metal and plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 10 mm Height 10 mm Depth 10 mm Net weight 8 g Permitted ambient conditions IP degree of protection IP20 Chemical resistance to water - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Product component strain relief Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: Yes RoHS conformity Ordering data FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 2) Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; Order No. 6XV1 87-2A Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 87-AH05 1 m 6XV1 87-AH10 2 m 6XV1 87-AH20 m 6XV1 87-AH0 5 m 6XV1 87-AH50 10 m 6XV1 87-AN10 15 m 6XV1 87-AN15 20 m 6XV1 87-AN20 0 m 6XV1 87-AN0 40 m 6XV1 87-AN40 50 m 6XV1 87-AN50 80 m 6XV1 87-AN80 100 m 6XV1 87-AT10 150 m 6XV1 87-AT15 200 m 6XV1 87-AT20 00 m 6XV1 87-AT0 FO FRNC cable 50/125/1400 2) Multimode cable, 6XV1 87-2B sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; FO trailing cable 50/125/1400 2) Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; 6XV1 87-2C Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors m 6XV1 87-CH0 5 m 6XV1 87-CH50 10 m 6XV1 87-CN10 20 m 6XV1 87-CN20 50 m 6XV1 87-CN50 100 m 6XV1 87-CT10 FO trailing cable GP 50/125/1400 2) Multimode cable, 6XV1 87-2D sold by the meter; max. length 1000 m; minimum order 20 m; Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors m 6XV1 87-DH0 5 m 6XV1 87-DH50 10 m 6XV1 87-DN10 20 m 6XV1 87-DN20 50 m 6XV1 87-DN50 100 m 6XV1 87-DT10 1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request 2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables /109
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Glass fiber-optic cable Ordering data Order No. Order No. FO ground cable 50/125/1400 2) Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. length 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; 6XV1 87-2G Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 100 m 6XV1 87-GT10 200 m 6XV1 87-G T20 00 m 6XV1 87-G T0 FO Robust Cable GP 6XV1 87-2R 50/125/900 2) Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. length 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE (62.5/125/900), segmentable 2) Multimode cable, 6XV1 820-5AH10 sold by the meter; max. delivery unit 2000 m minimum order 20 m Preferred lengths 1) pre-assembled with 4 BFOC plugs 1 m 6XV1 820-5BH10 2 m 6XV1 820-5BH20 m 6XV1 820-5BH0 4 m 6XV1 820-5BH40 5 m 6XV1 820-5BH50 10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10 15 m 6XV1 820-5BN15 20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20 0 m 6XV1 820-5BN0 40 m 6XV1 820-5BN40 50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50 55 m 6XV1 820-5BN55 60 m 6XV1 820-5BN60 65 m 6XV1 820-5BN65 70 m 6XV1 820-5BN70 75 m 6XV1 820-5BN75 80 m 6XV1 820-5BN80 100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10 120 m 6XV1 820-5BT12 10 m 6XV1 820-5BT1 150 m 6XV1 820-5BT15 200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20 250 m 6XV1 820-5BT25 00 m 6XV1 820-5BT0 1) Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request 2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE (62.5/125/900), segmentable 2) Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. delivery unit 2000 m minimum order 20 m 6XV1 820-7AH10 Preferred lengths; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 0.5 m 6XV1 820-7BH05 1 m 6XV1 820-7BH10 2 m 6XV1 820-7BH20 m 6XV1 820-7BH0 5 m 6XV1 820-7BH50 10 m 6XV1 820-7BN10 15 m 6XV1 820-7BN15 20 m 6XV1 820-7BN20 25 m 6XV1 820-7BN25 50 m 6XV1 820-7BN50 75 m 6XV1 820-7BN75 100 m 6XV1 820-7BT10 FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE trailing cable (62.5/125/1400), segmentable 2) Multimode cable, 6XV1 820-6AH10 sold by the meter; max. delivery unit 2000 m minimum order 20 m Preferred lengths; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 1 m 6XV1 820-6BH10 2 m 6XV1 820-6BH20 m 6XV1 820-6BH0 5 m 6XV1 820-6BH50 10 m 6XV1 820-6BN10 15 m 6XV1 820-6BN15 20 m 6XV1 820-6BN20 0 m 6XV1 820-6BN0 50 m 6XV1 820-6BN50 75 m 6XV1 820-6BN75 100 m 6XV1 820-6BT10 SIENOPYR marine duplex 6XV1 80-0NH10 fiber-optic cable (62.5/125/900) Fiber-optic cable for routing on ships and offshore platforms Multimode cable, sold by the meter; max. delivery unit 1000 m minimum order 20 m FO Robust Cable GP 4E9/125/900 2) Single-mode cable, 6XV1 84-2R sold by the meter; max. length 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; /110
Optical networks with OLM Glass fiber-optic cable Ordering data Accessories Multimode FO BFOC connector set for FO standard cable (50/125/1400), FO ground cable (50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing cable, INDOOR FO cable (62.5/125/900), 20 units Multimode FO LC duplex plug LC duplex plug (10 units) for INDOOR FO cable (62.5/125/900), FO robust cable GP (50/125/900), FO standard cable (62.5/125/900) Singlemode FO LC duplex plug LC duplex plug (10 units) for FO robust cable GP (4E9/125/900) network manual ) SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English Order No. 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 6GK1 901-0RB10-2AB0 6GK1 901-0SB10-2AB0 See www.siemens.com/ automation/csi/net 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 More information You can order components and demonstration materials supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com ) Further manuals can be found for the respective products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net /111
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Overview Electrical isolation of devices and segments Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic interference Up to 80 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and up to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial applications Extensive approvals (UL) Benefits Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled on site Time savings when commissioning thanks to pre-assembled cables Protection of the transmission route against electromagnetic interference Tap-proof, as the cable does not emit radiation Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding problems Application SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used together with OLM/P for establishing optical networks or for optical linking of segments using RS 485 technology in indoor and outdoor applications. Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two OLM/P is 80 m. Longer cable lengths up to 400 m can be achieved using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors. Design Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered: Plastic fiber-optic cables Plastic FOC, standard cable; rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications; cable lengths up to 80 m. Plastic FOC, duplex core; two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as laboratory setups or inside cabinets; cable length to 50 m. PCF fiber optic cables PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables: Rugged round cables with violet/green PVC outer sheath and Kevlar strain relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors; cable lengths up to 400 m; the following cable versions are available: - PCF fiber optic standard cable; with violet PVC outer sheath for indoor applications. The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field; (only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool) - PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose); with green PVC outer sheath for indoor and outdoor applications. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field. PCF fiber optic trailing cable; rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar tension elements for trailing cable applications; cable lengths of up to 400 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the field. The following cable versions are available: - PCF Trailing Cable; cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval - PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose); cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL approval PCF fiber single core sheath support element strain relief using aramide yarn hollow core outer sheath PCF Trailing Cable fleece wrapping with strain relief elements G_IK10_XX_1001 /112
Optical networks with OLM Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 821-2AN50 6XV1 821-0AH10 6XV1 821-1BN75 Product type designation Product description Suitability for application Design of preassembled FO cable Plastic Fiber Optic Duplex Core Fiber-optic cable with poly-optical fiber (flat duplex core), 50 m ring, non-assembled Indoor applications with low mechanical stress (e.g. laboratory setups or within cabinets), cable lengths up to 50 m Can be fitted with four Simplex connectors Plastic Fiber Optic Standard Cable Fiber-optic cable with poly-optical fiber, sold by the meter, non-assembled Cable for indoor applications Can be fitted with four Simplex connectors PCF Fiber Optic Standard Cable Polymer cladded fiber cable, preferred length, preassembled Cable for indoor applications Fitted with four BFOC connectors Cable designation V-2Y 2x1 P 980/1000 I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P 980/1000 I-V(ZN)Y 2K 200/20 Cable length 50 m - 75 m Optical data Maximum damping factor 0.01 db/m 0.16 db/m 0.01 db/m per length at 650 nm Bandwidth length product 1 GHz m 1 GHz m 17 GHz m at 650 nm Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 2 Design of FO fiber Step index fiber 980/1000 µm Step index fiber 980/1000 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Design of FO core - - - Design of FO cable - - - Outer diameter of optical fiber 980 µm 980 µm 200 µm of optical fiber sheath 1 000 µm 1 000 µm 20 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable - 7.8 mm 4.7 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable - 0. mm - Symmetrical tolerance of cable - - - sheath width Material of optical fiber core Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer of FO core sheath PE PA PVC of FO cable sheath - PVC PVC of the strain relief - Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers Color of FO core sheath Gray Orange/black Orange/black of cable sheath - Violet Violet /11
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 821-2AN50 6XV1 821-0AH10 6XV1 821-1BN75 Product type designation Bending radius Minimum permitted single 25 mm 100 mm 47 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 25 mm 150 mm 70 mm bending radius Maximum tensile load 10 N 100 N 200 N Short-term lateral force per length 0 N/cm 100 N/cm 100 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 400 N/m - - Weight per length 7.6 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During storage -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During transport -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During mounting -5 +50 C 0 50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - IP degree of protection - - IP20 Behavior in fire Plastic Fiber Optic Duplex Core Flame-retardant in accordance with flame test VW-1 acc. to UL 1581 Plastic Fiber Optic Standard Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 PCF Fiber Optic Standard Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Water - - - Radiological resistance against Not resistant Not resistant Not resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component: No No No protection against rodents Cable length with plastic optical fiber Maximum with Industrial Ethernet - - - Maximum with 80 m 80 m - Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability - UL approval: - OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes /114
Optical networks with OLM Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 861-2A 6XV1 861-2C 6XV1 861-2D Product type designation PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP Product description Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Suitability for application Design of preassembled FO cable Cable for fixed installation for indoor and outdoor use, UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable for use with high mechanical stress and moving applications (e.g. trailing cables), without UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable for use with high mechanical stress and moving applications (e.g. trailing cables), UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable designation AT-V(ZN)YY 2K 200/20 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K 200/20 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K 200/20 Cable length - - - Optical data Maximum damping factor per 10 db/km 10 db/km 10 db/km length at 660 nm Bandwidth length product at 17 GHz m 17 GHz m 17 GHz m 650 nm Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 2 Design of FO fiber Step index fiber 200/20 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Design of FO core - - - Design of FO cable - - - Outer diameter of optical fiber 200 µm 200 µm 200 µm of optical fiber sheath 20 µm 20 µm 20 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable 7.2 mm 8.8 mm 8.8 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Special polymer Special polymer Special polymer of FO core sheath PVC PVC PVC of FO cable sheath PVC PUR PVC of the strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Color of FO core sheath Orange/black Orange/black Orange/black of cable sheath Green Green Green /115
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 861-2A 6XV1 861-2C 6XV1 861-2D Product type designation PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP Bending radius Minimum permitted single 70 mm 10 mm 10 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 105 mm 175 mm 175 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - - Number of bending cycles - 5000000 5000000 Maximum tensile load 100 N 800 N 800 N Short-term lateral force per length 500 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 00 N/cm 00 N/cm 00 N/cm Weight per length 45 kg/km 85 kg/km 85 kg/km Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +90 C -25 +75 C -25 +75 C During storage -40 +90 C -0 +75 C -0 +75 C During transport -40 +90 C -0 +75 C -0 +75 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C -5 +50 C Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Flame-retardant Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance Water - - - Radiological resistance against Resistant Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component: No No No protection against rodents Cable length with polymer cladded fiber Maximum with Industrial Ethernet 100 m 100 m 100 m Maximum with 400 m 400 m 400 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) - UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes /116
Optical networks with OLM Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-1PA00 Product type designation PB BFOC Plug POF Product description BFOC connector Suitability for application For assembly of PB plastic fiber optic cables for OLM/P. Transmission rate Transmission rate 1 with Industrial Ethernet - 2 with Industrial Ethernet - with Industrial Ethernet - with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of optical connections 1 for fiber-optic cables Number of optical connections for BFOC connector network components or terminals Design of electrical connection No FastConnect Mechanical data Enclosure material Metal Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 10 mm Height 10 mm Depth 10 mm Net weight 10 g Permitted ambient conditions IP degree of protection IP20 Chemical resistance to water - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Product component strain relief Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: Yes RoHS conformity Ordering data Order No. Plastic Fiber Optic, standard cable Rugged round cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer sheath and PA inner sheath, for indoor use Without connector Sold by the meter 6XV1 821-0AH10 50 m ring 6XV1 821-0AN50 100 m ring 6XV1 821-0AT10 Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 2 x 2 BFOC plugs, lash length 20 cm each, for connecting OLM/P.. 1 m 6XV1 821-0BH10 2 m 6XV1 821-0BH20 5 m 6XV1 821-0BH50 10 m 6XV1 821-0BN10 15 m 6XV1 821-0BN15 20 m 6XV1 821-0BN20 25 m 6XV1 821-0BN25 0 m 6XV1 821-0BN0 50 m 6XV1 821-0BN50 65 m 6XV1 821-0BN65 80 m 6XV1 821-0BN80 Plastic Fiber Optic, duplex core Plastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for use in environments with low mechanical stress, without connector 50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50 Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PA10 stripping tool set Tools for removing the outer sheath or core sheath of Plastic Fiber Optic cables Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-1PA00 BFOC connector set 20 BFOC plugs for assembly of Plastic Fiber Optic cables for OLM/P.. Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PB00 BFOC crimping tool For assembly of BFOC plug on Plastic Fiber Optic cables Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PS00 BFOC polishing set Polishing set for grinding and polishing the BFOC plug face for Plastic Fiber Optic cables with OLM/P.. /117
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Ordering data Order No. Order No. PCF Fiber Optic standard cable PCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for bridging large distances up to 400 m, Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 2 x 2 BFOC plugs, lash length 20 cm each, with insertion tool mounted on one end for connecting OLM/P.. 75 m 6XV1 821-1BN75 100 m 6XV1 821-1BT10 150 m 6XV1 821-1BT15 200 m 6XV1 821-1BT20 250 m 6XV1 821-1BT25 00 m 6XV1 821-1BT0 400 m 6XV1 821-1BT40 PCF Standard Cable GP 200/20 Standard cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2A sold by the meter; max. quantity 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 75 m 6XV1 861-AN75 100 m 6XV1 861-AT10 150 m 6XV1 861-AT15 200 m 6XV1 861-AT20 250 m 6XV1 861-AT25 00 m 6XV1 861-AT0 400 m 6XV1 861-AT40 PCF Trailing Cable 200/20 Trailing cable, segmentable, sold by the meter; max. quantity 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; 6XV1 861-2C Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 75 m 6XV1 861-CN75 100 m 6XV1 861-CT10 150 m 6XV1 861-CT15 200 m 6XV1 861-CT20 250 m 6XV1 861-CT25 00 m 6XV1 861-CT0 400 m 6XV1 861-CT40 PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/20 Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D sold by the meter; max. quantity 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors 75 m 6XV1 861-DN75 100 m 6XV1 861-DT10 150 m 6XV1 861-DT15 200 m 6XV1 861-DT20 250 m 6XV1 861-DT25 00 m 6XV1 861-DT0 400 m 6XV1 861-DT40 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English More information You can order components and demonstration materials supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /118
Optical networks with OLM PCF-FOC termination kit Overview Design support element outer sheath PCF fiber single core sheath strain relief using aramide yarn hollow core PCF Trailing Cable fleece wrapping with strain relief elements G_IK10_XX_1001 Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables The quality of the assembly can be checked using the enclosed microscope Benefits Two versions of the assembly case are available for PCF fiber-optic cables: Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors; for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope Assembly case for BFOC connectors; for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial plants Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors) Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the assembled connector on site using a microscope PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing a new PCF cable Application SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct optical indoor and outdoor DP networks. They are easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 00 m and between two OLMs 400 m. DP devices with integrated optical interface (Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT, CP 42-5 FO, CP 561 FO, IM 15-2 FO, IM 467 FO. /119
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 PCF-FOC termination kit Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0 Product type designation PB Simplex Plug PCF PB BFOC Plug PCF Product description Simplex crimp connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with plastic cladding BFOC screw connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with plastic cladding Suitability for use for the connection of PCF fiber-optic cables for the connection of PCF fiber-optic cables Transmission rate Transmission rate 1 with Industrial Ethernet - - 2 with Industrial Ethernet - - with Industrial Ethernet - - with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of optical connections 1 1 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection for network components or terminals Simplex connector BFOC connector Design of FastConnect No No electrical connection Mechanical data Enclosure material Plastic Metal and plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 9.4 mm 10 mm Height 6.1 mm 10 mm Depth 29.9 mm 10 mm Net weight 20 g 8 g Permissible ambient conditions IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water - - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes /120
Optical networks with OLM PCF-FOC termination kit Ordering data Order No. More information Termination Kit for Simplex plug Assembly case for local assembly of PCF Simplex connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope Termination Kit for BFOC plug Assembly case for local assembly of BFOC connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, and microscope Connector Simplex connector with cleaning materials; 50 crimp connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site BFOC connector with cleaning materials; 20 screw connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0 You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PM 1 Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /121
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Overview Construction of optical networks (line, star, ring) with glass, PCF and plastic fiber optic cables High availability can be achieved using a redundant power supply and redundant cable routing Function monitoring by means of signaling contact All data transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 kbit/s for PA Monitoring of the fiber optic cable routes on LEDs for channel monitoring or using a voltmeter across measurement terminals Benefits High availability of the network thanks to redundant optical ring Fast fault localization due to signaling of the fiber-optic line quality to LEDs and signaling contact (e.g. import of the level value of the fiber-optic line quality via an analog module into a programmable logic controller) Large range due to use of glass fiber optic cables in lengths of up to 15 km OLM/G12-EEC for outdoor use down to -25 C Application With the OLM (Optical Link Modules), optical networks can be established in linear, star and redundant ring topologies. The data transfer rate of a fiber optic line is independent of the distance and can be up to 12 Mbit/s. Possible applications for OLMs include: System buses based on Networking between buildings using glass fiber optic cable Mixed networks with electrical and optical segments Networks covering a wide area (road tunnels, traffic control systems) Networks with high availability requirements (redundant ring networks) Design The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for mounting on a standard rail or for wall mounting with a mounting plate. The 24 V power supply is fed in through a terminal block and can be redundantly connected. The signaling contact allows a digital signal to be transferred to PLCs or HMI systems for evaluation. OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations or complete electrical segments can be integrated into the optical network through an electrical interface. With the OLM P22 and OLM G22, two electric segments can be connected separated from each other. OLMs are available with one or two fiber optic interfaces with BFOC connectors for different types of fiber optic cables: Plastic fiber-optic cables (980/1000 µm) can be used for single lengths of up to 80 m. They can also be assembled with BFOC cable connectors on site. PCF fiber-optic cables (200/20 µm) can be used for single lengths of up to 400 m. They are offered preassembled with four BFOC plugs and an insertion tool. Glass fiber multimode fiber-optic cables (62.5/125 µm) such as the SIMATIC NET Fiber Optic cables can be used for long distances of up to 000 m. They must be ordered preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs or as a FastConnect FO system for assembly on site. Singlemode fiber-optic cables (10/125 µm or 9/125 µm fibers) can be used for extremely long distances up to 15 km. Function Automatic detection of all data transmission rates 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 kbit/s ( PA) Construction of the following network topologies: Line, star, redundant ring High availability due to media redundancy. The distance between two OLMs in the redundant ring is only limited by the optical range of the modules RS485 interface with segment capability (Sub-D female connector) Unrestricted multimaster operation: Expanded segmentation functions for localization of faults to fiber optic and RS485 segments Fast localization of faults: - Indication of module status through floating signaling contact - Checking the fiber optic cable route quality on LEDs - Checking the fiber optic cable route quality Measurement output for optical receiver for logging and plausibility checking of the fiber optic path attenuation with a voltmeter High cascading depth: Line and redundant ring up to 124 OLM (only limited by monitoring times) /122
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Integration Cabinet OLM/G12 OLM/G12 OLM/G22 OLM/G12 OLM/G12 optical electrical S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended S7-00 with CP 42-5 ET 200M Drive ET 200S S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 PC/IPC with CP 5611/ CP 5621/CP 561 A2/ CP 5614 A2 OP 170B ET 200pro ET 200pro with motor starter G_IK10_XX_5015 Example of a system configuration with OLM for in a ring structure Optical line topology with OLM G11/G12 /12
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Integration (continued) electrical ( FC Standard Cable) OLM/G11 OLM/G12 OLM/G12 OLM/G11 Bus connector with terminating resistor optical (FO standard cable 50/125) Bus connector with terminating resistor OLM/G11 OLM/G11 OLM/G11 OLM/G11 OLM/G11 OLM/G11 ET 200S PC/IPC with CP 5611 A2/ CP 5621/ CP 561 A2/ CP 5614 A2 S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended ET 200M ET 200S S7-00 with CP 42-5 G_IK10_XX_50050 Optical star topology with OLM G11/G12 /124
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 50-2CA00 6GK1 50-CA00 6GK1 50-4CA00 Product type designation OLM P11 OLM P12 OLM P22 Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6kbit/s 12Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s with PA 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s Interfaces Maximum number of electrical/ optical connections for network components or terminal equipment 2 4 Number of electrical connections for network components or 1 1 2 terminal equipment for measuring instrument 1 1 1 for signaling contact 1 1 1 for power supply 1 1 1 for redundant power supply 1 1 1 Design of electrical connection for network components or 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket terminal equipment For measuring instrument 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block for power supply and 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block signaling contact Number of optical connections 1 2 2 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection BFOC port BFOC port BFOC port for fiber-optic cables Optical data Attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - - at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum - - - - at.5 db/km maximum - - - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 1 db 1 db 1 db at 20 db/km Signal delay time in bit time 6.5 bit 6.5 bit 6.5 bit Injectable optical power relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - - at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km - - - of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm -17 db - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm at 20 db/km -5 db - - /125
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CA00 6GK1 50-CA00 6GK1 50-4CA00 Product type designation OLM P11 OLM P12 OLM P22 optical sensitivity relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - - at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km - - - of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm -25 db - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm -25 db - - at 20 db/km Wavelength for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm compatible with interface at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - - compatible with interface at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm compatible with interface - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km - - - of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm 660 nm 660 nm 660 nm at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 660 nm 660 nm 660 nm at 20 db/km Cable length for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - - at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum - - - - at.5 db/km maximum - - - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm 400 m 400 m 400 m at 10 db/km maximum for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 80 m 80 m 80 m at 20 db/km, max. Inputs/outputs Operating voltage of signaling 24 V 24 V 24 V contacts with DC rated value Operating current of signaling 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A contacts with DC maximum Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC DC DC power supply Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V Minimum 18.8 V 18.8 V 18.8 V Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V Product component: Yes Yes Yes fusing at power supply input Type of fusing - - - of power supply input Maximum current consumed 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A at 24 V DC Effective power loss at 24 V DC - - - /126
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CA00 6GK1 50-CA00 6GK1 50-4CA00 Product type designation OLM P11 OLM P12 OLM P22 Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 Design, dimensions and weights Type of construction Compact Compact Compact Width 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Height 112 mm 112 mm 112 mm Depth 74.5 mm 74.5 mm 74.5 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g 40 g Type of mounting 5 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Product properties, functions, components General Product function: Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard for EMC of FM FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X for CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 for hazardous zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 CE mark Yes Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Marine classification society American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Europe Ltd. (ABS) Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes /127
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CB00 6GK1 50-CB00 6GK1 50-4CB00 Product type designation OLM G11 OLM G12 OLM G22 Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6kbit/s 12Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s with PA 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s Interfaces Maximum number of electrical/ optical connections for network components or terminal equipment 2 4 Number of electrical connections for network components or 1 1 2 terminal equipment for measuring instrument 1 1 1 for signaling contact 1 1 1 for power supply 1 1 1 for redundant power supply 1 1 1 Design of electrical connection for network components or 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket terminal equipment for measuring instrument 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block for power supply and 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block signaling contact Number of optical connections 1 2 2 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection BFOC port BFOC port BFOC port for fiber-optic cables Optical data Attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm 10 db 10 db 10 db at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum - - - - at.5 db/km maximum 12 db 12 db 12 db for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Signal delay time in bit time 6.5 bit 6.5 bit 6.5 bit Injectable optical power relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm -16 db -16 db -16 db at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km -1 db -1 db -1 db of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm at 20 db/km - - - /128
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CB00 6GK1 50-CB00 6GK1 50-4CB00 Product type designation OLM G11 OLM G12 OLM G22 optical sensitivity relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm -28 db -28 db -28 db at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km -28 db -28 db -28 db of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Wavelength for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm compatible with interface at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm 860 nm 860 nm 860 nm compatible with interface at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm compatible with interface - at 1 db/km - - - - at.5 db/km 860 nm 860 nm 860 nm of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Cable length for glass FOC with 10/125 µm - - - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm km km km at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum - - - - at.5 db/km maximum km km km for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km maximum for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km, max. Inputs/outputs Operating voltage of signaling 24 V 24 V 24 V contacts with DC rated value Maximum operating current of 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A signal contacts with DC Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC DC DC power supply Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V Minimum 18.8 V 18.8 V 18.8 V Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V Product component: fusing of Yes Yes Yes power supply input Type of fusing - - - of power supply input Maximum current consumed 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A at 24 V DC Effective power loss at 24 V DC - - - /129
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CB00 6GK1 50-CB00 6GK1 50-4CB00 Product type designation OLM G11 OLM G12 OLM G22 Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 Design, dimensions and weights Type of construction Compact Compact Compact Width 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Height 112 mm 112 mm 112 mm Depth 74.5 mm 74.5 mm 74.5 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g 40 g Type of mounting 5 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Product properties, functions, components General Product function: Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard for EMC of FM FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X for CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 for hazardous zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 CE mark Yes Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Marine classification corporation American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Europe Ltd. (ABS) Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes /10
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CC00 6GK1 50-CC00 6GK1 50-CD00 Product type designation OLM G11-100 OLM G12-100 OLM G12 EEC Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6kbit/s 12Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s with PA 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s Interfaces Maximum number of electrical/ optical connections for network components or terminal equipment 2 Number of electrical connections for network components 1 1 1 or terminal equipment for measuring instrument 1 1 1 for signaling contact 1 1 1 for power supply 1 1 1 for redundant power supply 1 1 1 Design of electrical connection for network components 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket 9-pin sub-d socket or terminal equipment for measuring instrument 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block for power supply and signaling 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block 5-pin terminal block contact Number of optical connections 1 2 2 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection BFOC port BFOC port BFOC port for fiber-optic cables Optical data Attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link for glass FOC with 10/125 µm 8 db 8 db - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - 10 db at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum 10 db 10 db - - at.5 db/km maximum - - 12 db for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Signal delay time in bit time 6.5 bit 6.5 bit 6.5 bit Injectable optical power relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm -19 db -19 db - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - -16 db at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km -17 db -17 db - - at.5 db/km - - -1 db of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm at 20 db/km - - - /11
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CC00 6GK1 50-CC00 6GK1 50-CD00 Product type designation OLM G11-100 OLM G12-100 OLM G12 EEC optical sensitivity relative to 1 mw for glass FOC with 10/125 µm -29 db -29 db - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - -28 db at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km -29 db -29 db - - at.5 db/km - - -28 db of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Wavelength for glass FOC with 10/125 µm 1 10 nm 1 10 nm - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km compatible with interface at 0.5 db/km for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - 860 nm compatible with interface at db/km for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm compatible with interface - at 1 db/km 1 10 nm 1 10 nm - - at.5 db/km - - 860 nm of the FOC transmission link - for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km - for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km Cable length for glass FOC with 10/125 µm 15 km 15 km - or 9/125 µm at 0.5 db/km, max. for glass FOC with 50/125 µm - - km at db/km, max. for glass FOC with 62.5/125 µm - at 1 db/km maximum 10 km 10 km - - at.5 db/km maximum - - km for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm - - - at 10 db/km maximum for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm - - - at 20 db/km, max. Inputs/outputs Operating voltage of signaling 24 V 24 V 24 V contacts with DC rated value Maximum operating current 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A of signal contacts with DC Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC DC Power supply with DC Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V Minimum 18.8 V 18.8 V 18.8 V Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V Product component: Yes Yes Yes fusing of power supply input Type of fusing - - - of power supply input Maximum current consumed 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A at 24 V DC Effective power loss at 24 V DC - - - /12
Optical networks with OLM OLM Optical Link Module Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 50-2CC00 6GK1 50-CC00 6GK1 50-CD00 Product type designation OLM G11-100 OLM G12-100 OLM G12 EEC Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 0 60 C -25 +60 C During storage -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C -40 +70 C -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 Design, dimensions and weights Type of construction Compact Compact Compact Width 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Height 112 mm 112 mm 112 mm Depth 74.5 mm 74.5 mm 74.5 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g 40 g Type of mounting 5 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes Wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Product properties, functions, components General Product function: Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard for EMC of FM FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II G Ex na II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 000X FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II G Ex na II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 000X FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, EN 60079-28: 2007, II (2) G Ex na [opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 017X UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 for CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 for hazardous zone of CSA and UL UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, CSA C22.2 No. 21-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4 for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 CE mark Yes Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Marine classification society American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Europe Ltd. (ABS) Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes Lloyds Register of Shipping Yes Yes Yes (LRS) Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes /1
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 OLM Optical Link Module Ordering data Order No. Order No. OLM/P11 6GK1 50-2CA00 OLM/G11-100 6GK1 50-2CC00 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x plastic fiberoptic interface (2 BFOC sockets), with signaling contact and measuring output incl. 2 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables OLM/P12 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x plastic fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), with signaling contact and measuring output incl. 4 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables OLM/P22 Optical link module with 2 x RS 485 and 2 x plastic fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), with signaling contact and measuring output incl. 4 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables OLM/G11 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass fiberoptic interface (2 BFOC sockets), for standard distances, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM/G12 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 000 m, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM/G22 Optical link module with 2 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 000 m, with signaling contact and measuring output 6GK1 50-CA00 6GK1 50-4CA00 6GK1 50-2CB00 6GK1 50-CB00 6GK1 50-4CB00 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass fiberoptic interface (2 BFOC sockets), 100 nm wavelength for large distances up to 15 km, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM/G12-100 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), 100 nm wavelength for large distances up to 15 km, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM/G12 EEC Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 000 m, for extended temperature range 25 C to +60 C, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM mounting plate For wall mounting of OLM V4 SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A 1-phase power supply with wide-range input 85 264 V AC/ 110 00 V DC, stabilized output voltage 24 V, rated output current value 0.6 A, slim design 6GK1 50-CC00 6GK1 50-CD00 6GK1 50-8AA00 6EP1 1-5BA00 /14
Optical networks with OLM SIPLUS OLM Optical Link Module Overview Construction of optical networks (line, star, ring) with glass, PCF and plastic fiber-optic cables High availability can be achieved using a redundant power supply and redundant cable routing Function monitoring by means of signaling contact All data transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PA Monitoring of the fiber-optic cable routes on LEDs for channel monitoring or using a voltmeter across measurement terminals Note: SIPLUS extreme products are based on Siemens Industry standard products. The contents listed here were taken from the respective standard products. SIPLUS extreme-specific information was added. SIPLUS Order number 6AG1 50-2CA00-2AA0 Order No. based on 6GK1 50-2CA00 Ambient temperature range Conformal coating Technical data OLM/P11 OLM/G11 OLM/G 11-100 6AG1 50-2CB00-2AA0 6GK1 50-2CB00 6AG1 50-2CC00-4AA0 6GK1 50-2CC00-25 +60 C -25 +60 C 0 +60 C Coating of the printed circuit boards and the electronic components The technical data of the standard product applies except for the ambient conditions. Ambient conditions Relative humidity 5... 100 % Condensation permissible Biologically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class B2 mold and fungal spores (except fauna) Chemically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class C4 incl. salt mist and ISA S71.04 severity level G1; G2; G; GX 1) 2) Mechanically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class S4 including conductive sand, dust 2) Air pressure (depending on the highest positive temperature range specified) 1080... 795 hpa (-1000... +2000 m) see ambient temperature range 795... 658 hpa (+2000... +500 m) derating 10 K 658... 540 hpa (+500... +5000 m) derating 20 K 1) ISA-S71.04 severity level GX: Long-term load: SO 2 < 4.8 ppm; H 2 S <9.9ppm; Cl <0.2ppm; HCl <0.66ppm; HF<0.12ppm; NH <49ppm; O < 0.1 ppm; NOX < 5.2 ppm Limit value (max. 0 min/d): SO 2 < 17.8 ppm; H 2 S < 49.7 ppm; Cl < 1.0 ppm; HCl <. ppm; HF<2.4ppm; NH <247ppm; O < 1.0 ppm; NOX < 10.4 ppm 2) The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the unused interface when operated in atmospheres containing corrosive gases! The technical documentation on SIPLUS can be found here: www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme SIPLUS OLM/P12 OLM/G12 OLM/G 12-100 Order number 6AG1 50- CA00-2AA0 Order No. based on 6GK1 50- CA00 Ambient temperature range Conformal coating Technical data 6AG1 50- CB00-2AA0 6GK1 50- CB00 6AG1 50- CC00-4AA0 6GK1 50- CC00-25 +60 C -25 +60 C 0 +60 C Coating of the printed circuit boards and the electronic components The technical data of the standard product applies except for the ambient conditions. /15
Optical networks with OLM Siemens AG 2011 SIPLUS OLM Optical Link Module Ordering data Order No. Order No. SIPLUS OLM/P11 (extended temperature range) Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x plastic fiberoptic interface (2 BFOC sockets), with signaling contact and measuring output incl. 2 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables SIPLUS OLM/P12 (extended temperature range) Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x plastic fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), with signaling contact and measuring output incl. 4 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables SIPLUS OLM/G11 (extended temperature range) Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 000 m, with signaling contact and measuring output SIPLUS OLM/G12 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard distances up to 000 m, with signaling contact and measuring output 6AG1 50-2CA00-2AA0 6AG1 50-CA00-2AA0 6AG1 50-2CB00-2AA0 SIPLUS OLM/G11-100 (extended temperature range) Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), 100 nm wavelength for large distances up to 15 km, with signaling contact and measuring output SIPLUS OLM/G12-100 Optical link module with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x glass fiberoptic interface (4 BFOC sockets), 100 nm wavelength for large distances up to 15 km, with signaling contact and measuring output OLM mounting plate For wall mounting of OLM V4 6AG1 50-2CC00-4AA0 6AG1 50-CC00-4AA0 6AG1 50-CB00-2AA0 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English 6GK1 50-8AA00 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 /16
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Overview Application SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct optical indoor DP networks. Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables can be assembled easily on site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m. Longer cable lengths up to 00 m can be achieved using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassembled with 4 simplex plugs. Devices with integrated optical interface (Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT, CP 42-5 FO, CP 561 FO, IM 15-2 FO, IM 467 FO. Electrical isolation of DP devices Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic interference Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and up to 00 m with PCF fiber-optic cables Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial applications Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power supply Extensive approvals (UL) Benefits Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled on site Easy connector assembly on site Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic interference Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate A cable for the shared transmission of data and power Design Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered: Plastic FOC, duplex core; Two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as laboratory setups or inside cabinets. Cable lengths up to 50 m. Plastic FOC, standard cable; Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications with cable lengths up to 50 m. PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables: - PCF Fiber Optic standard cable; rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar tension components for indoor applications with cable lengths of up to 00 m. The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field (only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool) - PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose); rugged round cable with green PVC outer sheath and Kevlar tension elements for indoor and outdoor applications with cable lengths of up to 00 m; the cable is suitable for assembly in the field. PCF fiber-optic trailing cable; Rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar tension elements for trailing cable applications with cable lengths of up to 00 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field. Two cable variants are available for this application: - PCF Trailing Cable; cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval - PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose); cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL approval /17
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 821-2AN50 6XV1 821-0AH10 6XV1 821-1CN50 Product type designation Product description Suitability for application Design of preassembled FO cable Plastic Fiber Optic Duplex Core Fiber-optic cable with poly-optical fiber (flat duplex core), 50 m ring, non-assembled Indoor applications with low mechanical stress (e.g. laboratory setups or within cabinets), cable lengths up to 50 m Can be fitted with four Simplex connectors Plastic Fiber Optic Standard Cable Fiber-optic cable with poly-optical fiber, sold by the meter, non-assembled Cable for indoor applications Can be fitted with four Simplex connectors PCF Fiber Optic Standard Cable Polymer cladded fiber cable, preferred length, preassembled Cable for indoor applications Can be fitted with four Simplex connectors Cable designation V-2Y 2x1 P 980/1000 I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P 980/1000 I-V(ZN)Y 2K 200/20 Cable length 50 m - 50 m Optical data Maximum damping factor per 0.01 db/m 0.16 db/m 0.01 db/m length at 650 nm Bandwidth length product at 1 GHz m 1 GHz m 17 GHz m 650 nm Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 2 Design of FO fiber Step index fiber 980/1000 µm Step index fiber 980/1000 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Design of FO core - - - Design of FO cable - - - Outer diameter of optical fiber 980 µm 980 µm 200 µm of optical fiber sheath 1 000 µm 1 000 µm 20 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable - 7.8 mm 4.7 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable - 0. mm - Material of optical fiber core Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer of FO core sheath PE PA PVC of FO cable sheath - PVC PVC of strain relief - Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers Color of FO core sheath Gray Orange/black Orange/black of cable sheath - Violet Violet Bending radius Minimum permitted single 25 mm 100 mm 47 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 25 mm 150 mm 70 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - - Number of bending cycles - - - Maximum tensile load 10 N 100 N 200 N Short-term lateral force per length 0 N/cm 100 N/cm 100 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 400 N/m - - Weight per length 7.6 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km /18
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 821-2AN50 6XV1 821-0AH10 6XV1 821-1CN50 Product type designation Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During storage -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During transport -55 +85 C -0 +70 C -0 +70 C During mounting -5 +50 C 0 50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - IP degree of protection - - IP20 Behavior in fire Plastic Fiber Optic Duplex Core Flame-retardant in accordance with flame test VW-1 acc. to UL 1581 Plastic Fiber Optic Standard Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 PCF Fiber Optic Standard Cable Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Water - - - Radiological resistance against UV Not resistant Not resistant Not resistant radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free Yes No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component: No No No protection against rodents Cable length with plastic optical fiber Maximum with Industrial Ethernet - - - Maximum with 80 m 80 m - Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability - UL approval: - OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes /19
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 861-2A 6XV1 861-2C 6XV1 861-2D Product type designation PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP Product description Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Polymer cladded fiber cable, sold by the meter, non-assembled Suitability for use Design of preassembled FO cable Cable for fixed installation for indoor and outdoor use, UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable for use with high mechanical stress and moving applications (e.g. trailing cables), without UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable for use with high mechanical stress and moving applications (e.g. trailing cables), UL approval Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors Cable designation AT-V(ZN)YY 2K 200/20 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K 200/20 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K 200/20 Cable length - - - Optical data Maximum damping factor 10 db/km 10 db/km 10 db/km per length at 660 nm Bandwidth length product 17 GHz m 17 GHz m 17 GHz m at 650 nm Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 1 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 2 2 Design of FO fiber Step index fiber 200/20 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Step index fiber 200/20 µm Outer diameter of optical fiber 200 µm 200 µm 200 µm of optical fiber sheath 20 µm 20 µm 20 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm 2.2 mm of cable 7.2 mm 8.8 mm 8.8 mm Symmetrical deviation of outer diameter of FO core 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm sheath of outer diameter of cable 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Material of optical fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass Quartz glass of optical fiber sheath Special polymer Special polymer Special polymer of FO core sheath PVC PVC PVC of FO cable sheath PVC PUR PVC of the strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Color of FO core sheath Orange/black Orange/black Orange/black of the cable sheath Green Green Green Bending radius Minimum permitted single 70 mm 10 mm 10 mm bending radius Minimum permitted repeated 105 mm 175 mm 175 mm bending radius With continuous bending - - - Number of bending cycles - 5000000 5000000 Maximum tensile load 100 N 800 N 800 N Short-term lateral force per length 500 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 00 N/cm 00 N/cm 00 N/cm Weight per length 45 kg/km 85 kg/km 85 kg/km /140
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6XV1 861-2A 6XV1 861-2C 6XV1 861-2D Product type designation PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP Permissible ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -40 +90 C -25 +75 C -25 +75 C During storage -40 +90 C -0 +75 C -0 +75 C During transport -40 +90 C -0 +75 C -0 +75 C During mounting -5 +50 C -5 +50 C -5 +50 C Ambient conditions for operation - - - IP degree of protection - - - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Flame-retardant Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1-2 and IEC 602--22 (Cat. A) Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Resistant Limited resistance Water - - - Radiological resistance to Resistant Resistant Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No No No Silicon-free Yes Yes Yes Product component: No No No protection against rodents Cable length with polymer cladded fiber Maximum for Industrial Ethernet 100 m 100 m 100 m Maximum for 400 m 400 m 400 m Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) - UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No22-M1988) RoHS compliance Yes Yes Yes Ordering data Order No. Order No. Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable Rugged round cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer sheath and PA inner sheath, for indoor use; without connector Sold by the meter 6XV1 821-0AH10 50 m ring 6XV1 821-0AN50 100 m ring 6XV1 821-0AT10 Plastic Fiber Optic duplex core Plastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for use in environments with low mechanical stress; without connector 50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50 Plastic Fiber Optic 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 simplex plug/polishing set 100 simplex connectors and 5 polishing sets for assembling plastic fiber optic cables for the optical DP Plastic Fiber Optic 6GK1 905-6PA10 stripping tool set Tools for removing the outer sheath or core sheath of Plastic Fiber Optic cables PCF Fiber Optic standard cable PCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for covering larger distances up to 00 m, for connecting devices to the optical DP Preferred lengths Precut/preassembled with 2 2 Simplex connectors, arm length 0 cm each, with aid for pulling in at one end 50 m 6XV1 821-1CN50 75 m 6XV1 821-1CN75 100 m 6XV1 821-1CT10 150 m 6XV1 821-1CT15 200 m 6XV1 821-1CT20 250 m 6XV1 821-1CT25 00 m 6XV1 821-1CT0 /141
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. PCF Standard Cable GP 200/20 Standard cable, segmentable, sold by the meter; max. quantity 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; 6XV1 861-2A Preferred lengths; pre-assembled with 4 Simplex connectors 50 m 6XV1 861-7AN50 75 m 6XV1 861-7AN75 100 m 6XV1 861-7AT10 150 m 6XV1 861-7AT15 200 m 6XV1 861-7AT20 250 m 6XV1 861-7AT25 00 m 6XV1 861-7AT0 PCF Trailing Cable 200/20 Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2C sold by the meter; max. quantity 2000 m; minimum order 20 m; Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 4 Simplex connectors 50 m 6XV1 861-7CN50 75 m 6XV1 861-7CN75 100 m 6XV1 861-7CT10 150 m 6XV1 861-7CT15 200 m 6XV1 861-7CT20 250 m 6XV1 861-7CT25 00 m 6XV1 861-7CT0 PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/20 Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D sold by the meter; max. length 2000 m; minimum order quantity 20 m; Preferred lengths pre-assembled with 4 Simplex connectors 50 m 6XV1 861-7DN50 75 m 6XV1 861-7DN75 100 m 6XV1 861-7DT10 150 m 6XV1 861-7DT15 200 m 6XV1 861-7DT20 250 m 6XV1 861-7DT25 00 m 6XV1 861-7DT0 Plug-in adapter For assembling the plastic Simplex connector in combination with IM 467 FO, CP 42-5 FO, IM 151 FO and IM 15-2 FO, 50 units Termination Kit for Simplex Plug Assembly case for local assembly of PCF Simplex connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope Termination Kit for BFOC Plug Assembly case for local assembly of BFOC connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, and microscope Simplex Plug Crimp connector with cleaning materials; 50 connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site BFOC Plug Screw connector with cleaning materials; 20 connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site SIMATIC NET Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 More information You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /142
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable Overview Benefits Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiberoptic) with high degree of protection (IP65) With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and engineering of machines and plants can be reduced: ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation and drive systems Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized interfaces and plug connectors. With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption of power and field bus when replacing equipment. Electrical isolation of DP devices Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic interference Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cable Rugged fiber-optic cables, designed for industrial applications Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power supply Application The ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable of SIMATIC NET is used to construct optical DP networks indoors. It is particularly suitable for connecting DESINA components installed at machine level, and is easy to assemble on site. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m. Design The rugged, hybrid trailing cable contains two plastic fiber-optic cables for data transmission and four copper wires (1.5 mm 2 ) for supplying power to DESINA 1) stations. 1) DESINA is the trademark for DEcentralized and Standardized INstallAtion technology for machine tools. /14
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6XV1 80-6CH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable (DESINA-conformant) Product description ECOFAST hybrid cable (optical fibers and power cores), sold by the meter, in bulk Suitability for application Devices in conformance with DESINA (e.g. for ET 200X), for design of optical DP indoor networks Cable designation I-(ZN)V4Y11Y 2P 980/1000 + 4x1.5 Cable length - Electrical specifications Operating voltage, rms value 100 V Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm² of power core Continuous current of power cores 12 A Optical data Maximum damping factor 280 db/km per length at 660 nm Bandwidth length product 10 GHz m at 650 nm Mechanical data Number of fibers per FO core 1 Number of FO cores per FO cable 2 Design of FO fiber Step index fiber 980/1000 µm Design of FO core - Design of FO cable Splittable Number of electrical cores 4 Outer diameter of optical fiber 980 µm of optical fiber sheath 1 000 µm of FO core sheath 2.2 mm of cable 10.6 mm Material of optical fiber core Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) of optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer of FO core sheath PA of FO cable sheath PUR of the strain relief - Order No. 6XV1 80-6CH10 Product type designation ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable (DESINA-conformant) Color of core insulation of power cores Black of FO core sheath Black / orange of the cable sheath - Minimum permitted repeated 110 mm bending radius Number of bending cycles 5000000 Note Suitable as trailing cable for 5 million bending cycles with a bending radius of 106 mm (10x D) Maximum tensile load 60 N Short-term lateral force per length 10 N/cm Continuous lateral force per length 1 N/cm Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +60 C During storage -20 +60 C During transport -20 +60 C During mounting -5 +50 C Note - Behavior in fire Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 602-1 Chemical resistance Mineral oil Limited resistance Grease Limited resistance Water - Radiological resistance to Resistant UV radiation Product properties, functions, components General Product property Halogen-free No Silicon-free Yes Standards, specifications, approvals UL-Listing at 00 V rating No UL-Style at 600 V rating No Certificate of suitability - RoHS compliance Yes /144
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 905-0BA00 6GK1 905-0BB00 Product type designation PB ECOFAST FO Hybrid Plug 180 PB ECOFAST FO Hybrid Plug180 Product description ECOFAST FO Hanbrid connector with socket insert ECOFAST FO Hanbrid connector with socket insert Suitability for application For connection to ECOFAST FO hybrid cables (DESINA-compliant), transmission of data and energy For connection to ECOFAST FO hybrid cables (DESINA-compliant), transmission of data and energy Transmission rate Transmission rate with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of electrical connections for cables - - for network components - - or terminal equipment Design of electrical connection for cables - - for network components - - or terminal equipment Number of optical connections 1 1 for fiber-optic cables Number of optical connections for Hanbrid connector with pin insert Hanbrid connector with socket insert network components or terminals Mechanical data Design of terminating resistor - - Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 27 mm 27 mm Height 27 mm 27 mm Depth 71 mm 71 mm Net weight 40 g 40 g Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation -20 +70 C -20 +70 C During storage -40 +80 C -40 +80 C During transport -40 +80 C -40 +80 C IP degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 Chemical resistance to water Resistant Resistant Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes /145
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. More information ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable (DESINA-compatible) Trailing cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic conductors and 4 copper cores, 1.5 mm 2 for use in DESINAcompatible devices only Sold by the meter; max. quantity 1000 m, minimum order 20 m 6XV1 80-6CH10 Not pre-assembled 20 m 6XV1 80-6CN20 50 m 6XV1 80-6CN50 100 m 6XV1 80-6CT10 Preassembled with 2 DESINA connectors 1.5 m 6XV1 80-6DH15 m 6XV1 80-6DH0 5 m 6XV1 80-6DH50 10 m 6XV1 80-6DN10 15 m 6XV1 80-6DN15 ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Plug 180, DESINA-compatible (ECOFAST FOC) 2 x FO; 4 x 1.5 mm 2 Cu With male pins 6GK1 905-0BA00 (Hanbrid connector) With female pins 6GK1 905-0BB00 (Hanbrid connector) SIMATIC NET 6GK1 975-1AA00-AA0 Manual Collection Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products; on DVD; German/English You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PRM 4 Phone: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /146
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface PCF-FOC termination kit Overview Design support element outer sheath PCF fiber single core sheath strain relief using aramide yarn hollow core PCF Trailing Cable fleece wrapping with strain relief elements G_IK10_XX_1001 Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables The quality of the assembly can be checked using the enclosed microscope Benefits Two versions of the assembly case are available for PCF fiber-optic cables: Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors; for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope Assembly case for BFOC connectors; for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope. Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial plants Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors) Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the assembled connector on site using a microscope PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing a new PCF cable Application SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct optical indoor and outdoor DP networks. They are easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 00 m and between two OLMs 400 m. DP devices with integrated optical interface (Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT, CP 42-5 FO, CP 561 FO, IM 15-2 FO, IM 467 FO. /147
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface PCF-FOC termination kit Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0 Product type designation PB Simplex Plug PCF PB BFOC Plug PCF Product description Simplex crimp connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with plastic cladding BFOC screw connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with plastic cladding Suitability for use for the connection of PCF fiber-optic cables for the connection of PCF fiber-optic cables Transmission rate Transmission rate 1 with Industrial Ethernet - - 2 with Industrial Ethernet - - with Industrial Ethernet - - with 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Interfaces Number of optical connections 1 1 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection for Simplex connector BFOC connector network components or terminals Design of FastConnect electrical No No connection Mechanical data Enclosure material Plastic Metal and plastic Design, dimensions and weights Type of cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet 180 degree cable outlet Width 9.4 mm 10 mm Height 6.1 mm 10 mm Depth 29.9 mm 10 mm Net weight 20 g 8 g Permissible ambient conditions IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 Chemical resistance to water - - Product properties, functions, components General Product property silicon-free Yes Yes Product component strain relief Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Certificate of suitability: RoHS conformity Yes Yes /148
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface PCF-FOC termination kit Ordering data Order No. More information Termination Kit for Simplex plug Assembly case for local assembly of PCF Simplex connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope Termination Kit for BFOC plug Assembly case for local assembly of BFOC connectors; comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, and microscope Connector Simplex plug with cleaning materials; 50 crimp connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site BFOC plug with cleaning materials; 20 screw connectors for assembly on PCF fiber-optic cables on site 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0 You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this subject is available from: J. Hertlein I IA SC IC PM 1 Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com /149
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Optical bus terminal OBT Siemens AG 2011 Overview Design The OBT has a compact plastic housing. It is suitable for mounting on a DIN rail or for wall mounting with a mounting plate with the aid of two holes drilled right through. The OBT has the following connections: 9-pin sub-d socket for connecting the DP node such as programming device (PG), PC, operator panel (OP), S7-00 or nodes without integral optics, e.g. ET 200S or DP components from other suppliers or a DP-RS 485 segment. Two optical interfaces for the connection of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables with Simplex connectors (connection to CP 42-5 FO, CP 561 FO, IM 15-2 FO, IM 467 FO or to ET 200 with integrated optics) 24 V DC infeed for power supply. For connecting a station without an integrated fiber-optic cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical line Quick and easy installation of the plastic fiber-optic cable without the need for special tools Benefits Option of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment with electrical interface to the optical "Socket outlet" for connecting mobile devices (e.g. programming devices) without interruption of the bus Time saved through simple and fast connector mounting without special tools Application The OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) is used to connect a station without integral optical interface or a DP RS485 segment to an optical line. Existing DP devices are then provided with the advantages of optical data transmission. The station is connected to the RS 485 interface of the OBT via a cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting cable 80-1T. The OBT is integrated into the optical line using two optical interfaces. The following optical transmission media can be connected to the OBT: Plastic fiber-optic cables can be used up to an individual segment length of 50 m. They can be configured very easily on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors. PCF 1) fiber-optic cables can be used for an individual segment length up to 00 m. These cables are preassembled. The OBT supports all data transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s. 1) Also known as HCS fiber-optic cable: HCS is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies. Function Connection of a station with RS 485 interface via connecting cable 80-1T or cable with bus connectors (terminated at both ends) or an RS 485 segment Provision of an electrical connection point on the optical line (e.g. PG connection for startup and diagnostics) Support for all data rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PA Regeneration of the signals in amplitude and time Cascade depth when using user-defined bus parameters up to 126 stations Galvanic isolation of the station via fiber optic cable Simple diagnostics via LED display for operating voltage as well as for receipt of data CH1, CH2 and CH. /150
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Optical bus terminal OBT Integration PC/IPC/OP with CP 561 A2 / CP 562 S7-00 with CP 42-5 FO ET 200S with IM 151 FO ET 200M with IM 15-2 FO DP node without integrated optics Connecting cable 80-1T (Fiber Optic) OBT Individual link lengths: plastic up to 50 m, PCF up to 00 m OBT Connecting cable 80-1T Other nodes G_IK10_XX 50107 System configuration of optical DP with OBT Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Transmission rate Transmission rate with with PA Interfaces Maximum number of electrical/ optical connections for network components or terminal equipment 6GK1 500-AA10 OBT 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 45.45 kbit/s Number of electrical connections for network components 1 or terminal equipment for power supply 1 Design of electrical connection for network components 9-pin D-sub socket or terminal equipment for power supply -pin terminal block Number of optical connections 2 for fiber-optic cables Design of optical connection Duplex port for fiber-optic cables Optical data Attenuation factor of the FOC transmission link for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm db at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 1 db at 20 db/km Signal delay time in bit time 6.5 bit Injectable optical power relative to 1 mw of the FO transmission link for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm -16 db at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm -5.9 db at 20 db/km Order No. 6GK1 500-AA10 Product type designation OBT Minimum optical sensitivity relative to 1 mw of the FO transmission link for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm -22 db at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm -20 db at 20 db/km Wavelength of the FOC transmission link for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm 660 nm at 10 db/km for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 660 nm at 20 db/km Cable length for PCF FOC with 200/20 µm 00 m at 10 db/km maximum for POF FOC with 980/1000 µm 50 m at 20 db/km, max. Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC power supply Rated value 24 V Minimum 19.2 V Maximum 28.8 V Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection IP0 /151
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface Optical bus terminal OBT Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. Product type designation Design, dimensions and weights 6GK1 500-AA10 OBT Type of construction Compact Width 50.5 mm Height 18 mm Depth 78 mm Net weight 400 g Type of mounting 5 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Wall mounting Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard for EMC of FM FM611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II G Ex na II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X for CSA and UL safety UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 for hazardous zone of CSA - and UL for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes Marine classification society American Bureau of Shipping No Europe Ltd. (ABS) Bureau Veritas (BV) No Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No Ordering data OBT Order No. 6GK1 500-AA10 Optical bus terminal for connecting a node or an RS485 segment without an integrated optical interface to the optical ; without a Simplex connector plug-in cable 80-1T For connecting a data terminal, completely pre-assembled with two sub-d connectors, 9-pin 1.5 m 6XV1 80-1CH15 m 6XV1 80-1CH0 SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A 6EP1 1-5BA00 1-phase power supply with wide-range input 85 264 V AC/ 110 00 V DC, stabilized output voltage 24 V, rated output current value 0.6 A, slim design /152
System interfaces for SIMATIC S7 Overview Overview S7-400 S7-1200 S7-00 S7 modular Embedded Controller Software STEP 7 Basic V11 (TIA Portal) Software STEP 7 Professional V11.0 (TIA Portal) Software STEP 7 V5.5 Software STEP 7 V5.5 CM 1242-5 (DP-Slave) CM 124-5 (DP-Master) CP 42-5 CP 42-5 FO CP 44-5 Extended CP 560 Appropriate OPC servers and configuring tools are included in the scope of supply of the communication software G_IK10_XX_50189 communication for SIMATIC S7 CPs with standard functions CM 1242-5 and CM 124-5 for SIMATIC S7-1200 for connection to as DP slave or DP master CP 42-5 and CP 4-5 for SIMATIC S7-00 for connection to DP or FMS CP 44-5 Extended and CP 44-5 Basic for the connection to DP or FMS Designed for use in harsh industrial environments Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units High-speed data transfer due to transfer rates of up to 12 Mbit/s CPs with function expansions CP 42-5 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-00 to the optical DP /15
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 1242-5 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits DP-M DP-S FMS PG/OP S7 -based systems can be operated effectively for lower operating and maintenance costs: Low costs since an automation solution requires no fixed wiring and less hardware Fast response to faults thanks to comprehensive diagnostics options Optimized plant and inventory management The CM 1242-5 also offers further benefits especially for the requirements of micro-automation solutions: Uncomplicated connection of the S7-1200 to without extra power supply Low-cost implementation of automation solutions based on Fast commissioning, as no programming overhead is required The CM 1242-5 communication module is used to connect a SIMATIC S7-1200 to as a DP slave and has the following characteristics: DPV1 slave in accordance with IEC 61158 Module replacement without PG supported Power is supplied via the backplane bus so that no extra cabling is required Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for mounting on a standard mounting rail Fast commissioning thanks to easy configuration using STEP 7 without additional programming overhead The CM 1242-5 is intended for use in factory automation. Low-cost -based automation solutions can be created on the basis of the S7-1200 for optimal production. G_IK10_XX_1022 Application The CM 1242-5 is designed for use in factory automation. With the CM 1242-5, low-cost, distributed automation solutions can be implemented on the basis of the S7-1200, or in simple cases even complete plant automation systems. It can be used in all sectors of discrete automation. These include, for example: Automotive Pharmaceuticals Semiconductors Food processing industry /154
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 1242-5 Design The CM 1242-5 offers all the benefits of the S7-1200 design. Rugged, compact plastic enclosure Easily accessible connection and diagnostics elements, protected by front flaps Removable connecting terminals Simple mounting on the mounting rail of the S7-1200 9-pin sub-d socket for the bus interface to The CM 1242-5 is plugged into the left-hand system bus interface of the S7-1200. Power is supplied via the system bus of the S7-1200 so that no extra cabling is required. The rugged RS485 interface is located on the underside of the module, protected by the lower front flap. Function The CM 1242-5 provides the communication services for integrating an S7-1200 into an automation solution as a DP slave. PG/PC/IPC SIMATIC S7-00 Operator Control & Monitoring SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 OLM OLM Operator Control & Monitoring PROFINET/ Industrial Ethernet (LWL) SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 G_IK10_XX_50106 DP slave The CM 1242-5 works as a DPV1 slave in accordance with IEC 61158, handles data traffic completely autonomously, and thus relieves the CPU of communication tasks. The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. Diagnosis Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including Operating state of the CM General diagnostics functions Connection diagnostics Message buffer STEP 7 Basic V11 or higher is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 1242-5. /155
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 1242-5 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK7 242-5DX0-0XE0 Product type designation CM 1242-5 Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance 1 with for power supply 0 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) with for power supply - Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Supply voltage 1 from backplane bus 5 V External - Relative positive tolerance - at 24 V DC Relative negative tolerance - at 24 V DC Current consumed from backplane bus at 5 V DC, 0.15 A typical from external power supply at 24 V DC -Typical - -Maximum - Effective power loss 0.75 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature with vertical installation 0 45 C during operation with horizontal installation 0 55 C during operation During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Maximum number of modules per CPU Number of modules - Note - IP20 S7-1200 compact module, single width 0 mm 100 mm 75 mm 0.115 kg Order No. 6GK7 242-5DX0-0XE0 Product type designation CM 1242-5 Performance data Performance data open communication Number of possible connections - for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data per - connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Performance data DP Service as DP master DPV1 - Number of DP slaves that can - be operated on DP master Data volume of address area of the inputs - as DP master, total of address area of the outputs - as DP master, total of address area of the inputs - per DP slave of address area of the outputs - per DP slave of address area of the - diagnostic data per DP slave Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes DPV1 Yes Data volume of address area of the inputs 240 bytes as DP slave, total of address area of the outputs 240 bytes as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum - For PG connections, maximum - For PG/OP connections, - maximum Note - Performance data multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Maximum without DP - Maximum with DP - Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 Basic V11.0 or higher /156
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 1242-5 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CM 1242-5 communication module STEP 7 Basic engineering software V11 Communication module for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 to as a DPV1 slave Accessories FastConnect connector RS485 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface FC standard cable 2-core bus cable, shielded, special design for fast mounting, delivery unit: max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m, sold by the meter FastConnect stripping tool Stripping tool for fast stripping of the FastConnect bus cable 6GK7 242-5DX0-0XE0 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 905-6AA00 Target system: SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers and the associated I/O Requirement: Windows XP Home SP, Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Home Premium (2 bit), Windows 7 Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Delivery package: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish Single license Upgrade STEP 7 Basic V10.5 to STEP 7 Basic V11, single license Powerpack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license STEP 7 Basic V11, trial license 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA0 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YE0 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA7 bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10 Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable /157
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 124-5 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits -based systems can be operated effectively for lower operating and maintenance costs: Low costs since an automation solution requires no fixed wiring and less hardware Fast response to faults thanks to excellent diagnostics options Optimized plant and inventory management The CM 124-5 also offers further benefits especially for the requirements of micro-automation solutions: Uncomplicated connection of the S7-1200 to Low-cost implementation of automation solutions based on Fast commissioning, as no programming overhead is required Use of -based micro-automation solutions enables optimal operation of the plant and problem-free production. DP-M DP-S FMS PG/OP S7 The CM 124-5 communication module is used to connect a SIMATIC S7-1200 to as a DP master and has the following characteristics: DPV1 master in accordance with IEC 61158 Support of up to 16 DP slaves Communication with other S7 controllers based on S7 communication Allows the connection of programming devices and operator panels with a interface to the S7-1200 Module replacement without PG supported Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for mounting on a standard mounting rail Fast commissioning thanks to easy configuration using STEP 7 without additional programming overhead The CM 124-5 is intended for use in factory automation. Low-cost -based automation solutions can be created on the basis of the S7-1200 for optimal production. G_IK10_XX_102 Application The CM 124-5 is designed for use in factory automation, particularly for mechanical engineering With the CM 124-5, low-cost, distributed automation solutions can be implemented on the basis of the S7-1200, or in simple cases even complete plant automation systems. It can be used in all sectors of discrete automation. These include, for example: Automotive Pharmaceuticals Semiconductors Food processing industry In mechanical engineering, the S7-1200 can be used with the CM 124-5 as a central control unit, with sensors, actuators or the HMI devices connected direct via. Pick-and-place machines Metalworking machines Packaging machinery Printing machines Textile machines Filling machines /158
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 124-5 Design The CM 124-5 offers all the benefits of the S7-1200 design. Rugged, compact plastic enclosure Easily accessible connection and diagnostics elements, protected by front flaps Removable connecting terminals Simple mounting on the mounting rail of the S7-1200 9-pin sub-d socket for the bus interface to -pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC external supply voltage The CM 124-5 is plugged into the left-hand system bus interface of the S7-1200. The power is supplied via a -pin terminal strip on top of the module. The rugged RS485 interface is located on the underside of the module, protected by the lower front flap. Function The CM 124-5 provides access to different communication services on the basis of : DP (according to IEC 61158, master) PG/OP communication S7 communication SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 124-5 Operator Control & Monitoring PG/PC/IPC SINAMICS ET 200S G_IK10_XX_50105 DP master The CM 124-5 works as a DP-V1 master in accordance with IEC 61158, handles data traffic completely autonomously, and thus relieves the CPU of communication tasks. The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. As a DP master, it allows the connection of up to 16 -compliant DP slaves PG/OP communication The S7-1200 to which the CM 124-5 is connected can be programmed with the help of PG/OP communication. S7 communication Communication with the following other systems can be implemented with the mechanisms familiar from the S7 world (Put/Get) on the basis of S7 communication: To other SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers To HMI devices To PCs, laptops, field PGs with cards Diagnosis Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including Operating state of the CM General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Message buffer STEP 7 Basic V11 or higher is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 124-5. /159
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 124-5 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK7 24-5DX0-0XE0 Product type designation CM 124-5 Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance 1 with for power supply 1 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) with for power supply -pin terminal strip Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Supply voltage 1 from backplane bus - External 24 V Relative positive tolerance 20 % at 24 V DC Relative negative tolerance 20 % at 24 V DC Current consumed from backplane bus at 5 V DC, - typical from external power supply at 24 V DC -Typical 0.1 A -Maximum - Effective power loss 2.4 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature with vertical installation during 0 45 C operation with horizontal installation during 0 55 C operation During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 1 Note - IP20 S7-1200 compact module, single width 0 mm 100 mm 75 mm 0.14 kg Order No. 6GK7 24-5DX0-0XE0 Product type designation CM 124-5 Performance data Performance data open communication Number of possible connections - for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data - per connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Performance data DP Service as DP master DPV1 Yes Number of DP slaves that can be 16 operated on DP master Data volume of address area of the inputs 512 bytes as DP master, total of address area of the outputs 512 bytes as DP master, total of address area of the inputs 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of the outputs 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of the diagnostic 240 bytes data per DP slave Service as DP slave DPV0 - DPV1 - Data volume of address area of the inputs - as DP slave, total of address area of the outputs - as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 8 For PG connections, maximum 1 For PG/OP connections, maximum Note max. 4 connections to other S7 stations Performance data multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Maximum without DP 8 Maximum with DP 8 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 Basic V11.0 or higher /160
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200 CM 124-5 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CM 124-5 communication module Communication module for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 to as a DPV1 master Accessories FastConnect connector RS485 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s Without PG interface With PG interface FC standard cable 2-core bus cable, shielded, special design for fast mounting, delivery unit: max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m, sold by the meter FastConnect stripping tool Stripping tool for fast stripping of the FastConnect bus cable bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable 6GK7 24-5DX0-0XE0 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 905-6AA00 6GK1 500-0AA10 STEP 7 Basic engineering software V11 Target system: SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers and the associated I/O Requirement: Windows XP Home SP, Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Home Premium (2 bit), Windows 7 Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Delivery package: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish Single license Upgrade STEP 7 Basic V10.5 to STEP 7 Basic V11, single license Powerpack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license STEP 7 Basic V11, trial license 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA0 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YE0 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA7 /161
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 42-5 is the communications processor of the SIMATIC S7-00 for the DP bus system. The CP 42-5 relieves the CPU from communication tasks. Communication possibilities of the S7-00 using communication modules: As DP master or slave for DP V0 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 Communication with programming devices and HMI devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the performance range of the CPU and on the communications services used. DP master or slave with electrical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-00 to at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) Communication services: - DP - PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing) - S7 communication (client, server) - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Easy configuration and programming over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG Benefits Design The CP 42-5 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-00 system design: Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-00 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC Simple assembly; The CP 42-5 is mounted on the S7-00 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. Slots 4 to 11 in subracks 0 to (coupled through the IM 60/61) can be used for the CP 42-5 In combination with IM 60/61, the CP 42-5 can also be used in an expansion rack (ER) User-friendly wiring; Sub-D socket and the terminal block are easily accessible. The CP 24-5 can be operated without a fan; a back-up battery or a memory module is not required Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-00 by several DP interfaces Flexible utilization of the process I/O through dynamic activation of DP slaves Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs Optimization of applications and many application options through sending of data with S7 communication Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex function with OP communication Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE. /162
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 Function The CP 42-5 provides access to different communication services of the bus system: DP (according to IEC 61158/61784, master or slave) PG/OP communication S7 communication (client, server) Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) DP master The CP 42-5 operates as a DP-V0 Master according to IEC 61158/EN 61784 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer completely independently. It supports the services of the Master Classes 1 and 2. The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the CP as DP Master and as DP Slave. As DP Master, it permits connections to: SIMATIC S7-00, such as CP 42-5 as DP slave DP slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200 (integrate as DP-V0 slave) PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5614 A2 and SOFTNET-PB DP slave or DP-Base The CP 42-5 also offers the SYNC, FREEZE and shared input/ output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of slaves. DP slave The CP 42-5 as a DP-V0 slave permits the SIMATIC S7-00 to exchange data with other DP masters, which allows a hybrid setup between SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices to DP. Function calls are required for the DP communication. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be integrated in the STEP 7 user program. PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. Via the CP 42-5 as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged into one S7-00 station. This requires only one connection resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex channel supports the acyclic HMI services. S7 communication S7 communication is used for the coupling: between SIMATIC S7 automation systems to HMI devices (OPs). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-PB S7 or CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 and HARDNET-PB S7. Communication with PG and OP takes place without further configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the CP 42-5. The client functionality is provided by means of loadable communication blocks. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of, the CP 42-5 offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field communication. This interface offers integrated, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). The communication partners are the automation systems: SIMATIC S7 with CP 42-5, CP 4-5, CP 44-5 Extended and Basic SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with interface, S5-115U/H, S5-15U, S5-155U/H with CP 541 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 544-FMS PCs with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL interface. To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user program. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Bus statistics Message buffer STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher, or the TIA Portal V11, is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 42-5. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. The function blocks for DP are included in the standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and S7 communication (S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of STEP 7. /16
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 Product type designation CP 42-5 Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance 1 with for power supply 1 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) with for power supply 4-pin terminal strip Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus 5 V External 24 V Relative positive tolerance 20 % at 24 V DC Relative negative tolerance 15 % at 24 V DC Current consumed from backplane bus at 5 V DC, 0.15 A typical from external power supply with 24 V DC -Typical 0.25 A -Maximum - Effective power loss 5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 4 Note - IP20 S7-00 compact module, singlewidth 40 mm 125 mm 120 mm 0. kg Order No. 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 Product type designation CP 42-5 Performance data Performance data Open communication Number of possible connections 16 for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data 240 byte per connection for o pen communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Performance data DP Service as DP master DPV0 Yes Number of DP slaves operable 124 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 2160byte as DP master, total of address area of outputs 2160byte as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 byte per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 byte per DP slave of address area of diagnostics 240 byte data per DP slave Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes DPV1 No Data volume of address area of inputs 240 byte as DP slave, total of address area of outputs 240 byte as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 16 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Maximum without DP 2 Maximum with DP 28 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher /164
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 42-5 communication processor 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 STEP 7 Professional Engineering Software V11 Communication processor for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to at up to 12 Mbit/s, with electronic manual on CD-ROM STEP 7 Version 5.5 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate Type of delivery: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB flash drive, with electronic documentation Floating License on DVD Rental license for 50 hours Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) Upgrade Floating License.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD Trial license STEP 7 V5.4; on DVD, operational for 14 days 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Type of delivery: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish STEP 7 Professional V11, floating license STEP 7 Prof. V11, trial license Upgrade STEP 7 Prof. 2006/ 2010 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack & Upgrade STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license Powerpack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA7 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XE5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XC5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YL5 STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service Compact, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YM5 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC04-0YE2 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service Compact; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC00-0YM2 FastConnect bus connector RS485 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s (1 unit) Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 bus connector IP20 With connection to PPI, MPI, Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10 Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable SIMATIC S7-00 DM 70 6ES7 70-0AA01-0AA0 Dummy module; used for module replacement /165
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 SIPLUS CP 42-5 Siemens AG 2011 Overview DP master or slave with electrical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-00 and the SIMATIC C7 to at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) Communication services: - DP-V0 - PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing) - S7 communication (client, server) - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Easy configuration and programming over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG Note: SIPLUS extreme products are based on Siemens Industry standard products. The contents listed here were taken from the respective standard products. SIPLUS extreme-specific information was added. SIPLUS CP 42-5 Order number 6AG1 42-5DA02-2XE0 6AG1 42-5DA02-4XE0 Order No. based on 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 Ambient temperature range -25... +60 C 0... +60 C Conformal coating Coating of the printed circuit boards and the electronic components Technical data The technical data of the standard product applies except for the ambient conditions. Ambient conditions Relative humidity 5... 100 % Condensation permissible Biologically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class B2 mold and fungal spores (except fauna) Chemically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class C4 incl. salt mist and ISA S71.04 severity level G1; G2; G; GX 1) 2) Mechanically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class S4 including conductive sand, dust 2) Air pressure (depending on the highest positive temperature range specified) 1) ISA-S71.04 severity level GX: Long-term load: SO 2 < 4.8 ppm; H 2 S <9.9ppm; Cl <0.2ppm; HCl <0.66ppm; HF<0.12ppm; NH <49ppm; O < 0.1 ppm; NOX < 5.2 ppm Limit value (max. 0 min/d): SO 2 < 17.8 ppm; H 2 S < 49.7 ppm; Cl < 1.0 ppm; HCl <. ppm; HF<2.4ppm; NH <247ppm; O < 1.0 ppm; NOX < 10.4 ppm 2) The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the unused interface when operated in atmospheres containing corrosive gases! The technical documentation on SIPLUS can be found here: www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme Ordering data 1080... 795 hpa (-1000... +2000 m) see ambient temperature range 795... 658 hpa (+2000... +500 m) derating 10 K 658... 540 hpa (+500... +5000 m) derating 20 K Order No. SIPLUS CP 42-5 communication processor (extended temperature range and medial exposure) Communication processor for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to at up to 12 Mbit/s, with electronic manual on CD-ROM Ambient temperature range 6AG1 42-5DA02-2XE0-25... +60 C Ambient temperature range 6AG1 42-5DA02-4XE0 0... +60 C, only medial exposure Accessories See SIMATIC CP 42-5 communication processor /166
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO Overview DP master or slave with optical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-00 to at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) Direct connection to the optical network over the integrated fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables Communication services: - DP - PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing) - S7 communication (client, server) - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Easy configuration and programming over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG Benefits Application The CP 42-5 FO is the communications processor of the SIMATIC S7-00 for the DP optical bus system. The CP 42-5 FO has a fiber optic interface that facilitates interference-immune connections even in environments with severe levels of radio interference. It relieves the CPU of communications tasks. Communication of the SIMATIC S7-00 with: the distributed I/O system ET 200 with integral optical interface SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 42-5 FO PC with CP 561 FO Remaining nodes via the optical bus terminal (OBT) The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the performance range of the CPU and on the communications services used. Design The CP 42-5 FO offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-00 system design: Compact design; single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-00 Integrated fiber-optic cable interface; 2 female duplex connectors for direct connection to the optical over 2 x 2 male simplex connectors and 2 plug-in adapters 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC Easy installation; the CP 42-5 FO is snap-mounted on the S7-00 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules. In combination with IM 60/61, the CP 42-5 FO can also be used in an expansion rack (ER). User-friendly wiring; female FOC connector and the terminal block are easily accessible. The CP 42-5 FO can be operated without a fan; a back-up battery or a memory module are not required. The fiber-optic technology is used when - the environment is subject to strong EMC interference, - strong potential differences exist and - high transmission rates are required. The CP 42-5 FO is connected directly to the optical and is therefore specially suited to harsh industrial environments Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-00 by several DP interfaces Optimization of applications and many application options through sending of data with S7 communication Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex function with OP communication Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE /167
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO Siemens AG 2011 Function The CP 42-5 FO provides access to different communication services of the bus system: DP (according to IEC 61 158/61784, master or slave) PG/OP communication S7 communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) DP master The CP 42-5FO operates as a DP-V0 Master according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer completely independently. It supports the services of the Master Classes 1 and 2. The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the CP as DP Master and as DP Slave. As DP Master, it permits connections to: The distributed IO system ET 200 with integral optical interface (incorporate as DP-V0 Slave) SIMATIC S7-00 with CP 42-5 FO as slave The remaining DP-V0 slaves via the optical bus terminal (OBT). The CP 42-5 FO also offers the SYNC, FREEZE and shared input/output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of slaves. DP slave The CP 42-5 FO as a DP-V0 Slave allows the SIMATIC S7-00 to exchange data with the SIMATIC S7-400 and with other DP masters via the OBT. which allows a hybrid setup between SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices to DP. Function calls are required for DP communication, both as master and as slave. These (DP-SEND/ DP-RECV) are shipped with STEP 7 and must be integrated in the user program. PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing: With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. Via the CP 42-5 FO as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged into one S7-00 station. This requires only one connection resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex channel supports the acyclic HMI services. S7 communication S7 communication is used for the coupling between SIMATIC S7 automation systems to HMI devices (OPs). to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-PB S7 or CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 and HARDNET-PB S7 Communication with PG and OP takes place without further configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the CP 42-5 FO. The client functionality is provided by means of loadable communication blocks. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of (IEC 61158/EN 50170), the CP 42-5 FO offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field communication. This interface offers integrated, highperformance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). The communication partners are the automation systems: SIMATIC S7 with CP 42-5, CP 4-5, CP 44-5 Extended and Basic SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with interface, S5-115U/H, S5-15U, S5-155U/H with CP 541 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 544-FMS PCs CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL interface. To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user program. /168
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO Function (continued) Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Bus statistics Message buffer STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher, or the TIA Portal V11, is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 42-5 FO. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. The function blocks for DP are included in the standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and the S7 communication (S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of STEP 7. PC/IPC with CP 561 FO S7-00 with CP 42-5 FO ET 200M with IM 15-2 FO DP station without integrated optics Connecting cable 80-1T Individual link length: Plastic up to 50 m, PCF up to 00 m OBT DESINA cable ET 200S with IM 151 FO ET 200X with integrated optics optical electrical S7-400 with IM 467 FO Additional stations G_IK10_XX_5018 System configuration of optical DP with CP 42-5 FO /169
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance with Interfaces Number of optical connections at interface 1 in accordance with Number of electrical connections for power supply Design of optical connection at interface 1 in accordance with 6GK7 42-5DF00-0XE0 CP 42-5 FO 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 2 1 Duplex socket Design of electrical connection 4-pin terminal strip for power supply Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus 5 V External 24 V Relative positive tolerance 20 % at 24 V DC Relative negative tolerance 15 % at 24 V DC Current consumed from backplane bus at 5 V DC, 0.15 A typical from external power supply with 24 V DC -Typical 0.25 A -Maximum - Effective power loss 6 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection IP20 Design, dimensions and weights Module format Compact module Width 40 mm Height 125 mm Depth 120 mm Net weight 0. kg Product properties, functions, components General Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 4 Note - Cable length With polymer cladded fiber cable, 00 m maximum With plastic optical fiber cable, 50 m maximum Order No. Product type designation Performance data Performance data Open communication Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data per connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum 6GK7 42-5DF00-0XE0 CP 42-5 FO 16 240 byte Performance data DP Service as DP master DPV0 Yes Number of DP slaves operable 124 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 2160byte as DP master, total of address area of outputs 2160byte as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 byte per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 byte per DP slave of address area of diagnostics 240 byte data per DP slave Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes DPV1 - Data volume of address area of inputs 240 byte as DP slave, total of address area of outputs 240 byte as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 16 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Maximum without DP 2 Maximum with DP 28 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher /170
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 42-5 FO Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 42-5 FO communication processor 6GK7 42-5DF00-0XE0 STEP 7 Professional Engineering Software V11 Communication processor for optical connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to to 12 Mbit/s with electronic manual on CD-ROM STEP 7 Version 5.5 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate Type of delivery: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB flash drive, with electronic documentation Floating License on DVD Rental license for 50 hours Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) Upgrade Floating License.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD Trial license STEP 7 V5.4; on DVD, operational for 14 days 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Type of delivery: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish STEP 7 Professional V11, floating license STEP 7 Prof. V11, trial license Upgrade STEP 7 Prof. 2006/ 2010 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack & Upgrade STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA7 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XE5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XC5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YL5 STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service Compact, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YM5 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC04-0YE2 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service Compact; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC00-0YM2 Plastic Fiber Optic, Simplex Connector/ Polishing Set 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 100 simplex connectors and 5 polishing sets for assembling plastic fiber optic cables for the optical DP Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool Set 6GK1 905-6PA10 Tools for removing the outer sheath or core sheath of Plastic Fiber Optic cables Plug-in adapter 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0 For assembling the plastic Simplex connector in combination with CP 42-5 FO, IM 467 FO, IM 15-2 FO and IM 151 FO 50 units /171
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 4-5 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 4-5 communications processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-00 and SIMATIC C7 for the bus system. It offloads communication tasks from the CPU. S7-00 communication options using communication modules: FMS communication with FMS stations through Communication with programming devices, human machine interface devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used. Connection of SIMATIC S7-00 to at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) Communication services: - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) - FMS Easy configuration and programming over Can be easily integrated into the S7-00 system Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG Benefits Design The CP 4-5 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-00 design: Compact construction; single standard width of the SIMATIC S7-00 SM modules If the adjacent module cannot be aligned without a gap when replacing earlier versions of modules, a dummy module must be used 9-pin Sub-D socket for the bus interface to 4-pin terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC external supply voltage Easy installation; the CP 4-5 is mounted on the rail of the S7-00 and connected to the adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. For the CP 4-5 the slots 4 through 11 in module racks 0 through (linked via IM 60/61) are permissible The CP 4-5 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction with the IM 60/61 User-friendly wiring. Sub-D socket and terminal strip are easily accessible The CP 4-5 can be operated without a fan. A back-up battery or memory module are not required. Simple integration of the SIMATIC S7 into a multi-vendor automation group by means of FMS Extensive reduction of workload for the user of FMS specification due to simple configuration and independent data conversion of data on the CP Sub-process-oriented design of an automation solution through the use of several CPs Integration of the SIMATIC S7-00 into existing systems by means of open communication Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of different communication services on one CP /172
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 4-5 Function The CP 4-5 provides the user with various communication services of the bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communication (PG, OP, S7 controllers) Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) FMS (to IEC 61158/61784) PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication S7 communication is used for the coupling between SIMATIC S7 automation systems (CP 4-5 server only) to HMI devices (OPs). to SIMATIC 505 to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-PB S7 or CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 and HARDNET-PB S7. Communication with PG and OP takes place without further configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the CP 4-5. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of (IEC 61158/61784), the CP 4-5 offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field communication. This interface offers integrated, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). The communication partners are the automation systems: SIMATIC S7 with CP 42-5, CP 4-5, CP 44-5 Extended and Basic SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with interface, S5-115U/H, S5-15U, S5-155U/H with CP 541 FMS/DP, SIMATIC 505 with CP 544-FMS PCs with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL interface. To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user program. FMS FMS, according to IEC 61158/61784, permits the transmission of messages via various FMS services: READ, WRITE; for read or write access to variables of the communication partner from the user program (by means of a variable index or variable name), for the transfer of its own variable values to the communication partner. Partial access to variable values is supported. The communication is processed over acyclic connections (master/master, master/slave), over acyclic connections with a slave initiative and cyclic connections. INFORMATION REPORT; (Report) permits unconfirmed transmission of variables by an FMS server. This job type is used particularly for transmission on broadcast FMS connections. IDENTIFY; for requesting the identification features of the communication partner STATUS; for requesting the partner status Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Bus statistics Message buffer Configuration STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 4-5. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and FMS can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of STEP 7. /17
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 4-5 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK7 4-5FA01-0XE0 Product type designation CP 4-5 Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance 1 with for power supply 1 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) with for power supply 4-pin terminal strip Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus 5 V External 24 V Relative positive tolerance 20 % at 24 V DC Relative negative tolerance 15 % at 24 V DC Current consumed from backplane bus at 5 V DC, 0.15 A typical from external power supply with 24 V DC -Typical 0.25 A -Maximum - Effective power loss 5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 4 Note - IP20 S7-00 compact module, single-width 40 mm 125 mm 120 mm 0. kg Order No. 6GK7 4-5FA01-0XE0 Product type designation CP 4-5 Performance data Performance data Open communication Number of possible connections 16 for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data 240 byte per connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Performance data FMS functions Number of possible connections 16 with FMS connection, maximum Data volume of variables Maximum with READ request 27 byte Maximum with WRITE and 2 byte REPORT requests Number of variables Configurable from server 256 to FMS partner Loadable from server 256 onto FMS partner Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 16 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections 48 in multiprotocol mode Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 V5.1 SP and higher and NCM S7 for /174
Communication for SIMATIC S7-00 CP 4-5 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 4-5 communication processor 6GK7 4-5FA01-0XE0 FastConnect bus connector RS485 Communication processor for connection of S7-00 to, FMS, open communication, PG/OP and S7 communication; with electronic manual on CD-ROM STEP 7 Version 5.5 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s (1 unit) Without PG interface With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate Type of delivery: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB flash drive, with electronic documentation Floating License on DVD 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 bus connector IP20 With connection to PPI, MPI, Without PG interface With PG interface bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable SIMATIC S7-00 DM 70 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6GK1 500-0AA10 6ES7 70-0AA01-0AA0 Rental license for 50 hours Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 Dummy module; used for module replacement Upgrade Floating License.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 Trial license STEP 7 V5.4; on DVD, operational for 14 days 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 /175
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Basic Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 44-5 Basic communications processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the bus system. It offloads communication tasks from the CPU. Communications options of the S7-400 through communications modules: FMS communication with stations through Communication with programming devices, human machine interface devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used. Connection of the S7-400 to Communication services: - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) - FMS Time synchronization Easy programming and configuration over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication Benefits Design The CP 44-5 communications processor features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 design: Compact construction; 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to Single-width module Easy installation; the CP 44-5 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected to the other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane bus. No slot rules apply in this case. User-friendly wiring; the Sub-D socket is easily accessible and simple to operate. The CP 44-5 Basic can be operated without a fan. A backup battery or memory module is not required When using SEND/RECEIVE, the number of operable modules depends on the S7-400 CPU used. Simple integration of the SIMATIC S7 into a multi-vendor automation group by means of FMS Application in fault-tolerant systems due to redundant S7 communication Extensive reduction of workload for the user of FMS specification due to simple configuration and independent data conversion of data on the CP Plant-wide clock time thanks to clock synchronization Integration of the SIMATIC S7-400 into existing systems by means of open communication Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of different communication services on one CP /176
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Basic Function The CP 44-5 Basic provides access to different communication services of the bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communication (S7 controllers) Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) FMS (to IEC 61158/61784) Time synchronization PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication S7 communication is used for the coupling between SIMATIC S7 automation systems to programming devices (PG/OP communication) To PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-PB S7 or CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 and HARDNET-PB S7 to HMI devices (OPs). For redundant S7 communication, the CP 44-5 Basic can also be used in SIMATIC H systems. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of, the CP 44-5 Basic offers a simple, optimized interface for data communication. This interface offers integrated, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (Broadcast/Multicast). The communication partners are the automation systems: SIMATIC S7 with CP 42-5, CP 4-5, CP 44-5 Extended and Basic SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with interface, S5-115U/H, S5-15U, S5-155U/H with CP 541 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 544-FMS PCs with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL interface. To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user program. FMS FMS, according to IEC 61158/61784, permits the transmission of messages via various FMS services: READ, WRITE; for read or write access to variables of the communication partner from the user program (by means of a variable index or variable name), for the transfer of its own variable values to the communication partner. Partial access to variables is supported. The communication takes place over acyclic connections (master/master, master/slave), over acyclic connections with a slave initiative and cyclic connections (master/slave). INFORMATION REPORT; (Report) permits unconfirmed transmission of variables by an FMS server. This job type is used particularly for transmission on broadcast FMS connections. IDENTIFY; for requesting the identification features of the communication partner STATUS; for requesting the partner status Time synchronization The CP 44-5 Basic is capable of forwarding the time of day of the S7-400 CPU to. Conversely, the CP 44-5 Basic of the S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on the. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Bus statistics Message buffer Configuration STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 44-5 Basic. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of STEP 7. /177
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Basic Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance with 6GK7 44-5FX02-0XE0 CP 44-5 Basic 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 1 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 5 V from backplane bus Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% at 5 V DC Current input from backplane bus 1 A with 5 V DC, typical Effective power loss 5.5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General IP20 Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 14 Note - S7-400 compact module, single-width 25 mm 290 mm 210 mm 0.65 kg Order No. Product type designation Performance data Performance data Open communication Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data per connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum 2 240 byte Performance data FMS functions Number of possible connections 48 with FMS connection, maximum Data volume of variables Maximum with READ request 27 byte Maximum with WRITE request 2 byte Number of variables Configurable from server 512 to FMS partner Loadable from server 2640 onto FMS partner Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 48 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of possible connections, 59 of which 2 reserved for PG/OP communication in multiprotocol mode, maximum Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required 6GK7 44-5FX02-0XE0 CP 44-5 Basic STEP 7 V5.2 SP1 and higher and NCM S7 for /178
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Basic Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 44-5 Basic communications processor 6GK7 44-5FX02-0XE0 FastConnect bus connector RS485 Communications processor for connection of S7-400 to, FMS, open communication, PG/OP and S7 communication; with electronic manual on CD-ROM STEP 7 Version 5.5 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate Type of delivery: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB flash drive, with electronic documentation Floating License on DVD 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s (1 unit) Without PG interface With PG interface bus connector IP20 With connection to PPI, MPI, Without PG interface With PG interface bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6GK1 500-0AA10 Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 Upgrade Floating License.x/ 4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 Trial license STEP 7 V5.4; on DVD, operational for 14 days 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 /179
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 44-5 Extended is the communications processor of the SIMATIC S7-400 for the bus system. It relieves the CPU of communication tasks and supports additional connections. Communication possibilities of the S7-400 using communication modules: As master for DP according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 Communication with programming devices and HMI devices Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the performance range of the CPU and on the communications services used. DP master with electrical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-400 to at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) For setting up additional DP lines Communication services: - DP - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Time synchronization Easy programming and configuration over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system Module replacement without PG SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication or DP master communication Data record routing ( DP) Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation Benefits Design The CP 44-5 Extended communications processor features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 design: Compact construction; 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to DP Single-width module Easy installation; the CP 44-5 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected to the other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane bus. User-friendly wiring; the Sub-D socket is easily accessible and simple to operate. The CP 44-5 Extended can be operated without a fan. A backup battery or memory module is not required A maximum of 14 CPs can be operated. If the CP 44-5 Extended is used as a DP Master, at least four and as many as 10 additional DP lines can be set up in the central rack. The number of possible DP lines depends on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU that is used. When using S7-communication, no slot allocation rules apply. The number of operable S7 connections depends on the S7-400 CPU. When using SEND/RECEIVE, the number of operable modules also depends on the S7-400 CPU. Increased plant availability thanks to redundant connection of the process I/O (e.g. ET 200M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system Particularly suitable for closed-loop control tasks thanks to SYNC/FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle Sub-process-oriented design of an automation solution through the use of several CPs Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of different communication services on one CP Lower costs due to flexible and reaction-free commissioning by means of CiR (Configuration in RUN) /180
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended Function The CP 44-5 Extended provides access to different communication services of the bus system: DP (according to IEC 61158/61784) PG/OP communication S7 communication (S7 controllers) Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Time synchronization Master for DP The CP 44-5 Extended operates as DP-V1 master. It processes data transfer autonomously and allows slaves to be connected, such as CP 42-5 as DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed I/O system, etc. This means that the CP 44-5 Extended is able to connect the S7-400 station to DP and is the ideal expansion to the integral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs for establishing additional DP lines. The CP 44-5 Extended can also be used in the SIMATIC S7 H system as a redundant DP master. The CP 44-5 Extended is a DP-V1 master, i.e. it also supports the acyclic standard services incl. interrupt handling. The CP 44-5 Extended also supports the SYNC and FREEZE functions, constant bus cycle time, direct slave-to-slave traffic, data set routing and changes to the configuration of the assigned distributed I/O during normal operation. During normal operation, it is also possible to activate or deactivate DP slaves. This supports the step-by-step start-up of subprocesses, for example. A diagnostic repeater allows the line to be diagnosed during operation, enabling line faults to be detected at an early stage. The CP 44-5 Extended supports operation with diagnostic repeater (including activation of topology identification in the diagnostic repeater). The distributed I/Os are handled like central I/Os from the user's point of view. This means that there are no differences between the CP 44-5 Extended and the integral DP master interface of the S7-400 CPU with regard to configuration and parameterization. Depending on the scale of the system, the CP 44-5 Extended has extremely short response times. PG/OP communication PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the network to be remotely programmed. S7 routing With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks. S7 communication S7 communication is used for the coupling between SIMATIC S7 automation systems to programming devices (PG/OP communication) to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-PB S7 or CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 and HARDNET-PB S7 to HMI devices (OPs). For redundant S7 communication, the CP 44-5 Extended can also be used in SIMATIC H systems. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) SIMATIC S7-400 is integrated into existing systems by means of open communication. Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of, the CP 44-5 Extended offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field communication. This interface offers uniform, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (Broadcast, Multicast). The communication partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7 with CP 42-5, CP 4-5, CP 44-5 Extended and Basic SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with interface, S5-115U/H, S5-15U, S5-155U/H with CP 541 FMS/DP SIMATIC 505 with CP 544-FMS PCs with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614 A2, CP 562, CP 5624 Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL interface. To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/ PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user program. /181
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) Time synchronization Time synchronization is used to define plant-wide time-of-day. The CP 44-5 Extended is capable of forwarding the time of day of the S7-400 CPU to. Conversely, the CP of the S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on. The CP 44-5 Extended supports The time-stamping of distributed process signals in combination with IM 15 Time status value, daylight-saving time changeover, synchronization status Data set routing The CP 44-5 Extended supports the data set routing function. With this option, the CP can be used as a router for data sets that have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this type for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices. Application: It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) to set parameters and perform diagnostics for a PA field device over Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 44-1, CP 44-5 Extended) and DP/PA Coupler/Link. Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including: Status of the CP General diagnostics and statistics functions Connection diagnostics Bus statistics Message buffer Support of operation with diagnostic repeater CiR Configuration in RUN With CiR, it is possible to add or modify distributed I/O devices during normal operation. Adding DP/PA slaves Adding/removing modules (e.g. I/O modules) in a modular DP slave (e.g. ET 200M and DP/PA Link) Configuration STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher, or the TIA Portal V11, is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 44-5 Extended. DP configuration/programming is performed for the CP 44-5 Extended in the same manner as for DP configuration/programming of the integrated DP interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7. The configuring data of the CPs are always saved on the CPU and are retained even after a PLC failure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers connected to the network is possible over the network. The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of STEP 7. /182
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance with 6GK7 44-5DX04-0XE0 CP 44-5 Extended 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 1 9-pin D-sub socket (RS485) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 5 V from backplane bus Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% at 5 V DC Current input from backplane bus 1 A with 5 V DC, typical Effective power loss 5.5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Note - Relative humidity at 25 C without 95 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format IP20 Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of modules Per CPU, maximum 14 Note S7-400 compact module, single-width 25 mm 290 mm 210 mm 0.65 kg The number of CPs which can be used as DP masters depends of the number of CP 44-1 Advanced used in the S7-400 station as PROFINET IO- Controllers. A total of 10 CPs can be used, as PROFINET IO- Controller (CP 44-1 Advanced) -> maximum 4, as DP master (CP 44-5 Extended) -> maximum 10 Order No. Product type designation Performance data Performance data Open communication Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Data volume as user data per connection for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, maximum Performance data DP 6GK7 44-5DX04-0XE0 CP 44-5 Extended 2 240 byte Service as DP master DPV1 Yes Number of DP slaves operable 125 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 4 096 byte as DP master, total of address area of outputs 4 096 byte as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 byte per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 byte per DP slave Performance data S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7 communication Maximum 48 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Maximum without DP 59 Maximum with DP 55 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 and higher and NCM S7 for /18
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 CP 44-5 Extended Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. Communications processor CP 44-5 Extended for connection of the SIMATIC S7-400 to Extended version for DP; with electronic manual on CD-ROM STEP 7 Version 5.5 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate Type of delivery: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB flash drive, with electronic documentation Floating License on DVD Rental license for 50 hours Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) Upgrade Floating License.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD Trial license STEP 7 V5.4; on DVD, operational for 14 days 6GK7 44-5DX04-0XE0 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 STEP 7 Professional Engineering Software V11 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Type of delivery: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish STEP 7 Professional V11, floating license STEP 7 Prof. V11, trial license Upgrade STEP 7 Prof. 2006/2010 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack & Upgrade STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA7 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XE5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XC5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YL5 STEP 7 Professional V11, Software Update Service Compact, 1 year; current software version required 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YM5 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC04-0YE2 STEP 7 Professional Software Update Service Compact; 1 year; for STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal, requires current software version 6ES7 810-5CC00-0YM2 FastConnect bus connector RS485 With 90 cable outlet; insulation displacement technology, max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s (1 unit) Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA52-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB52-0XA0 bus connector IP20 With connection to PPI, MPI, Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10 Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable /184
Communication for SIMATIC S7-400 SIPLUS CP 44-5 Extended Overview DP-V1 master connection of the S7-400 to For setting up additional DP lines Communication services: - DP - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Clock synchronization Easy programming and configuration over Cross-network programming device communication through S7 routing Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system Module replacement without PG SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication or DP master communication Data record routing ( DP) Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation Note: SIPLUS extreme products are based on Siemens Industry standard products. The contents listed here were taken from the respective standard products. SIPLUS extreme-specific information was added. SIPLUS CP 44-5-Extended Order number 6AG1 44-5DX04-4XE0 Order No. based on 6GK7 44-5DX04-0XE0 Ambient temperature range 0... +60 C Conformal coating Coating of the printed circuit boards and the electronic components Technical data The technical data of the standard product applies except for the ambient conditions Ambient conditions Relative humidity 5... 100 % Condensation permissible Biologically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class B2 mold and fungal spores (except fauna) Chemically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class C4 incl. salt mist and ISA S71.04 severity level 1) 2) G1; G2; G; GX Mechanically active substances Conformity with EN 60721--, Class S4 including conductive sand, dust 2) Air pressure (depending on the highest positive temperature range specified) 1) ISA-S71.04 severity level GX: Long-term load: SO 2 < 4.8 ppm; H 2 S <9.9ppm; Cl <0.2ppm; HCl <0.66ppm; HF<0.12ppm; NH <49ppm; O < 0.1 ppm; NOX < 5.2 ppm Limit value (max. 0 min/d): SO 2 < 17.8 ppm; H 2 S < 49.7 ppm; Cl < 1.0 ppm; HCl <. ppm; HF<2.4ppm; NH <247ppm; O < 1.0 ppm; NOX < 10.4 ppm 2) The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the unused interface when operated in atmospheres containing corrosive gases! The technical documentation on SIPLUS can be found here: www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme Ordering data SIPLUS CP 44-5 Extended communications processor (medial exposure) for connection of the SIMATIC S7-400 to Extended version for DP; with electronic manual on CD-ROM Accessories 1080... 795 hpa (-1000... +2000 m) see ambient temperature range 795... 658 hpa (+2000... +500 m) derating 10 K 658... 540 hpa (+500... +5000 m) derating 20 K Order No. 6AG1 44-5DX04-4XE0 See SIMATIC CP 44-5 Extended Communication for SIMATIC S7-mEC with CP 560 see page /189 and the following /185
System interfaces for PG/PC/IPC Communication for PC-based systems Overview Siemens AG 2011 Overview PC card with an internal microprocessor Recommended solution for: PC-based control systems (Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control) Process control systems Operator control and monitoring systems (HMI) DP slave interface (CP 5614 A2) plants with large quantity framework (more than 8 stations) Multi-protocol operation Use of several CPs in one system Designs with fiber-optic interface (FO) PC card without an internal microprocessor Recommended solution for: Configuring tools (e.g. STEP 7) DP diagnostics station (e.g. with COM or as DP master Class 2) DP slave connection systems with up to 8 stations Mono protocol mode Software Hardware You will find software for the PC products running under Windows with the corresponding authorization diskettes on the SIMATIC NET software CD. Development Kits are available for use in various operating system environments (e.g. for CP 561 A2 or CP 5614 A2). As a rule, the necessary configuration tools are included in the software packages. Manuals in PDF format and extensive supplementary information on SIMATIC NET products and communication can be found in the SIMATIC NET Manual Collection which is enclosed with the software products. CPs with an internal microprocessor CP 561 A2 (PCI) CP 562 (PCIe) CP 5614 A2 (PCI) CP 5624 (PCIe) CPs without an internal microprocessor CP 5611 A2 (PCI) CP 5621 (PCIe) CP 560 CP 5512 (PC-Card, CardBus) SIMATIC NET Manual Collection CP 5711 (USB V2.0) G_IK10_XX_50184 System connection for PG/PC/IPC /186
Communication for PC-based systems Performance data Overview The following communications processors are available for connecting to the programming device or PC: CPs with an internal microprocessor: CP 561 A2 (PCI), CP 561 FO (PCI), CP 5614 A2 (PCI), CP 562 (PCIe), CP 5624 (PCIe) CPs without an internal microprocessor: CP 5512 (PC Card/CardBus), CP 5611 A2 (PCI), CP 5621 (PCIe), CP 5711 (USB) Performance of CPs The maximum performance specifies how much digital input/ output data can be read or written in 1 ms from the application over the respective CP (regardless of the physical characteristics of the bus). Performance data of CPs Number of connectable DP slaves Number of FDL tasks waiting Number of PG/OP and S7 connections Number of FMS connections CP 561 A2/ CP 561 FO CP 5614 A2 CP 5512/ CP 5611 A2/ CP 5621 Max. 122 122 60 Max. 120 120 100 Max. 50 1) 50 1) 8 Max. 40 2) 40 2) - Note: 1) for credit = 1; PDU size 480 bytes 2) for credit = 1; max. 2 x CP 561 A2 / CP 561 FO / CP 5614 A2 Performance under almost identical CPU loading CPU loading and access time If event access (using interrupts) and polling access are compared, it can be shown that the CPU loading can be significantly reduced with the CP 561 A2 using the event/filter mechanism for the same data throughput. Configuration with NCM PC The PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC Version V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same look and feel and create the same database. This means that uniform configuration is possible for the communication functions open communication, S7 communication and for the DP protocol and FMS protocol. Data only has to be entered once and data consistency is assured. With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards, a PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station that is addressed over the network. Note: NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary. More information You can find more information on the Internet at: http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/15227599 Comparison of loading on the CPU with event access and with polling access /187
Communication for PC-based systems Connection options to SIMATIC IPC Siemens AG 2011 Overview Embedded Systems Communication hardware Communication software Operating system environment of the communication software SIMATIC Industrial PC/ Field PG Op. sys. SIMATIC Industrial PCs ) Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2008 + SP1/2 Vista Business / Ultimate + SP1/2 Windows XP Pro + SP Windows Server 200 + SP1/2 Windows Server 200 R2 / SP2 other operating systems Field PG M SIMATIC IPC847C SIMATIC IPC647C SIMATIC IPC547C, SIMATIC HMI IPC577D SIMATIC IPC627C SIMATIC IPC827C SIMATIC IPC427C Windows XP Embedded + SP1/SP2/FP 2007 SIMATIC IPC427C SIMATIC HMI IPC477C SIMATIC HMI IPC677C SIMATIC IPC627C SIMATIC S7 modular Embedded Controller CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet CP with DP-Base - - - - - - - HARDNET-PB DP DK 1) (DK-561, DP-base) - - - - - - - - 5) HARDNET-PB DP (DP-561) - - - - - - - HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) - - - - - - - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - - - - - - - CP mit DP-Base - - - - - - - HARDNET-PB DP DK 1) (DK-561, DP-base) - - - - HARDNET-PB DP (DP-561) - - - - - - - HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) - - - - - - - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - - - - - - - CP with DP-Base - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - HARDNET-PB DP DK 1) (DK-561, DP-base) - - - - - 4) 4) - HARDNET-PB DP (DP-561) - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - SOFTNET-PB DP - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB DP Slave - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB S7 - - - - - - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB DP - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - SOFTNET-PB DP Slave - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - SOFTNET-PB S7 - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - - 4) - 4) - - - - 4) 4) - SOFTNET-PB DP - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB DP Slave - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB S7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SOFTNET-PB DP - SOFTNET-PB DP Slave - SOFTNET-PB S7 - S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - SIMATIC PG/PC SOFTNET-PB DP - 2) 2) - 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) - SOFTNET-PB DP Slave - 2) 2) - 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) - SOFTNET-PB S7-2) 2) - 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) - CP 560 (PCI-104) CP 561 A2, CP 5614 A2 (PCI 2 Bit) CP 562, CP 5624 (PCIe x1) CP 5611 A2 (PCI 2 Bit) CP 5621 (PCIe x1) CP 5512 (Cardbus 2 Bit) CP 5711 (USB V2.0) S7 OPC Redundancy for - - - - - - - 2) 2) - 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) - 1) In order to use these CPs in other operating system environments, it is required to port HARDNET DP Development Kits (DK-561) into the respective operating system. You can request the HARDNET DP DK in the Internet under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561. 2) integrated interface is optional ) depending on available memory and processor performance there could be restrictions 4) depending on the slots of the selected PC version 5) EM-PCI 104 expansion module is required Notes - Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products that you can view on the Internet pages shown below. - for further details on XP embedded, see http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/de/ 21661049 - further details on system requirements and operating environments can be found in the Readme file of the communication products on the SIMATIC NET PC Software CD V8.1 - Updates and supplements to the catalog entries, as well as the above tables can be viewed at http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info - suitable not suitable suitable under certain conditions Note: The operating systems listed refer exclusively to the communication products specified! For the actual operating system that is available and has been released, please refer to the description of the corresponding IPC. /188
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Overview Benefits Fast process data exchange; access to process data by means of direct access to the dual port RAM of the hardware High computing performance in the PG/PC; reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware Use of different operating system environments; driver as source code for porting to different operating system environments Use also in motion control applications; real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle time Application PCI-104 interface card with own microprocessor for connecting embedded systems with PCI-104 interface to at up to 12 Mbit/s Function compatible with CP 561 A2 Communication services: - DP master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according to IEC 61158/61784 - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 - S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface - FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with FMS-561 software package Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning and operation of the module Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host CPU Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to three CPs The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of delivery of the respective communication software Linux-based development kit with driver sources for integration into "non-windows" environments Note: FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560/CP 561 A2/5614 A2/ CP 562/CP 5624 processors The CP 560 allows the connection of embedded systems with a PC/104 Plus interface to. The CP 560 also provides high-performance support to control tasks on the embedded system (PC-based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). /189
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Siemens AG 2011 Function DP Access to process data with DP-Base The CP 560 is operated as DP master module that keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of the CP 560 independently executes the high-performance exchange of data with the slaves. The user accesses the Dual Port RAM directly. The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB S7 and DP-Base software is not possible. Event filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU) Notification by innovative event/filter mode when changing the input data of a slave (minimum loading for host CPU) The two alternatives can also be combined. This allows users to optimize the PC to their applications. The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic messages from slaves In equidistance mode, signaling by means of interrupt: - Start DP cycle - End of cyclic data exchange with the DP slaves FastLogic FastLogic means that the CP 560 can react autonomously to as many as 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of devices. DP programming interface The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 560 has the following functionality: DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions DP-Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions DP slave The process data is accessed directly via the dual port RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master/ slave but also a basis for porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). Administrative function calls (initialization and management services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL). HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions The HARDNET DP Development Kit software enables the CP 560 communications processor to be integrated into any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet. Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP DP Master Class 1 The CP 560 operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to IEC 61158/61784 and processes the data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data exchange. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP function expansions relating to Master Class 1 make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. The alarm acknowledgment at the Master safeguards the transmission of the alarms from DP slaves. Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP software is not possible. DP Master Class 2 In addition to the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 560 (in combination with the DP programming interface) also offers DP master class 2 services according to IEC 61158/61784. Devices of this type (programming devices, configuring devices, or operator panels) are used during the commissioning and for configuring the DP system, or for operating the system while it is running (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnosis Slave diagnosis Reading the input/output of a slave Reading configuration data Changing slave address The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). /190
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Function (continued) Microbox with integrated CP 5611 and CP 560 DP DP ET 200S ET 200M ET 200pro G_IK10_XX_500 DP connection with embedded PC SIMATIC Microbox Software for PG/OP communication This software allows the programming of SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (except for SIMATIC S5-95U) via in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 560 is already available after installation of the CP 560 (DP base). No additional software package is necessary. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following installation of the CP 560 (DP-Base) and provides services for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional software package is necessary. Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides PG/PC user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7. The S7 communication provides the following services: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) /191
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) Software for FMS (FMS-561) With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by using the FMS interface. The FMS interface offers the following services: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Information Report) Server functionality VFD (Virtual Field Device) services for clients and servers Bus access information services (live list) Trace and mini-database SIMATIC S7-mEC RTX as IO controller and DP master with CP 560 PROFINET PROFINET S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended S7-00 with CP 42-5 SCALANCE X208 ET 200S/M/eco ET 200pro S7-00 with CP 4-1 Lean as IO device SCALANCE W786-2RR Field PG Mobile Panels Control and monitoring systems S7-400 with CP 44-1 Advanced G_IK10_XX_5002 Connecting the SIMATIC to the S7 modular embedded controller via User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP, open communication, S7 communication and FMS for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface via C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner solutions from SoftwareOption are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit. Configuration The S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1 +SP2. The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the software packages. Diagnostics Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the DP network. These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a network with a CP 560. /192
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 560-AA00 Product type designation CP 560 Data transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections 1 at interface 1 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with of the backplane bus PCI-104 (2 bit) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Supply voltage 1 5V from backplane bus Relative symmetric tolerance 5% at 5 V DC Current consumption 1 from 0.66 A backplane bus with DC, maximum Effective power loss. W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 70 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection IP00 Design, dimensions and weights Module format PCI -104 Width 90 mm Height 21 mm Depth 96 mm Net weight 80 g Type of mounting Screw mounting Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station Number of modules - Note FMS-561 supports a maximum of two CP 560 / CP 561 A2 / CP 5614 A2 / CP 562 / CP 5624 processors Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Software required for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 DPV1 DPV2 FDL driver included in scope of delivery of CP 80 No Yes Yes Yes Order No. 6GK1 560-AA00 Product type designation CP 560 124 Number of DP slaves operable on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs as DP master, total of address area of outputs as DP master, total of address area of inputs per DP slave of address area of outputs per DP slave of address area of diagnostics data per DP slave Software required for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 DPV1 Data volume of address area of inputs as DP slave, total of address area of outputs as DP slave, total Performance data FMS functions Software required for FMS communication Number of possible connections with FMS connection, maximum Performance data S7 communication Software required for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections for multiprotocol operation Number of configurable connections per PC station Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics 0 256 bytes 0 256 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes No Yes Yes 244 bytes 244 bytes Yes, FMS-561 40 Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) 50 50 207 NCM PC included in scope of delivery Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 2004/108/EC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 508 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes Accessories Accessories Optional: Expansion frame for SIMATIC Microbox and withdrawable drawer for SIMATIC S7 modular embedded controller /19
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 560 communications processor PCI-104 card for connection to incl. DP-Base software with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for DP master or DP slave, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software; German/English Software upgrade For CP 560, CP 561 A2 and CP 562 to Edition 2008 or V8.1 6GK1 560-AA00 6GK1 561-AA01-AE0 HARDNET-PB DP Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB08-1AA0 CP 560 Microbox Package 6GK1 560-AU00 DP-561 Edition 2008 For use of CP 560 in Microbox 420/427B/427C; consisting of CP 560 module and Microbox expansion frame CP 560 expansion rack For use in Microbox 420/427B/427C with mounting material 6GK1 560-AA00-0AU0 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AL0 CP 560 mec Package For use of CP 560 in SIMATIC S7-MEC; consisting of CP 560 and withdrawable unit for CP 560 for installation in the EM PCI-104 expansion module of the SIMATIC S7-MEC 6GK1 560-AE00 For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE0 CP 560 insert plate Metal plate with RS485 cutout for inserting for the S7 modular embedded controller 6GK1 560-AA00-0AE0 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE1 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit See www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk561 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; for integration into other operating system environments on systems with a PCI slot /194
Communication for PC-based systems CP 560 Ordering data Order No. Order No. HARDNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation S7-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 6GK1 71-5CB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE1 FMS-561 Edition 2008 Software for FMS protocol incl. PG/OP communication; FDL, FMS-OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for 2-bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; German/English Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to FMS-561 Edition 2008 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to FMS-561 Edition 2008 FC Standard Cable GP Standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded, sold in meters; delivery unit max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FastConnect bus connector RS485 Plug 180 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE1 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 500-0FC10 With 180 cable outlet, insulation displacement bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10 Bus terminal for connection of stations up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 1.5 m long FastConnect Stripping Tool 6GK1 905-6AA00 Preset stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables More information You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561 /195
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Fast process data exchange; access to process data by means of direct access to the dual port RAM of the hardware High computing performance in the PG/PC; reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware Use of different operating system environments; driver as source code for porting to different operating system environments Use also in motion control applications; real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle time Application PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/. V) with own microprocessor for connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s Communication services: - DP master according to IEC 61158/61784 on a PCI card - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 - S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface - FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with FMS-561 software package Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, commissioning and operation of the module High performance over direct dual-port RAM access Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host CPU Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four CPs Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible because a constant bus cycle time is supported The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software. The CP 561 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI slot to. The CP 561 A2 provides high-performance support for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). Design Short PCI card Operation possible in.v and 5V PCI slots (universal keyed) MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock Operation possible as 2-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Diagnostics LEDs Parallel operation of up to four CPs 1) The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms (Plug&Play). If the CP 561 A2 is used as DP master or in a PG/OP on a DP, the connection is made to the electrical via - Bus connector and bus cable or - bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and bus cable to the optical with OLM via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T to the optical with OBT and integrated interface via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T 1) FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560/CP 561 A2/5614 A2/ CP 562/CP 5624 processors. /196
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Function DP Access to process data with DP-Base The CP 561 A2 is operated as a DP master module that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in the dual-port RAM (memory area on the CP). Highperformance data transfer to and from the slaves is performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 561 A2. The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP and DP-Base software is not possible. Event filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU) Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize use of the PC for their applications. The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms from slaves During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by means of interrupt: - Start DP cycle - End of cyclic data communication with DP slaves FastLogic FastLogic means that the CP 561 A2 can react autonomously to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of devices. DP programming interface The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 561 A2 features the following functions: DP master class 1 including acyclic DP expansions DP master class 2 including acyclic DP expansions The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master but also a basis for porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). Administrative function calls (initialization and management services) are offered in a library (DP_BASE.DLL). HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software is used to integrate the CP 561 A2 and CP 5614 A2 communications processors into any operating system environment. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet. Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP DP Master Class 1 The CP 561 A2 operates as a DP master Class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP function expansions for masters Class 1 make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves. Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP software is not possible. DP Master Class 2 Apart from the DP master Class 1 services, the CP 561 A2 also offers DP master class 2 services to IEC 61158/EN 50170 in conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave Reading the configuration data Changing slave addresses. The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). /197
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) Software for PG/OP communication This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for the CP 561 is already available after the CP 561 A2 (DP-Base) has been installed. No additional software packages are required. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following installation of the CP 561 A2 (DP-Base) and provides services for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional software packages are required. Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides programming device/pc user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) Software for FMS (FMS-561) With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by using the FMS interface. The FMS interface offers the following services: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Information Report) Server functionality VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers Bus access information services (Live list) Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP, open communication, S7 communication and FMS protocols for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the released compilers in the Readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner solutions from SoftwareOption are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit. Configuration S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher. The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the software packages. Diagnostics Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the DP network. These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a network with a CP 561 A2. /198
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Technical specifications Order No. Product type designation Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance with of backplane bus 6GK1 561-AA01 CP 561 A2 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 1 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) PCI (2 bit. V/5 V Universal Key /66 MHz) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus 5 V Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% at 5 V DC Maximum current input 1 0.8 A from backplane bus with DC Effective power loss 4W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 50 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station Number of modules - Note Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Software required for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 DPV1 DPV2 IP00 PCI 18 mm 107 mm 168 mm 100 g 4 FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560 / CP 561 A2 / CP 5614 A2 / CP 562 / CP 5624 FDL driver included in scope of delivery of CP 80 No Yes Yes Yes Order No. Product type designation Number of DP slaves operable on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs as DP master, total of address area of outputs as DP master, total of address area of inputs per DP slave of address area of outputs per DP slave of address area of diagnostics data per DP slave Software required for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 DPV1 Data volume of address area of inputs as DP slave, total of address area of outputs as DP slave, total Performance data FMS functions Software required for FMS communication Number of possible connections with FMS connection, maximum Performance data S7 communication Software required for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Number of configurable connections per PC station Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required 6GK1 561-AA01 CP 561 A2 124 0 256 bytes 0 256 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes No Yes Yes 244 bytes 244 bytes Yes, FMS-561 40 Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) 50 50 207 NCM PC included in scope of delivery Product functions Diagnostics Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 89/6/EEC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950 For emitted interference EN 50081-1, EN 50081-2 For noise immunity EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes /199
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 561 A2 communication processor PCI card (2-bit;. V/5 V) for connection to incl. DP-Base software with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for DP master, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software; German/English Software Upgrade For CP 560, CP 561 A2 and CP 562 to Edition 2008 or V8.1 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software for CP 561/CP 5614/ CP 561 A2/ CP 5614 A2/ CP 561 FO for integration into other operating system environments on systems with a PCI slot 6GK1 561-AA01 6GK1 561-AA01-AE0 See www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk561 HARDNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation S7-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service 6GK1 71-5CB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AL0 HARDNET-PB DP Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation DP-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE1 FMS-561 Edition 2008 Software for FMS protocol, including PG/OP communication, FDL, FMS-OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A for 2-bit W indows XP Professional SP2/, Windows 200 Server R2, SP2, Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2; German/English Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to FMS-561 Edition 2008 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to FMS-561 Edition 2008 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE1 /200
Communication for PC-based systems CP 561 A2 Ordering data Order No. More information FC Standard Cable GP Standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded, sold in meters; delivery unit max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FastConnect bus connector RS485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet, insulation displacement 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 500-0FC10 You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit on the Internet. You will find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561 The CP 561 A2 module can also be used under the LINUX and UNIX operating systems. Information on the available LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems can be found at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10 Bus terminal for connection of stations up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 1.5 m long FastConnect Stripping Tool 6GK1 905-6AA00 Preset stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables /201
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the dual port RAM of the hardware High computing performance in the PG/PC; reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware Use of different operating system environments; driver as source code for porting to different operating system environments Reduced number of slots; through parallel operation as DP master and DP slave Can also be used in typical motion control applications Real-time capable data exchange in constant bus cycle time mode Application PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/. V) with own microprocessor for connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s Communication services: - DP master and slave interface according to IEC 61158/61784 on one PCI card - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 - S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface - FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with FMS-561 software package Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, commissioning and operation of the module High performance over direct dual-port RAM access Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host CPU Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four CPs Implementation of Motion Control applications is possible because a constant bus cycle time is supported The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software. The CP 5614 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI slot to. It can be either a DP-Master or a DP-Slave. Two different networks can then be connected in a hierarchic structure on a PC with a card and data can be transferred between the two. The CP 5614 A2 provides high-performance support for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). Design Short PCI card Operation possible in. V and 5 V PCI slots (universal keyed) MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock Operation possible as 2-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot 2 x 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Diagnostics LEDs Parallel operation of up to four CPs 1) The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms (Plug&Play). If the CP 5614 A2 is used as DP master, DP slave, or in a PG/OP on a DP, the connection is made: to the electrical via - Bus connector and bus cable or - bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and bus cable to the optical with OLM via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T to the optical with OBT and integrated interface via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T 1) FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560/CP 561 A2/5614 A2/ CP 562/CP 5624 processors. /202
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Function DP Access to process data The CP 5614 A2 is operated as a DP master and DP slave module that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in the dual-port RAM. High-performance data transfer to and from the slaves is performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5614 A2. The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. Programming device The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP software (DP master) and DP-Base software (DP master, DP slave) is not possible. SIMATIC S7-400 Controller (DP-Master) External system DP PC DP-Master DP-Slave e.g. robot controller CP 5614 A2/CP 5624 DP ET 200S ET 200S ET 200pro ET 200M G_IK10_XX_50021 Configuration example CP 561 A2 as DP master and DP slave Event filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU) Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize use of the PC for their applications. The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms from slaves During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by means of interrupt: - Start DP cycle - End cyclic data communication with DP slaves FastLogic FastLogic means that the CP 5614 A2 can react autonomously to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of devices. DP programming interface The DP master programming interfaces of the CP 561 A2 and CP 5614 A2 are identical. The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 A2 features the following functions: DP slave DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions DP master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions /20
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). Administrative function calls (initialization and management services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and DPS_BASE.DLL). A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the software as a linking component for data transfer between the master and slave interface. Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the master interface and the slave interface. The two connected networks can be operated with different bus parameters because they are independent of each other. HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the functions DP master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions) The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software is used to integrate the CP 561 A2 and CP 5614 A2 communications processors into any operating system environment. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet. Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP DP Master Class 1 The CP 5614 A2 operates as a DP master Class 1 according to IEC 61158/61784 and processes the data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP function expansions for masters Class 1 make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP software is not possible. DP Master Class 2 Apart from the DP master Class 1 services, the CP 5614 A2 also offers DP master Class 2 services according to IEC 61158/ 61784 in conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used during commissioning, for configuring the DP system, or for operating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave Reading the configuration data Changing slave addresses. The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Software for PG/OP communication This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for the CP 5614 A2 is already available after the CP 5614 A2 (DP-Base) has been installed. No additional software packages are required. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following installation of the CP 5614 A2 (DP-Base) and provides services for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional software packages are required. Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides programming device/pc user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) /204
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Function (continued) Software for FMS (FMS-561) With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by using the FMS interface. The FMS interface offers the following services: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Information Report) Server functionality VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers Bus access information services (Live list) Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP (DP master and DP slave), open communication, S7 communication and FMS protocols for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface through C library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the released compilers in the Read file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner solutions from SoftwareOption are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit. Configuration S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher. The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the software packages. Diagnostics Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the DP network. These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a DP network with a CP 5614 A2. SIMATIC S7-00 with CP 42-5 (DP-Master) Transfer mechanism RS 485 CP 5614 A2/ CP 5624 DP-Slave DP-Master Distributed I/Os ET 200M ET 200S G_IK10_XX_50110 Configuration example for CP 5614 A2 /205
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 561-4AA01 Order No. 6GK1 561-4AA01 Product type designation CP 5614 A2 Product type designation CP 5614 A2 Transmission rate Performance data Transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance with at interface 2 in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with at interface 2 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance with at interface 2 in accordance with of backplane bus 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 1 1 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) PCI (2 bit. V/5 V Universal Key /66 MHz) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 5 V from backplane bus Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% at 5 V DC Maximum current input 1 0.9 A from backplane bus with DC Effective power loss 4.5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 50 C During storage -40 +70 C During transport -40 +70 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station Number of modules - Note IP00 PCI 18 mm 107 mm 168 mm 120 g 4 FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560 / CP 561 A2 / CP 5614 A2 / CP 562 / CP 5624 Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Software required for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 DPV1 DPV2 Number of DP slaves operable on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs as DP master, total of address area of outputs as DP master, total of address area of inputs per DP slave of address area of outputs per DP slave of address area of diagnostics data per DP slave Software required for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 DPV1 Data volume of address area of inputs as DP slave, total of address area of outputs as DP slave, total Performance data FMS functions Software required for FMS communication Number of possible connections with FMS connection, maximum Performance data S7 communication Software required for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation FDL driver included in scope of delivery of CP 80 No Yes Yes Yes 124 0 258 bytes 0 256 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes No Yes Yes 244 bytes 244 bytes Yes, FMS-561 40 Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) 50 Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode 50 Number of configurable connections per PC station 207 /206
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Technical specifications (continued) Ordering data Order No. Order No. Product type designation Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics Product function: Port diagnostics Standards, specifications, approvals 6GK1 561-4AA01 CP 5614 A2 NCM PC included in scope of delivery Yes CP 5614 A2 communication processor PCI card (2-bit;. V/5 V) master and slave connection to incl. DP-Base software with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for DP master, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software; German/English 6GK1 561-4AA01 Standard For EMC 89/6/EEC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950 For emitted interference EN 50081-1, EN 50081-2 For noise immunity EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes Software Upgrade for CP 5614 A2 and CP 5624 to Edition 2008 or V8.1 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software for CP 561/CP 5614/ CP 561 A2/ CP 5614 A2/ CP 561 FO for integration into other operating system environments on systems with a PCI slot 6GK1 561-AA01-AE0 See www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk561 HARDNET-PB DP Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB08-1AA0 DP-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 Software Update Service 6GK1 71-5DB00-AL0 For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE1 /207
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5614 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. HARDNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation S7-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 FMS-561 Edition 2008 Software for FMS protocol, including PG/OP communication, FDL, FMS-OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A for 2-bit Windows XP Professional SP2/, Windows 200 Server R2, SP2, Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, German/English Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5CB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE1 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to FMS-561 Edition 2008 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to FMS-561 Edition 2008 FC Standard Cable GP Standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded, sold in meters; delivery unit max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FastConnect bus connector RS485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet, insulation displacement bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of stations up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 1.5 m long FastConnect Stripping Tool Preset stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables 6GK1 71-5FB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE1 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0AA10 6GK1 905-6AA00 More information You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit on the Internet. www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561 /208
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Overview Benefits Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the dual port RAM of the hardware High computing performance in the PG/PC; reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware Use of different operating system environments; driver as source code for porting to different operating system environments Preventive maintenance measures; deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and ambient temperature Use also in motion control applications; real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle time Application PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s Communication services: - DP master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according to IEC 61158/61784 on a PCI card - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 - S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface - FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with FMS-561 software package Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning and operation of the module Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host CPU Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four CPs The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software The CP 562 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI Express slot to. The CP 562 provides high-performance support for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). Design Short PCI Express card Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Diagnostic LEDs Parallel operation of up to four CPs 1) The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms (Plug&Play). If the CP 562 is used as DP master or in a PG/OP on a DP, the connection is made: to the electrical via - bus connector and bus cable or - bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and bus cable to the optical with OLM via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T to the optical with OBT and integrated interface via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T 1) FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560/CP 561 A2/5614 A2/ CP 562/CP 5624 processors. /209
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Siemens AG 2011 Function DP Access to process data with DP-Base The CP 562 is operated as DP master module that keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of the CP 562 independently executes the high-performance exchange of data with the slaves. The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 124-5 S7-400 with CP 44-5 Extended (DP master) The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP and DP-Base software is not possible. S7-00 with CP 42-5 (DP master) PC with CP 561 A2/ CP 562 and DP Base (DP master) DP PG with STEP 7/ STEP 5 and CP 5711 Third-party device ET 200S SIMATIC S7-1200 with CM 1242-5 S5 with IM 08-C G_IK10_XX_50007 Example configuration of DP for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC Event filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU) Notification by means of event/filter mode when changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize use of the PC for their applications. The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic messages from slaves During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by means of interrupt: - Start DP cycle - End of cyclic data exchange with DP slaves FastLogic FastLogic means that the CP 562 can react autonomously to as many as four plant statuses. This results in a short response time and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of devices. DP programming interface The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 562 has the following functionality: DP master class 1 including acyclic DP expansions DP master class 2 including acyclic DP expansions DP slave The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). Administrative function calls (initialization and management services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL). HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software enables the CP 562 communications processor to be integrated into any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet. /210
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Function (continued) Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP DP Master Class 1 The CP 562 operates as a DP master Class 1 according to IEC 61158/61784 and processes data communication with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP function expansions for masters Class 1 make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves. Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP software is not possible. DP Master Class 2 Apart from the DP master Class 1 services, the CP 562 also offers DP master class 2 services to IEC 61158/61784 in conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data Changing slave addresses. The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Software for PG/OP communication This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 562 is already available following installation of the CP 562 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are required. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following installation of the CP 562 (DP-Base) and provides services for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional software packages are required. Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides programming device/pc user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This makes for easy and flexible access to SIMATIC S7 data. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) Software for FMS (FMS-561) With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by using the FMS interface. The FMS interface offers the following services: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Information Report) Server functionality VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers Bus access information services (live list) Trace and mini database User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP, open communication, S7 communication and FMS in order to connect automation technology applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.) Programming interface via C-library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner solutions from SoftwareOption are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit. Configuration The S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2), and FMS protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1 +SP2. The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of delivery of the software packages. Diagnostics Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the DP network. These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a network with a CP 562. /211
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 562-AA00 Product type designation CP 562 Data transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections 1 at interface 1 in accordance with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with of the backplane bus PCI Express x1 Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus. V 2 from backplane bus 12 V Relative symmetrical tolerance At. V with DC 9% At 12 V with DC 8% Current consumed Maximum 1 from backplane bus 0.72 A with DC Maximum 2 from backplane bus 0.25 A with DC Effective power loss W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 60 C During storage -20 +60 C During transport -20 +60 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station Number of modules - Note IP00 PCI Express x1 (half length) 21.6 mm 126. mm 180.5 mm 102 g 4 FMS-561 supports a maximum of two CP 560 / CP 561 A2 / CP 5614 A2 / CP 562 / CP 5624 processors Order No. 6GK1 562-AA00 Product type designation CP 562 Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for FDL driver included open communication by means in scope of delivery of CP of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections 80 for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Software required for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 DPV1 DPV2 Number of DP slaves operable on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs as DP master, total of address area of outputs as DP master, total of address area of inputs per DP slave of address area of outputs per DP slave of address area of diagnostics data per DP slave Software required for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 DPV1 Data volume of address area of inputs as DP slave, total of address area of outputs as DP slave, total Performance data FMS functions Software required for FMS communication Number of possible connections with FMS connection, maximum Performance data S7 communication Software required for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Number of configurable connections per PC station No Yes Yes Yes 124 0 256 bytes 0 256 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes No Yes Yes 244 bytes 244 bytes Yes, FMS-561 40 Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) 50 50 207 /212
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Technical specifications (continued) Ordering data Order No. Order No. 6GK1 562-AA00 Product type designation CP 562 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics NCM PC included in scope of delivery Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 2004/108/EC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes CP 562 communications processor PCI Express x1 card (2 bit) for connection to incl. DP-Base software with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for DP master or DP slave, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software; German/English Software upgrade For CP 560, CP 561 A2 and CP 562 to Edition 2008 or V8.1 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; for integration into other operating system environments on systems with a PCI or PCI Express slot 6GK1 562-AA00 6GK1 561-AA01-AE0 see www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk561 HARDNET-PB DP Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB08-1AA0 DP-561, 2008 Edition for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 Software Update Service 6GK1 71-5DB00-AL0 For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE1 /21
Communication for PC-based systems CP 562 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. HARDNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation S7-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 6GK1 71-5CB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE1 FMS-561 Edition 2008 Software for FMS protocol incl. PG/OP communication; FDL, FMS-OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB stick, Class A, for 2-bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; German/English Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to FMS-561 Edition 2008 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to FMS-561 Edition 2008 FC Standard Cable GP Standard type with special design for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded, sold in meters; delivery unit max. 1000 m, minimum order 20 m FastConnect bus connector RS485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet, insulation displacement bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of stations up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 1.5 m long FastConnect Stripping Tool Preset stripping tool for fast stripping of FastConnect bus cables 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE1 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0AA10 6GK1 905-6AA00 More information You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit on the Internet. You will find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561 The CP 562 module can also be used under LINUX and UNIX operating systems. Information on the available LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems can be found at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info /214
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Overview Benefits Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the dual port RAM of the hardware High computing performance in the PG/PC; reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware Use of different operating system environments; driver as source code for porting to different operating system environments Saving of slots through parallel operation as DP master and DP slave Preventive maintenance measures; deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and ambient temperature Use also in motion control applications; real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle time Application PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s Two 9-pin sub-d sockets for parallel operation as DP master and DP slave Communication services: - DP master and slave interface according to IEC 61158/61784 on one PCI card - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 - S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface - FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with FMS-561 software package Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning and operation of the module Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host CPU Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four CPs The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software The CP 5624 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI Express slot to. It can be both DP master and DP slave. This enables two different networks to be connected in a hierarchical structure to a PC and to exchange data using one card. The CP 5624 provides high-performance support for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control). Design Short PCI Express card Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots 2 x 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Diagnostic LEDs Parallel operation of as many as four CPs 1) The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms (Plug&Play). If the CP 5624 is used as DP master, DP slave, or in a PG/OP on a DP, the connection is made: to the electrical via - bus connector and bus cable or - bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and bus cable to the optical with OLM via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T to the optical with OBT and integrated interface via - bus cable with two bus connectors or - plug-in cable 80-1T 1) FMS-561 supports up to two CP 560/CP 561 A2/5614 A2/ CP 562/CP 5624 processors. /215
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Siemens AG 2011 Function DP Access to process data The CP 5624 is operated as DP master and DP slave module, which keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the dual port RAM. The hardware of the CP 5624 independently executes the high-performance exchange of data with the slaves. The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. Programming device The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP software (DP master) and DP-Base software (DP master, DP slave) is not possible. SIMATIC S7-400 Controller (DP-Master) External system DP PC DP-Master DP-Slave e.g. robot controller CP 5614 A2/CP 5624 DP ET 200S ET 200S ET 200pro ET 200M G_IK10_XX_50021 Example configuration of CP 5624 as DP master and DP slave Event filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU) Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize use of the PC for their applications. The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic messages from slaves During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by means of interrupt: - Start DP cycle - End cyclic data communication with DP slaves FastLogic FastLogic means that the CP 5624 can react autonomously to as many as four plant statuses. This results in a short response time and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of devices. DP programming interface The DP programming interface of the CP 5624 has the following functionality: DP slave DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions DP master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). /216
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Function (continued) Administrative function calls (initialization and management services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and DPS_BASE.DLL). A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the software as a linking component for data transfer between the master and slave interface. Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the master interface and the slave interface. The two connected networks can be operated with different bus parameters because they are independent of each other. HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the functions DP master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions) The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software enables the CP 5624 communications processor to be integrated into any operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can be downloaded free of charge via the Internet. Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP DP Master Class 1 The CP 5624 operates as a DP master Class 1 according to IEC 61158/61784 and processes data communication with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. The DP function expansions for masters Class 1 make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP software is not possible. DP Master Class 2 Apart from the DP master Class 1 services, the CP 5624 also offers DP master class 2 services to IEC 61158/61784 in conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are used during start-up, for configuring the DP system, or for operating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following services: Master diagnostics Slave diagnostics Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave Reading configuration data Changing slave addresses The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE). Software for PG/OP communication This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication for the CP 5624 is already available following installation of the CP 5624 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are required. Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL interface) SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following installation of the CP 5624 (DP-Base) and provides services for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional software packages are required. Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7) SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides programming device/pc user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This makes for easy and flexible access to SIMATIC S7 data. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) Software for FMS (FMS-561) With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by using the FMS interface. The FMS interface offers the following services: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection management services Object directory management services for clients and server Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Information Report) Server functionality VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers Bus access information services (live list) Trace and mini database /217
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server included in the respective software package can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP (DP master and DP slave), open communication, S7 communication and FMS in order to connect automation technology applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Programming interface via C-library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner solutions from SoftwareOption are offered. For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit. Configuration The S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC version V5.1 +SP2 or higher. The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of delivery of the software packages. Diagnostics Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the DP network. These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a DP network with a CP 5624. SIMATIC S7-00 with CP 42-5 (DP-Master) Transfer mechanism RS 485 CP 5614 A2/ CP 5624 DP-Slave DP-Master Distributed I/Os ET 200M ET 200S G_IK10_XX_50110 Configuration example for CP 5624 /218
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 562-4AA00 Product type designation CP 5624 Data transmission rate Data transmission rate at interface 1 in accordance 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s with at interface 2 in accordance 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance 1 with at interface 2 in accordance 1 with Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with at interface 2 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with of the backplane bus PCI Express x1 Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus. V 2 from backplane bus 12 V Relative symmetrical tolerance At. V with DC 9% At 12 V with DC 8% Current consumed Maximum 1 from backplane bus 0.75 A with DC Maximum 2 from backplane bus 0. A with DC Effective power loss.6 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 60 C During storage -20 +60 C During transport -20 +60 C Relative humidity at 25 C without 85 % condensation during operation, maximum IP degree of protection Design, dimensions and weights Module format Width Height Depth Net weight Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station Number of modules - Note IP00 PCI Express x1 (half length) 21.6 mm 126. mm 180.5 mm 117 g 4 FMS-561 supports a maximum of two CP 560 / CP 561 A2 / CP 5614 A2 / CP 562 / CP 5624 processors Order No. 6GK1 562-4AA00 Product type designation CP 5624 Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for FDL driver included in scope of open communication by means delivery of CP of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections 80 for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Software required for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 DPV1 DPV2 Number of DP slaves operable on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs as DP master, total of address area of outputs as DP master, total of address area of inputs per DP slave of address area of outputs per DP slave of address area of diagnostics data per DP slave Software required for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 DPV1 Data volume of address area of inputs as DP slave, total of address area of outputs as DP slave, total Performance data FMS functions Software required for FMS communication Number of possible connections with FMS connection, maximum Performance data S7 communication Software required for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of active connections in multiprotocol mode Number of configurable connections per PC station No Yes Yes Yes 124 0 256 bytes 0 256 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes 244 bytes No Yes Yes 244 bytes 244 bytes Yes, FMS-561 40 Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-561) 50 50 207 /219
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Ordering data Order No. Order No. 6GK1 562-4AA00 Product type designation CP 5624 Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics NCM PC included in scope of delivery Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 2004/108/EC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes C-Tick Yes CP 5624 A2 communication processor PCI Express x1 card (2 bit) for master and slave connection to incl. DP-Base software with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for DP master, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software; German/English Software upgrade for CP 5614 A2 and CP 5624 to Edition 2008 or V8.1 HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; for integration into other operating system environments on systems with a PCI or PCI Express slot 6GK1 562-4AA00 6GK1 561-AA01-AE0 see www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk561 HARDNET-PB DP Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB08-1AA0 DP-561, 2008 Edition for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 Software Update Service 6GK1 71-5DB00-AL0 For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB DP V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to DP-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET DP V8.1 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5DB00-AE1 /220
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5624 Ordering data HARDNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for CP 560, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation S7-561 Edition 2008 for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to S7-561 Edition 2008 or HARDNET-PB S7 V8.1 FMS-561 Edition 2008 Software for FMS protocol incl. PG/OP communication; FDL, FMS-OPC server and NCM PC; runtime software, software and electronic manual on USB flash drive, Class A, for 2-bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/ Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; for CP 560, CP 561, CP 561 A2, CP 562, CP 561 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5624; German/English Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 or 2007 to FMS-561 Edition 2008 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to FMS-561 Edition 2008 FastConnect bus connector RS 485 Plug 180 with 180 cable outlet bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable Order No. 6GK1 71-5CB08-1AA0 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5CB00-AE1 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AL0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE0 6GK1 71-5FB00-AE1 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0AA10 More information You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit on the Internet. You can find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk561 /221
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5611 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 5611 A2 is used to connect programming devices and PCs to and to the multipoint MPI interface of SIMATIC S7: for programming devices and PCs with a PCI slot PCI card (universal-keyed 5 V/. V) for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the MPI interface of SIMATIC S7 Communication services: - DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-PB DP software package - DP Master Class 2 incl. acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-PB DP software package - DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP Slave software package - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 or STEP 7 - S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7 software package Can be used with: - STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) - COM - SOFTNET-PB S7 (for S7 communication) - SOFTNET-PB DP, SOFTNET-PB DP slave (for DP) The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software. Benefits Interface for portable PCs (e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning) Easy installation and startup Optimally matched to SOFTNET OPC as standard interface Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC and STEP 7 Flexible use possible in PG/PC through PCI./5 V, /66 MHz and compatibility with 64-bit PCI X-slot Design Short PCI card Operation possible in. V and 5 V PCI slots (universal keyed) MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock Operation possible as 2-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Function Various software packages can be used to operate the CP 5611 A2, which allows the user to execute programming device functions and PC functions over and the multipoint interface MPI. Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Similarly only one protocol ( DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used per CP. The following software packages support the CP 5611 A2: STEP 7 V.2 and higher; drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply of STEP 7. SOFTNET-S7 V.2 and higher; this package allows the S7 programming interface to be used. SOFTNET-DP V.2 and higher; the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a DP master Class 1 or 2. SOFTNET DP slave V.2 and higher; for using the CP 5611 A2 as a DP slave. COM V. and higher; the CP 5611 A2 can be used in combination with this package for start-up or diagnostics (DP online functions) for DP systems. STEP 7-Micro/WIN V2.1 and higher; hardware basis for the programming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 programmable controller ProTool, ProTool/Pro; the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a hardware basis for the configuration tool for all SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels and Text Displays. NCM PC; drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply WinCC/WinCC flexible; drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply /222
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5611 A2 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 561-1AA01 6GK1 561-1AM01 Product type designation CP 5611 A2 CP 5611 A2 MPI Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with 1 1 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with of backplane bus PCI (2 bit. V/5 V Universal Key /66 MHz) PCI (2 bit. V/5 V Universal Key /66 MHz) Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus 5 V 5 V Relative symmetrical tolerance at 5% 5% 5 V DC Maximum current input 1 from 0.5 A 0.5 A backplane bus with DC Effective power loss 2.5 W 2.5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 55 C 5 40 C During storage -20 +60 C -20 +60 C During transport -20 +60 C -20 +60 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 95 % 95 % IP degree of protection IP00 IP00 Design, dimensions and weights Module format PCI PCI Width 18 mm 18 mm Height 102 mm 111 mm Depth 10 mm 129 mm Net weight 100 g 400 g Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station 1 1 Number of modules - Note - - Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP Slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 50 50 Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP Slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 /22
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5611 A2 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 561-1AA01 6GK1 561-1AM01 Product type designation CP 5611 A2 CP 5611 A2 MPI Performance data DP Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No DPV2 No No Number of DP slaves operable 64 64 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 14 640 bytes 14 640 bytes as DP master, total of address area of outputs 14 640 bytes 14 640 bytes as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of diagnostics 244 bytes 244 bytes data per DP slave Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No Data volume of address area of inputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total of address area of outputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum 8 8 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of configurable connections per PC station Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics 207 207 NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 89/6/EEC 89/6/EEC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950 CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950 For emitted interference EN 61000-6- EN 61000-6- For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Accessories Accessories Optional: MPI cable Included in scope of delivery: MPI cable /224
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5611 A2 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 5611 A2 communication processor PCI card (2-bit) for connection of a programming device or PC to PCI card (2-bit) CP 5611 A2 and MPI cable, 5 m SOFTNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM-PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP Software for DP protocol (master class 1 and 2), incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 (V7.1) for Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/ Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 561-1AA01 6GK1 561-1AM01 6GK1 704-5CW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5CW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5DW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5DW71-AA0 Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP slave Software for DP slave, with DP OPC server and NCM PC, single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP Slave V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 FastConnect bus connector RS 485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of stations for up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 6GK1 704-5DW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5SW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5SW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE1 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0AA10 /225
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5621 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application The CP 5621 permits the connection of programming devices (PGs) and PCs to and to the multipoint interface (MPI) of the SIMATIC S7: for PGs/PCs with PCI Express slot PCI Express card (PCIe x1) for connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the MPI of the SIMATIC S7 Communication services: - DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-PB DP software package - DP Master Class 2 incl. acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-PB DP software package - DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP Slave software package - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 or STEP 7 - S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7 software package Can be used with: - STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) - COM - SOFTNET-PB S7 (for S7 communication) - SOFTNET-PB DP, SOFTNET-PB DP slave (for DP) The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software. Benefits Connection for portable PCs (e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning) Simple installation and commissioning Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET OPC as standard interface Standardized procedure and configuration functionality for NCM PC and STEP 7 Can be used flexibly as PCIe x1 card in PC/IPC with PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots Design Short PCI card 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Operation in the PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots is possible Function The CP 5621 is operated under various software packages and offers the user the opportunity of performing functions of the programming devices and PCs by means of and the multipoint interface (MPI). Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Likewise, only one protocol ( DP, S7-communication or FDL) can be used per CP. The following software packs support the CP 5621: STEP 7 V5.4 SP 4 or higher; Drivers for the CP 5621 are included in the scope of delivery of STEP 7. SOFTNET-S7 V7.0 or higher; This package enables the S7 programming interface to be used. SOFTNET-DP V7.0 or higher; This enables the CP 5621 to be used as DP Master Class 1 or Class 2. SOFTNET-DP Slave V7.0 or higher; For use of the CP 5621 as DP slave STEP 7-Micro/WIN; Hardware basis for the programming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 automation system ProTool, ProTool/Pro; The CP 5621 can be used as the hardware basis for the configuration tool for all SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels and Text Displays. NCM PC; Drivers for the CP 5621 are included in the scope of supply (beginning with SIMATIC NET CD, 2007 Edition). WinCC/WinCC Flexible; Drivers for the CP 5621 are included in the scope of supply (beginning with SIMATIC NET CD Edition 2007). /226
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5621 Technical specifications Order No. 6GK1 562-1AA00 6GK1 562-1AM00 Product type designation CP 5621 CP 5621 MPI Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections at interface 1 in accordance with 1 1 Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with of backplane bus PCI Express x1 PCI Express x1 Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC Power supply 1 from backplane bus. V. V 2 from backplane bus 12 V 12 V Relative symmetrical tolerance At. V with DC 9% 9% At 12 V with DC 8% 8% Current consumed Max. 1 from backplane bus 0.4 A 0.4 A with DC Max. 2 from backplane bus 0.18 A 0.18 A with DC Effective power loss 2.2 W 2.2 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 5 55 C 5 55 C During storage -20 +60 C -20 +60 C During transport -20 +60 C -20 +60 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 85 % 85 % IP degree of protection IP00 IP00 Design, dimensions and weights Module format PCI Express x1 PCI Express x1 Width 18 mm 18 mm Height 111 mm 111 mm Depth 129 mm 129 mm Net weight 100 g 100 g Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station 1 1 Number of modules - Note - - Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 50 50 Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 /227
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5621 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 562-1AA00 6GK1 562-1AM00 Product type designation CP 5621 CP 5621 MPI Performance data DP Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No DPV2 No No Number of DP slaves operable 64 64 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 14 640 bytes 14 640 bytes as DP master, total of address area of outputs 14 640 bytes 14 640 bytes as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of diagnostics 244 bytes 244 bytes data per DP slave Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No Data volume of address area of inputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total of address area of outputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 for S7 communication Number of possible connections for S7/PG communication, maximum 8 8 Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of configurable connections per PC station Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required 207 207 NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product Product functions Diagnostics Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 2004/108/EC 89/6/EEC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 508 CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 508 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Accessories Accessories Optional: MPI cable Included in scope of delivery: MPI cable /228
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5621 Ordering data Order No. Order No. Communication processor CP 5621 PCI Express x1 card (2-bit) for connection of a PG or PC to PCI Express x1 card (2-bit) CP 5621 and MPI cable, 5 m SOFTNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM-PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP Software for DP protocol (master class 1 and 2), incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 562-1AA00 6GK1 562-1AM00 6GK1 704-5CW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5CW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5DW08-1AA0 SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 (V7.1) for Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP slave Software for DP slave, with DP OPC server and NCM PC, single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP Slave V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 (V7.1) For 2-bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 FastConnect bus connector RS 485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connection of stations for up to 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable 6GK1 704-5DW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5SW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5SW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE1 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0AA10 /229
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5711 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Portability and flexibility: Connection for portable PCs, e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning Low-cost controller and device solutions for embedded PCs (without PCI or PC104 bus) Fault-free connection to the diagnosis at all times due to permanent installation on and connection via USB in the event of maintenance and diagnosis Easy installation and commissioning due to plug & play technology Application USB adapter for the connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to DP or MPI via USB 2.0 Operation in extended temperature range of -20 C to +60 C Active termination to supply the network as end station of a segment Robust USB connection due to mechanical locking of the USB connector to the CP 5711 enclosure Communication services: - DP master Class 1 and 2 according to IEC 61158/61784 with SOFTNET-PB DP software package - DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP Slave software package - PG/OP communication with STEP 5 or STEP 7 software package - S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7 software package - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7 software package connection with up to 12 Mbit/s Can be used with: - STEP 7, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC/WinCC flexible, NCM PC, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) - SOFTNET-PB S7 (for S7 communication) - SOFTNET-PB DP, SOFTNET-PB DP slave (for DP) The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software The CP 5711 enables the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with USB interface to and to the multi-point interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7. Design USB V2.0 connection Adapter with 9-pin sub-d socket for connection to Function The CP 5711 is a USB V2.0 adapter that can be used on either a USB V2.0 port (bandwidth 480 Mbit/s) or a USB V1.1 port (1.5 Mbit/s). It can be used with various software packages and offers users the ability to perform functions of the programming devices and PCs/OPs via and the multi-point interface (MPI). The CP 5711 is powered directly via the USB interface of the PC system. Regardless of whether the USB cable is plugged in or unplugged, the active power supply of the network is drawn from the external 24 V DC power supply unit. Optional for the use of the CP 5711 in control cabinets or in the vicinity of SIMATIC S7 controllers, a mounting adapter (DIN rail) is available to attach the CP to the 5 mm DIN rail. Only one CP per PG/PC/OP can be operated. Likewise, only one protocol ( DP, S7 communication, or FDL) can be used per CP. /20
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5711 Function (continued) The following software packages support the CP 5711: STEP 7 from V5.4 SP5; drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7. SOFTNET-S7 from V7.1; the S7 programming interface can be used with this package. SOFTNET-DP from V7.1; with this, the CP 5711 can be used as DP master Class 1 or 2. SOFTNET-DP slave from V7.1; for operating the CP 5711 as DP slave STEP 7-Micro/WIN; drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7-Micro/WIN. WinCC/WinCC flexible; the CP 5711 can be used as a hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels, and Text Displays. NCM PC; under Windows XP Professional SIMATIC PDM; drivers for the CP 5711 are included with SIMATIC PDM. PC/IPC with CP 5711 and SOFTNET for S7-00 with CP 42-5 or CP 4-5 S7-400 with CP 44-5 G_IK10_XX_5004 Technical specifications Diagnostics Numerous diagnostic tools are available for the CP 5711. For support, the module also includes comprehensive LED diagnostics. Operating and signal states can be recognized quickly via five LEDs. Configuration The S7 communication and open communication protocols can be configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC. The NCM PC configuration tool is included with the software packages SOFTNET-PB S7 and SOFTNET-PB DP for. Order No. 6GK1 571-1AA00 6GK1 571-1AM00 Product type designation CP 5711 CP 5711 MPI Transmission rate Transmission rate at interface 1 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s in accordance with Interfaces Number of electrical connections 1 1 at interface 1 in accordance with Number of interfaces 1 1 in accordance with USB Number of electrical connections 1 1 for power supply Design of electrical connection at interface 1 in accordance 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) 9-pin D-sub socket (RS 485) with for power supply 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block of the USB port Standard B socket with mechanical locking Standard B socket with mechanical locking Standard for USB 2.0 ports Yes Yes Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss Type of power supply DC DC Type of power supply: optional external supply Yes Yes /21
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5711 Siemens AG 2011 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 571-1AA00 6GK1 571-1AM00 Product type designation CP 5711 CP 5711 MPI Power supply From USB 5V 5V External 24 V 24 V - Minimum 18 V 18 V -Maximum 0 V 0 V Note Power supply directly from USB if provided sufficiently by PC / external supply possible as alternative Relative symmetrical tolerance At 5 V with DC 5% 5% At 24 V with DC 5% 5% Current consumed From USB 0.5 A 0.5 A Maximum from external 0. A 0. A power supply with 24 V DC Effective power loss 2.5 W 2.5 W Permitted ambient conditions Ambient temperature During operation 0 60 C 5 60 C During storage -40 +60 C -20 +60 C During transport -40 +60 C -20 +60 C Relative humidity at 25 C without condensation during operation, maximum 85 % 85 % Power supply directly from USB if provided sufficiently by PC / external supply possible as alternative IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 Design, dimensions and weights Module format USB V2.0 adapter USB V2.0 adapter Width 85 mm 85 mm Height 17 mm 17 mm Depth 5 mm 5 mm Net weight 00 g 500 g Type of mounting: Yes Yes 5 mm DIN rail mounting Type of mounting Mounting on DIN rail with optional rail support Mounting on DIN rail with optional rail support Product properties, functions, components General Number of plug-in cards of same design which can be inserted per PC station 1 1 Number of modules - Note - - Performance data Performance data Open communication Software required for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE Number of possible connections for open communication by means of SEND/RECEIVE, maximum Performance data DP Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 50 50 Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP slave / SOFTNET-PB S7 Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP for DP master function Service as DP master DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No DPV2 No No /22
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5711 Technical specifications (continued) Order No. 6GK1 571-1AA00 6GK1 571-1AM00 Product type designation CP 5711 CP 5711 MPI Number of DP slaves operable 64 64 on DP master Data volume of address area of inputs 15 616 bytes 15 616 bytes as DP master, total of address area of outputs 15 616 bytes 15 616 bytes as DP master, total of address area of inputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of outputs 244 bytes 244 bytes per DP slave of address area of diagnostics 244 bytes 244 bytes data per DP slave Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP Slave for DP slave function Service as DP slave DPV0 Yes Yes DPV1 No No Data volume of address area of inputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total of address area of outputs 122 bytes 122 bytes as DP slave, total Performance data S7 communication Software required Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7 for S7 communication Number of possible connections 8 8 for S7/PG communication, maximum Performance data Multiprotocol operation Number of configurable 207 207 connections per PC station Product functions Management, configuration, programming Configuration software required Product functions Diagnostics NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product NCM PC included in scope of delivery of required software product Product function: Port diagnostics Yes Yes Standards, specifications, approvals Standard For EMC 2004/108/EC 2004/108/EC For CSA and UL safety CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1 CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1 For emitted interference EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-, EN 61000-6-4 For noise immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2 Certificate of suitability CE mark Yes Yes C-Tick Yes Yes Accessories Accessories Optional: MPI cable, rail support Included in scope of delivery: MPI cable / optional: rail support /2
Communication for PC-based systems CP 5711 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. CP 5711 communication processor for connection of a programming device or notebook to or MPI, under 2 bit in connection with SOFTNET software or STEP 7; German/English USB V2.0 adapter USB V2.0 adapter CP 5711 and MPI cable, 5 m Mounting rail support for CP 5711 Compartment for CP 5711 enclosure; fastened mechanically to 5 mm DIN rail SOFTNET-PB S7 Software for S7 communication, incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM-PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET- S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP Software for DP protocol (master class 1 and 2), incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 571-1AA00 6GK1 571-1AM00 6GK1 571-1AA00-0AH0 6GK1 704-5CW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5CW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5DW08-1AA0 SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 (V7.1) for Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP slave Software for DP slave, with DP OPC server and NCM PC, single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP Slave V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 FastConnect bus connector RS485 Plug 180 With 180 cable outlet 6GK1 704-5DW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5SW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5SW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE1 6GK1 500-0FC10 /24
Communication for PC-based systems SOFTNET for Overview Benefits S7-1200 with CM 124-5 PC/IPC with CP 5611 A2/ CP 5621/CP 5512 and SOFTNET for Maximum transparency due to integrated communication with SIMATIC via and OPC as the standard interface Low-cost connection - as DP master class 1 or master class 2 with SOFTNET-PB DP - as DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP slave - to S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7 Simple and low-cost commissioning thanks to uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7 S5-115U to S5-155U with CP 541 FMS/DP S7-00 with CP 42-5 or CP 4-5 S7-400 with CP 44-5 G_IK10_XX_5009 Application Software for coupling PCs/programming devices and notebooks to programmable controllers Communication services: - DP master Class 1 and 2 with acyclic expansions - DP slave - PG/OP communication - S7 communication - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software Can be used with: - CP 5512 (PC card, CardBus 2-bit) - CP 5611 A2 (PCI, 2-bit) - CP 5711 (USB V2.0) - CP 5621 (PCIe x1) - Integral interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs With SOFTNET for, PCs can be connected to programmable controllers, such as SIMATIC S7, over. The following user interfaces are available: DP protocol PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7 S7 communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces: CP 5512 (PC card, CardBus 2-bit) CP 5611 A2 (PCI, 2-bit) CP 5711 (USB V2.0) CP 5621 (PCIe x1) Integral interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs The operating systems that are supported are listed in the ordering data for the SOFTNET software. /25
Communication for PC-based systems SOFTNET for Siemens AG 2011 Function Software for DP protocol (SOFTNET-PB DP) DP Master Class 1 Software for open communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface) This interface based on Layer 2 is used for communication SOFTNET-PB DP provides DP Master Class 1 functionality in between combination with the CP 5512, CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621. The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves PG/PC and SIMATIC S5 (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides PG/PC and PG/PC the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of slaves. used SEND/RECEIVE offers the following services: The DP function expansions for masters of Class 1 make it Management services possible to perform read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms Connection establishment services (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data Data transfer services communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed in This interface is included in SOFTNET-PB DP and comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred SOFTNET-PB S7. No configuration is necessary. at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data User interfaces transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, OPC interface DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). The OPC server included in the respective software package DP Master Class 2 can be used as the standard programming interface for the DP, open communication and S7 communication In addition to DP master Class 1 services, SOFTNET-PB DP also protocols for linking automation technology applications to provides DP Master Class 2 services. Devices of this type are OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.). used (programming, configuration or control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant Mode of operation during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed interface provides the following services: Reading master in the PC. diagnostics, slave diagnostics, inputs/outputs of a slave, configuration data and modifying slave addresses. These extended DP functions comprise non-isochronous access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 561 or CP 5614 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used. Configuration The S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol and DP protocol are configured in STEP 7/NCM PC V5.1 + SP2 and higher. DP slave (SOFTNET-PB DP slave) The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the A DP slave is an I/O station that reads in input data and transfers software packages. output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output information is determined by the user application and can be a maximum of 122 bytes each. For the slave interface, a simple Technical specifications example GSD file is provided that can be adapted by the user Performance data CP 5512/CP 5611 A2/ to the slave application. This GSD file can be configured using CP 5621/CP 5711 any configuration tool which complies with the DP Mono protocol mode specification IEC 61158/EN 50170, e.g. STEP 7 or NCM PC. Software for PG/OP communication Number of connectable max. 60 DP slaves Special programming device packages are not required for Number of FDL tasks waiting max. 50 the CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5711 and CP 5621, because the Number of PG/OP and drivers are included in the STEP 7 scope of supply. S7 connections max. 8 Software for S7 communication (SOFTNET-PB S7) DP master DP-V0, DP-V1 with SOFTNET-PB DP SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other DP slave DP-V0, using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming DP-V1 with SOFTNET-PB DP slave interface provides programming device/pc user programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. The following services are available with S7 communication: Administrative services Connection management Mini database Trace Data transfer services Read/write variables BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) /26
Communication for PC-based systems SOFTNET for Ordering data Order No. Order No. SOFTNET-PB S7 SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 (V7.1) Software for S7 communication, incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM-PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB S7 V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP Software for DP protocol (master class 1 and 2), incl. FDL protocol with OPC server and NCM PC, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation 6GK1 704-5CW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5CW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5CW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5DW08-1AA0 for Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V8.1 SOFTNET-PB DP slave Software for DP slave, with DP OPC server and NCM PC, single license for one installation, runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, license key on USB flash drive, Class A; for CP 5611 A2, CP 5711, CP 5621; SOFTNET-PB DP Slave V8.1 For 2/64-bit: Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate; for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2 English/German Single license for one installation SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 (V7.1) for 2 Bit Windows XP Professional SP2/; Windows 200 Server R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate SP1; Windows 2008 Server; English/German Single license for one installation Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension; requirement: current software version Upgrade From Edition 2006 to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6. to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008 or V8.1 6GK1 704-5DW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5DW00-AE1 6GK1 704-5SW08-1AA0 6GK1 704-5SW71-AA0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AL0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE0 6GK1 704-5SW00-AE1 /27
Communication for PC-based systems OPC Server for Siemens AG 2011 Overview Standardized, open multi-vendor interface Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to DP, FMS, S7 communication and open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface OPC Scout with browser functionality as an OPC client and OCX-Data-Control/.NET Data Control for simple OPC client creation The relevant OPC servers are supplied with each communication software package PC/Windows PC SIMATIC NET OPC-Scout WinCC OPC-Client Microsoft Office OPC-Client OPC XML Webclient OPC UA COM/DCOM Internet Intranet DP OPC server FMS OPC server DP protocol FMS protocol S7 OPC server S7 communication S/R OPC server Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) PN IO OPC server PROFINET SNMP OPC server SNMP OPC XML DA as Web service PROFINET Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC S7-1200 S7-1200 PC S7-400 S7-00 SIMATIC S5 ET 200pro SIMATIC S5 (SEND/RECEIVE only) PC G_IK10_XX 50700 System integration with OPC server Benefits Different networks and protocols can be easily used thanks to the uniform interface Reduced training and familiarization costs Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applications over C++, Visual Basic and.net interfaces Fast creation of applications Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software /28
Communication for PC-based systems OPC Server for Application OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is implemented as an expansion of the COM (Component Object Model) communications interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software. The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications communicate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface. It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applications (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available on the market. The following communications interfaces are available over OPC for : DP communication for DP DP-V0 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 DP-V1 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 PROFIdrive V interface for profile server FMS communication for FMS S7 communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface The OPC server offers: Data Access interface 2.05 Alarm&Event interface 1.1 OPC XML DA interface 1.0 Integration of automation products of different manufacturers The same, easy-to-use user interface for different components Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN High-performance data access over the Custom Interface (C++, NET) Easy to use with the "Automation Interface" (VB, NET) or the supplied OCX Data Control or.net Data Control Grouping of variables (items); this way large quantities of data can be processed in a short time Other compilers can be used via the OPC server, however, the compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component model) Function Open standardization of the addressing using logical names for objects from an automation component or an automation system Supports STEP 7 symbols Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing One client application can use several servers simultaneously Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on one OPC server The communication protocols can be operated in parallel Interfaces - "Custom Interface" for high-performance C++/NET applications - "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar) - OCX Data Control or.net Data Control for simple connection to Windows applications that support COM/DCOM - XML DA interface; Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the Internet. Configuration The communication parameters are configured using only the tools of the configuration software (configuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2 and higher) /29
Communication for PC-based systems OPC Server for Siemens AG 2011 Function (continued) Server A Server B Server C PN OPC server S7 OPC server FMS OPC server DP OPC server XY OPC server G_IK10_XX_50042 Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture Technical specifications Programming Interfaces Synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of variables Monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to the client when a change occurs Use of quantity operations; so a large amount of data can be processed in a short time. Custom Interface (C++, NET); for high OPC performance Automation Interface (VB, Excel, Access, Delphi,...) for ease-of-use Graphics with OCX or.net Data Control; for configuring instead of programming OPC XML-Interface for Data Access Product versions HARDNET-PB DP HARDNET-PB S7 FMS-561 SOFTNET-PB S7 SOFTNET-PB DP SOFTNET-PB DP slave CP 560/CP 561 A2/CP 562/ CP 5614 A2 and CP 5624 with DP-Base software include OPC servers for: DP, XML-DA S7 communication, XML-DA FMS communication, XML-DA S7 communication, XML-DA DP, XML-DA DP, Slave XML-DA Open communication (FDL) DP Master, Access to DP-slave of the CP 5614 A2/CP 5624, XML-DA Protocols S7 communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) DP FMS /240
Communication for PC-based systems S7 OPC Redundancy for Overview Design OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is a standardized, open, and vendor-independent interface that is widely HMI used in automation. OPC UA (Unified Architecture) is the result of consistent further development of this standard, offering additional functions such as security or redundancy. S7 OPC Redundancy is a software product compliant with the OPC UA standard that enables the redundant configuration of OPC UA servers to SIMATIC S7. The availability of automation Industrial Ethernet data to operator control and monitoring systems is guaranteed thanks to the redundant use of OPC UA servers. This requires S7 OPC redundancy S7 OPC redundancy neither additional cabling for synchronizing the redundant OPC UA servers, nor additional programming overhead in OPC UA the PC. The OPC UA servers are synchronized via high-performance Industrial Ethernet network access points at 10/100 and synchronization 1000 Mpbs. S7 OPC Redundancy represents an integrated customer solution for all SIMATIC NET S7 SOFTNET and HARDNET software products in the automation world. Benefits Enhanced plant availability thanks to redundant OPC UA servers that guarantee plant access for operator control and monitoring systems Secures investments thanks to the use of existing applications (OPC clients) and flexible application options, regardless of the SIMATIC S7 controller used Improved utilization of IT resources thanks to even distribution of the OPC clients among the redundant OPC servers Easy and low-cost commissioning thanks to uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and STEP 7 Application The redundant OPC UA server software enables redundant configuration of SIMATIC NET OPC UA servers. Failure of one OPC UA server, as a result of power outage or system failure, for example, results in immediate use of the other OPC UA server, and continuation of the existing OPC UA client connection. This ensures increased availability of automation data to operator control and monitoring systems. Station A Industrial Ethernet Redundant use of OPC servers Station B A redundant OPC UA server system comprises the following: Server PC with Operating system for Windows server SOFTNET-PB S7 or HARDNET-PB S7 software based on OPC UA server S7 OPC Redundancy software The redundant operation of up to two OPC UA servers is possible. Client PC (HMI) Software for OPC clients that supports OPC UA (incl. reconnect functionalities in accordance with OPC UA specification) The communication parameters are configured using STEP 7 or SIMATIC NET NCM PC. The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of delivery of the SIMATIC NET PC products. G_IK10_XX_10295 /241
Communication for PC-based systems S7 OPC Redundancy for Siemens AG 2011 Function Ordering data S7 OPC Redundancy enables the setup of redundant OPC UA S7 OPC Redundancy servers, thus ensuring plant access for the operator control and Software for redundant OPC monitoring systems. servers, Runtime software, software and electronic manual This means, for example, that the information synchronization on CD-ROM, license key between two SIMATIC NET S7 OPC servers via the S7 OPC on USB stick, Class A Redundancy software package is guaranteed. This is handled transparently for the OPC Client application so that in the event S7 OPC Redundancy V8.1 of a fault, the redundant OPC server takes over the tasks from for the failed OPC server system. for 64-bit Windows 2008 server R2; Data exchange between the OPC clients and the OPC servers English/German takes place via the standardized OPC UA communication. Single license Communication with the SIMATIC S7 controller takes place using for one installation the S7 protocol. This is ensured by the software products SIMATIC NET SOFTNET or HARDNET-S7 for that are Software Update Service necessary as the basis for SIMATIC NET IE S7 OPC Redundancy. with automatic extension; for 1 year requirement: The S7 OPC Redundancy software package supports: Current software version High availability; Failure of one OPC UA server results in immediate use of the other OPC UA server, and continuation of the existing OPC UA client connection. The basis for this is the OPC UA synchronization that ensures synchronization of the necessary client information. Load compensation; Even distribution of OPC clients among the available OPC servers Configuration All configuration is performed with STEP 7 or SIMATIC NCM PC, V5.5 SP1 or higher. The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of delivery of the corresponding packages. Order No. 6GK1 706-5CW08-1AA0 6GK1 706-5CW00-AL0 /242
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC flexible Overview SIMATIC Basic Panel, Touch Panels (TP), Operator Panels (OP), Mobile Panel, Multifunctional Platforms (MP) 1) and the SIMATIC HMI software package for PC WinCC flexible Runtime support HMI functionality in conjunction with: SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC 505 SIMOTION SINUMERIK 2) Non-Siemens controllers: - Allen Bradley - DF1, DH485 and Ethernet IP protocols - GE Fanuc - SNP/SNPX protocol - LG GLOFA GM - dedicated protocol - Mitsubishi - FX and MP 4 protocols - Modicon - Modbus RTU and TCP/IP protocols - Omron I - Link/MultiLink protocol - Telemecanique - UNI-TELWAY protocol For more detailed information, refer to the WinCC flexible user manual, the "Windows-based systems communication" manual, and the WinCC flexible online help. 1) For the sake of simplicity, SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is always used in the text below. This is not restrictive, as the information is valid for all systems referred to above. If there are constraints, direct reference is made to them in the text. 2) Required under WinCC flexible: "SINUMERIK HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE" and "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA". For configuring, a "SINUMERIK HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is also necessary. Note: Interface options for HMI devices: See the individual device descriptions. Extended functionality with WinCC flexible WinCC flexible supports OPC communication for Multi Panel and WinCC flexible Runtime and HTTP communication for all panels with integrated Ethernet interface. Both OPC and HTTP communication can be used in parallel with the process links to SIMATIC S7/S5/505 or non-siemens PLCs. OPC Data Access (MP 277, MP 77, WinCC flexible Runtime only) OPC Data Access is an open standard for exchanging both local and remote variables between various applications via Industrial Ethernet. The original version of OPC is based on Microsoft COM/DCOM and, therefore, requires a Microsoft Windowsbased PC operating system (not Windows CE) on both clients and servers. As OPC XML, communication is based on the Internet standard SOAP/XML and is, therefore, suitable for embedded systems with Windows CE. Options that are required: WinCC flexible/opc server HTTP communication for the variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems (only TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN, TP 277, OP 277, Mobile Panel 277, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN, MP 277, MP 77, WinCC flexible Runtime) Communication based on HTTP message frames enables variables to be exchanged between SIMATIC HMI systems. Options that are required: WinCC flexible/sm@rt Access Communication standard Version SIMATIC HMI TP 177B DP/PN OP 177B DP/PN Mobile Panel 177 PN MP 177 OPC Data Access V2.05a + OPC Data Access XML V1.00 OPC client (COM/DCOM) OPC server (COM/DCOM) OPC XML client (SOAP/XML) OPC XML server (SOAP/XML) TP 277 OP 277 HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems HTTP client 4) 4) 4) 5) Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) HTTP server 4) 4) 4) 5) Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) System interface possible System interface not possible 1) Option WinCC flexible/opc Server for WinCC flexible Runtime required 2) Only with DCOM/XML gateway included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible for access to MP 277, MP 77 and MP 70 OPC XML servers ) Option WinCC flexible/opc Server for SIMATIC Multi Panel required 4) Option WinCC flexible/sm@rtaccess for SIMATIC Panel required 5) Option WinCC flexible/sm@rtaccess for WinCC flexible Runtime required 6) Depending on the terminal box used Mobile Panel 277 6) Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN MP 277 MP 77 WinCC flexible Runtime Connection via Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) 1) Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) 2) Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) ) Industrial Ethernet (see catalog IK PI) /24
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC S7 Siemens AG 2011 Overview The following types of interface are supported in respect of the link between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime with SIMATIC S7: PPI interface: Interface between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI. Communication runs on the PPI protocol, a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. MPI interface: Interface between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7 via the integrated PPI interface with S7-200 or MPI interface with S7-00/-400 or alternatively via the MPI interface of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. interface: Interface between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7 via the integrated interface on the CPU or alternatively via the interface on a separate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. PROFINET interface: Interface between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7 via the integrated PROFINET interface on the CPU or alternatively via the Industrial Ethernet interface on a separate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU is determined by its power (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of view of SIMATIC HMI Panels the following restrictions apply: OP 7micro, TP 177micro: 1 connection OP 7: max. 2 connections OP 77A, TP 177A, Basic Panel, OP 77B, TP177B, OP 177B, Mobile Panel 177: max. 4 connections TP 277, OP 277; Mobile Panel 277, MP 177, MP 277, MP 77: max. 6 connections PC with WinCC flexible Runtime: max. 8 connections PPI interface From the point of view of the concept, the PPI interface is a pointto-point connection between a SIMATIC HMI Panel (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI master), and an S7-200 (PPI slave). MPI interface/ interface/industrial Ethernet interface The multipoint-enabled communication interfaces of SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7 are used. Options are: Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC HMI Panels (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-1200/00/400s or WinAC (MPI master). (possible network topology: MPI//Industrial Ethernet) Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC HMI Panels (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave) 1) (possible network topology: PPI/MPI/) Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections that are set up during booting and then monitored. The original format of a master/master link has in the meantime been joined by a master/slave link, which has enabled integration of the S7-200 (except CPU 212). 1) In principle this type of information exchange between SIMATIC HMI Panels and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the network used, PPI, MPI, or Industrial Ethernet: SIMATIC HMI Panels are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers. 1) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70. /244
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC S7 Overview (continued) Controller Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (physics) System interface possible System interface not possible SIMATIC HMI TD 100C TD 200 TD 200C TD 400C OP 7 micro TP 177micro OP 7 OP 77A TP 177A Connection via SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI) via PPI on S7-200 (PPI) 1) MPI cable 5) via MPI or (PG/OP communication) with S7-200 via MPI or (PG/OP communication) with S7-00, -400 via PPI network (PPI) with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200 via MPI or network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200 via MPI or network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-00, -400, WinAC via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200, -00, -400, WinAC 2) ) 4) MPI cable 5) ) 4) MPI cable 5) 1) PPI network 6) 1) 2) ) 4) PPI network 6) 2) ) 4) MPI or network 6) ) 4) MPI or network 6) Industrial Ethernet 1) TD series can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible; max. data transfer rate 187.5 kbit/s; cable included in scope of supply 2) OP 7micro, TP 177 micro can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible; max. data transfer rate 187.5 kbit/s ) OP 7 can only be interfaced with max. 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible; max. data transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s 4) Max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s 5) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery 6) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02 /245
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC S7 Siemens AG 2011 Overview (continued) Controller Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (physics) System interface possible System interface not possible SIMATIC HMI Basic Panels OP 77B TP 177B DP OP 177B DP TP 177B DP/PN OP 177B DP/PN Mobile Panel 177 DP Mobile Panel 177 PN TP 277 OP 277 Mobile Panel 277 Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN MP 177 MP 277 MP 77 WinCC flexible Runtime Connection via SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI) via PPI on S7-200 (PPI) 1) 2) 1) 2) 1) ) MPI cable 11) via MPI or (PG/OP communication) on S7-200 via MPI or (PG/OP communication) with S7-00, -400 via PPI network (PPI) with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200 via MPI or network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200 via MPI or network (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-00, -400, WinAC via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) (PG/OP communication) with max. 4 x S7-200, -00, -400, WinAC 2) 2) 5) 2) 5) ) 5) MPI cable 11) 2) 2) 2) ) MPI cable 11) 1) 2) 1) 2) 1) ) PPI network 12) 2) 6) PPI network 12) 2) 2) 5) 2) 5) ) 5) MPI or network 12) 2) 2) 2) ) MPI or network 12) 7) 7) 8) 8) 9) 10) Industrial Ethernet 1) Can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible 2) Not Basic Panel PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN; Mobile Panel 177 DP, Mobile Panel 277 connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel); Please refer to the manual for cable assignment ) Connection via integrated MPI/ interface; use the CP 5611 A2 with a standard PC. 4) Max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s 5) Only on passive S7-200; OP 77B (MPI) also on active S7-200 6) Only OP 77B (MPI) 7) Only Basic Panel PN, TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN 8) Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel); Please refer to the manual for cable assignment 9) Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN (wireless interface, see Mobile Panel) 10) Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; use the CP 1612 with a standard PC 11) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery (for download and test purposes only) 12) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02 /246
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT Overview PC-based visualization software for single-user systems directly at the machine. Runs under Windows XP Professional and Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate, Enterprise Current version: SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 Runtime with Service Pack 2 SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software. Benefits Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually scalable system functionality Functions for all visualization tasks: Operator functions, graphical and trend displays, signaling system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management (option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics (option) Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnostics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as e-mail communication to increase availability (option) Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option) Integration SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to: Protocol PC interfaces SIMATIC S7 via PPI S7-200 CP 5512 2) CP 5611 A2 2) CP 5621 1) CP 561 A2 CP 5614 A2 CP 562 CP 5624 PC/PPI adapter ) SIMATIC S7 via MPI S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4) CP 5512 2) CP 5611 A2 2) S7-00 CP 5621 1) S7-400 CP 5711 2) CP 561 A2 WinAC Basis (V.0 and higher) CP 5614 A2 WinAC RTX CP 562 CP 5624 PC adapter USB 6) Teleservice V6.1 SIMATIC S7 via DP 5) S7-215 4) CP 5512 2) S7-00 CPUs with integr. interface S7-00 with CP 42-5 S7-400 CPUs with integr. interface CP 5611 A2 2) CP 5621 1) CP 5711 2) CP 561 A2 CP 5614 A2 CP 562 CP 5624 S7-400 with CP 44-5 or IM 467 WinAC Basis (V.0 and higher) WinAC RTX SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) Internal system interface WinAC RTX SIMOTION 7) SINUMERIK 8) Non-Siemens controllerser 1) WinCC flexible Runtime is passive (DP slave); the function block required for the link is included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible 2) For Microbox 427 and Panel PC 477/577/677 via internal MPI/DP interface ) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP; Order number: 6ES7 901-CB0-0AX0 4) Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70 5) WinCC flexible RT is active; communication with S7 functions 6) Only point-to-point to S7-00/-400; No configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP; order number: 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0 (USB) 7) For further information, see Catalog PM 10 8) "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required; for further information, see Catalog NC 60 Application note In parallel with each and every PLC link, WinCC flexible Runtime supports the use of the OPC Client channel; this enables, for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for the purpose of visualizing the data stored there. The SNMP OPC Server provides a means of monitoring network components of any type (e.g. switches) which support the SNMP protocol. /247
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT Siemens AG 2011 Integration (continued) Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall Higher level visualization system OPC Client Industrial Ethernet On-site visualization OPC Server OPC Server SIMATIC S7-00 SIMATIC S7-400 OPC Client rd party OPC Server Non-Siemens PLCs G_ST80_XX_00077 SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example More information Additional information is available in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible /248
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Overview PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and plants in all sectors from the simple singleuser station through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration. The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) includes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured values, logging of all process and configuration data, user administration and visualization. The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of different applications. Based on the open programming interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens Industry Automation) and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-internal and external partners). WinCC can be operated with every PC that meets the given HW requirements. Particularly the SIMATIC Panel PC and SIMATIC Rack PC product range is available for the industrial use of WinCC systems. SIMATIC PCs impress with their powerful PC technology, are designed for round-the-clock operation, and can be operated in both office areas and harsh industrial environments. Together with the Panel PC 477B, there are turnkey solutions as WinCC Standard Client and with the SIMATIC HMI IPC477C as WinCC Standard Client or Single Station. (See also Packages and HMI IPC477C) Current versions: SIMATIC WinCC V7.0 SP2: Executable with - Windows 7 (2-bit) Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate - Windows XP Professional SP - Windows 200 Server SP2 and Windows 200 Server R2 SP2 - Windows 2008 Server SP2 (2-bit) contains the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP2 - Use in virtual environments for further information, see http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/ 4970459 SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 SP: Executable with - Windows XP Professional - Windows 2000 Professional - Windows Server 200 and Windows Server 200 R2 Contains the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP2 Integration Integration in company-wide solutions (IT and business integration) WinCC is strictly based on Microsoft technology, which provides for the greatest possible compatibility and integration ability. ActiveX and.net 1) controls support technology and sectorspecific expansions. Cross-manufacturer communication is also a simply exercise. The reason: WinCC can be used as an OPC client and server, and in addition to access to current process values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical Data Access), OPC Alarm & Events, and OPC XML Data Access. Just as important: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for user-specific expansions of the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime language. If desired, professional application developers can also use ANSI-C. And the access to the API programming interfaces is really simple with the Open- Development-Kit ODK. WinCC integrates a powerful and scalable Historian function based on the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 in the basic system. Thus the user is given all possibilities: from high-performance archiving of current process data, to long-term archiving with high data compression, through to a central information turntable in form of a company-wide Process Historian. With the help of the option Central Archive Server, this can be created within the framework of a WinCC solution. Versatile clients and tools for evaluation, the open interfaces, special options (Connectivity Pack, Connectivity Station, IndustrialDataBridge) provide the basis for an effective IT and business integration. 1) Only supported by WinCC V7.0 Integration in automation solutions WinCC is an open process visualization system and offers the option of connecting the most diverse control systems. Released communication software Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades are available for the upgrading of older versions. Number of connectable controls For the number of the connectable controls via Industrial Ethernet CP 161, the following applies for a message frame length of 512 bytes: Type of coupling SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP Number of nodes up to 60 up to 64 up to 60 Via, a maximum of 8 controls with CP 5611 and a maximum of 44 controls with CP 561 can be connected. With approx. 10 or more controls, the usage of Industrial Ethernet is recommended. /249
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Siemens AG 2011 Integration (continued) Mixed mode with different controls With their multi-protocol stack, the communications processors CP 161 and CP 561 allow for the parallel operation of two protocols, e.g. for the mixed operation of different controls via a bus cable. WinCC supports the operation of two similar interface boards only in connection with the channels SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 161), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (2 x CP 161, 2 x CP 561) as well as DP (4 x CP 561; each CP 561 max. 122 slaves). In addition to communication over industrial Ethernet CP 161 or CP 561, one CP 5611 for communication with SIMATIC S7 via MPI can be used in each case. Client-server communication The communication between the clients and the server is achieved using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication (WinCC/Server PLC) and for the PC-PC communication (WinCC/client WinCC/server) Channel-DLL DP In accordance with the standard, DP/slaves are always permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second WinCC station (DP/master) cannot access the same controls (DP/slave) This means that a redundant operation of two WinCC stations is not possible with the use of the DP coupling. Connection to controls from other manufacturers: For the connection of controls from other manufacturers, OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended. Current notes and information about OPC servers from various suppliers can be found at: www.opcfoundation.org WinCC supports the standards: OPC Data Access 2.05a OPC Data Access.00 OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) OPC HDA 1.20 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) OPC A&E 1.10 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) Coupling overview Protocol SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Cross-manufacturer OPC client 1) for DA, XML DA OPC server for DA, XML DA, A&E, HDA Description Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI, or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications. Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC provides process data for OPC client FMS Channel DLL for FMS DP Channel DLL for DP 1) Application note: The parallel usage of the OPC client channel allows, for example, the connection to an SNMP-OPC server for visualization of the data contained there. The SNMP-OPC server enables monitoring of any network components (e.g. switch) that support the protocol SNMP. You can find more information under SIMATIC NET Communications Systems/SNMP OPC Server. /250
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Integration (continued) Communications components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (for WinCC V7.0) SIMATIC S5 FDL SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite DP FMS Order No. WinCC channel DLL SIMATIC S5 FDL Channel DLL for S5-FDL Included in the basic package SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions Included in the basic package DP Channel DLL for DP Included in the basic package FMS Channel DLL for FMS Included in the basic package Communication components for extension of the OS/OP CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01 PCI card (2-bit) for the connection of PG/PC to or MPI (communications software included in the WinCC basic package) CP 5621 6GK1 562-1AA00 PCI Express X1 card (2-bit) for the connection of PG/PC to or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package) CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00 PCMCIA card (Cardbus 2-bit) for the connection of PG/PC to or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package) CP 5711 6GK1 571-1AM00 USB adapter for connecting a PG/PC to or MPI (communications software included in the WinCC basic package) CP 561 A2 6GK1 561-AA01 PCI card (2-bit) for connecting a PC to (S7-561 communications software or DP-561 or FMS-561 required) CP 562 6GK1 562-AA00 PCI Express X1 card (2-bit) for connecting a PG/PC to or MPI (S7-561 communications software or DP-561 or FMS-561 required) S7-561 communications software for S7 functions + FDL Version 8.0 SP1 1) 2) 6GK1 71-5CB80-AA0 for (2-bit) Windows 7 Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1) 2) 6GK1 71-5CB71-AA0 for Windows XP/200 Server / (2-bit) 2008 Server DP-561 communications software for DP master + FDL Version 8.0 SP1 1) 2) 6GK1 71-5DB80-AA0 for (2-bit) Windows 7 Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1) 2) 6GK1 71-5DB71-AA0 for Windows XP/200 Server / (2-bit) 2008 Server FMS-561 communications software for -FMS + FDL Version 8.0 SP1 1) 2) for (2-bit) Windows 7 Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1) 2) for Windows XP/200 Server / (2-bit) 2008 Server 6GK1 71-5FB71-AA0 System interface possible 1) See ordering data for SIMATIC NET upgrade package 2) SIMATIC NET Version 8.0 SP1 scope of supply includes SIMATIC NET Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) /251
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Siemens AG 2011 Integration (continued) Communications examples SIMATIC NET (S7 functions) Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 561 A2 6GK1 561-AA01 - CP 562 6GK1 562-AA00 - S7-561 (communication software) 6GK1 71-5CB80-AA0 SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-00 - CP 44-5 Extended (DP/M, S7, S/R) 6GK7 44-5DX04-0XE0 - CP 44-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 44-5FX02-0XE0 - NCM S7 manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet Download) - CP 42-5 (DP, S7, S/R) 6GK7 42-5DA02-0XE0 - CP 4-5 (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 4-5FA01-0XE0 - NCM S7 manual (SIMATIC NET CD or Internet Download) G_ST80_XX_00010 WinCC single-user system: with S7 communication Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k without operator controls: 2 clients + web clients or 50 web clients + 1 client Client + TCP/IP interface module Client up to 4 clients with operator controls Server TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/) SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-00 This allows you to set up the following application examples - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET with S7 functions - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions - WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET -FMS G_ST80_XX_0001 WinCC multi-user system with operable server /252
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC WinCC Integration (continued) Higher-level visualisation system - OPC server functionality (included in WinCC basic package) - TCP-IP interface board required OPC Client - OPC Server functionality (OPC Server option for WinCC flexible required) Industrial Ethernet On-site visualization OPC Server OPC Server - OPC Server functionality (included in WinCC basic package) - TCP-IP Interface board required - integrated interface SIMATIC S7-00 SIMATIC S7-400 OPC Client OPC Server third-party PLCs - OPC Client functionality (included in WinCC basic package) - OPC Server required for interfacing with third-party PLCs G_ST80_XX_00015 OPC coupling Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /25
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) Siemens AG 2011 Overview The SIMATIC Touch Panel (TP), Operator Panel (OP), Basic Panel, Comfort Panel, Mobile Panel, multifunctional platforms (MP) 1) offer HMI functionality for the control systems: SIMATIC S7 SINUMERIK 2) Non-Siemens controllers: - Allen Bradley -Mitsubishi - Modicon -Omron For more detailed information, refer to the WinCC flexible user manual, the "Windows-based systems communication" manual, and the WinCC flexible online help. 1) For the sake of simplicity, SIMATIC Panel is always used in the text below. This is not restrictive, as the information is valid for all systems referred to above. If there are constraints, direct reference is made to them in the text. 2) Required under WinCC flexible: "SINUMERIK HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE" and "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA". For configuring, a "SINUMERIK HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is also necessary. OPC communication and HTTP communication are offered for all Panels with an integrated Ethernet interface. Both OPC and HTTP communication can be used in parallel with the process links to SIMATIC S7 or non-siemens PLCs. OPC communication OPC Data Access is an open standard for exchanging both local and remote variables between various applications via Industrial Ethernet. The original version of OPC is based on Microsoft COM/DCOM and, therefore, requires a Microsoft Windowsbased PC operating system (not Windows CE) on both clients and servers. As OPC XML, communication is based on the Internet standard SOAP/XML and is, therefore, suitable for embedded systems with Windows CE. HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems Communication based on HTTP message frames enables variables to be exchanged between SIMATIC HMI systems. Communication standard SIMATIC HMI Version Comfort Panel TP 177B DP/PN OP 177B DP/PN Mobile Panel 177 PN MP 177 OPC Data Access V2.05a + OPC Data Access XML V1.00 OPC DA Client (COM/DCOM) OPC DA server (COM/DCOM) OPC XML DA client 1) (SOAP/XML) OPC XML DA server (SOAP/XML) HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems HTTP client HTTP server System interface possible System interface not possible 1) Only through DCOM/XML gateway in scope of delivery of WinCC Advanced for access to OPC XML server of the SIMATIC Panel Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall TP 277 OP 277 Mobile Panel 277 MP 277 MP 77 WinCC Advanced Runtime WinCC Professional Runtime /254
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) SIMATIC S7 Overview The following types of interface are differentiated in respect of the link between the SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 controllers: PROFINET interface: Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7 controllers via Industrial Ethernet TCP/IP using the integrated PROFINET interface of the CPU or, alternatively, a PROFINET interface module. MPI/ interface: Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7 controllers via MPI/ using the integrated MPI/ interface of the CPU for S7-00, S7-400 or the integrated PPI interface of the CPU in the case of S7-200 or, alternatively, a interface module in the case of S7-1200, S7-00 and S7-400. PPI interface: Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI network using the integrated PPI interface of the CPU The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is determined by its performance capacity (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of view of SIMATIC Panel, the following restrictions apply: OP 7: max. 2 connections OP 77A, TP 177A, Basic Panel, OP 77B, TP177B, OP 177B, Mobile Panel 177: max. 4 connections Comfort Panel, TP 277, OP 277; Mobile Panel 277, MP 177, MP 277, MP 77: max. 6 connections PC with PC WinCC Runtime Advanced: max. 8 connections PPI interface The PPI interface is a point-to-point connection between a SIMATIC Panel (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI master) and an S7-200 (PPI slave). MPI/ interface or PROFINET interface The corresponding multipoint-enabled communication interfaces of SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 are used. The following are possible: Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC Panels (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-1200/00/400s or WinAC (MPI master).(possible network topology: MPI/ or Industrial Ethernet, TCP/IP) Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC Panels (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave) 1) (possible network topology: PPI, MPI/) Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections that are set up during booting and then monitored. The original format of a master/master link has been joined by a master/slave link, which has enabled integration of the S7-200 (except CPU 212). 1) In principle this type of information exchange between SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the network used, PPI, MPI/ or Industrial Ethernet: SIMATIC Panels are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers. 1) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70. /255
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) SIMATIC S7 Overview (continued) Siemens AG 2011 Controller Target hardware (PROTOCOL) (physics) SIMATIC S7-1200 2) Via MPI or network to max. 4 x S7-1200 with module (DP-Master) CM 124-5 SIMATIC S7-00, -400, Win AC 2) over MPI or network to up to 4 x S7-00, S7-400, WinAC SIMATIC S7-200 2) over MPI or network (MPI protocol) to up to 4 x S7-200 over PPI network (MPI protocol) to up to 4 x S7-200 over PPI network (PPI protocol) to max. 1 x S7-200 System interface possible System interface not possible SIMATIC HMI OP 7 OP 77A TP 177A Basic Panel Comfort Panel OP 77B TP 177B DP OP 177B DP TP 177B DP/PN OP 177B DP/PN Mobile Panel 177 DP 1) Mobile Panel 177 PN 1) TP 277 OP 277 Mobile Panel 277 1) MP 177 MP 277 MP 77 ) 4) 6) 5) 7) ) 4) 6) 6) 7) WinCC Runtime Advanced ) 4) 6) 8) 6) 8) 8) 7) 8) ) 4) 6) 9) 10) 10) 10) 7) 10) 1) Mobile Panel connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel), see Manual for cable layout. 2) Controllers can be combined as desired ) OP 7 can only be interfaced with max. 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible 4) Max. transfer rate: 1.5 Mbit/s 5) Only Basic Panel PN, TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN 6) Not Basic Panel PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN 7) Connection via integrated MPI/ interface; use the CP 5611 A2 with a standard PC 8) Only on passive S7-200; OP 77B also on active S7-200 9) Only OP 77B 10) Can be interfaced via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc) is possible Note: You can find detailled information about cable layout in the WinCC online help. You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /256
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) SIMATIC WinCC (TIA Portal) Runtime Overview SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced visualization software PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at the machine Basic package for visualization, reporting and logging, user administration, can be expanded flexibly with VB scripts Basic package expandable by means of option packages Can be integrated into automation solutions based on TCP/IP networks Expanded service concepts with remote operation, diagnostics and administration over the intranet and Internet in combination with email communication SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional visualization software PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualization and operator control of processes, production flows, machines and plants in all sectors from the simple singleuser station through to distributed multi-user systems and cross-location solutions with web clients. WinCC Runtime Professional is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration. Industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured values, logging of all process and configuration data, user administration, can be expanded flexibly with VB and C scripts Basic package expandable by means of option packages Also included are APIs for the Runtime to utilize the open programming interfaces Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /257
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) WinCC Runtime Communication Siemens AG 2011 Overview SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced WinCC Advanced is an open visualization system and offers the option of connecting the most diverse control systems. Number of connectable controllers WinCC Advanced permits the parallel coupling of up to 8 controllers. Connection to third-party controllers The following "Coupling overview" table lists third-party protocols and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC Advanced. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control). Current notes and information about OPC servers from many different suppliers can be found at: www.opcfoundation.org/ WinCC Advanced supports the standards: OPC Data Access 2.05a OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (client via DCOM/XML gateway) Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Advanced Protocol Description PC interface MPI, (S7 communication) PPI (PPI protocol) Software interface (S7 communication) SINUMERIK 1) MPI (S7 communication) Channel for communication via MPI, with max. 8 x SIMATIC S7 controllers S7-1200 with CM 124-5 (DP master), S7-00, S7-400, S7-200 (only passive S7-200) Channel for communication via PPI with 1 x SIMATIC S7-200 (network operation, e.g. parallel PG possible) Channel for communication via software interface with WinAC Channel for communication via MPI with SINUMERIK 840D sl CP 5611 A2 CP 5621 CP 5512 CP 5711 CP 561 A2 CP 562 CP 5611 A2 CP 5621 CP 5512 CP 5711 CP 561 A2 CP 562 CP 5611 A2 CP 5621 CP 5512 CP 5711 CP 561 A2 CP 562 1) "SINUMERIK Operate WinCC RT Advanced" license required; for further information, see NC 60 Catalog. /258
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) WinCC Runtime Communication Overview (continued) SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional WinCC Professional is an open process visualization system and offers the option of connecting the most diverse control systems. Released communication software Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades are available for the upgrading of older versions. Number of connectable controllers With CP 161, a maximum of 64 S7 controllers can be connected via Industrial Ethernet; with CP 5611 a maximum of 8 and with CP 561 a maximum of 44 S7 controllers can be connected via. With approx. 10 or more controllers, the use of Industrial Ethernet is recommended. Client-server communication Communication between the clients and the server is implemented using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication (WinCC/server PLC) and for PC-PC communication (WinCC/client WinCC/server) Connection to third-party controllers The following "Coupling overview" table lists third-party protocols and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC Professional. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control). Current notes and information about OPC servers from many different suppliers can be found at: www.opcfoundation.org/ Communications examples WinCC Professional supports the standards: OPC Data Access 2.05a OPC Data Access.00 OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) OPC HDA 1.20 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) OPC A&E 1.10 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station) Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Professional Protocol Description PC interface SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Protocol Suite with channel units for communication with SIMATIC S7 via MPI, (S7 communication) to S7-1200 with CM 124-5 (DP master), S7-00, S7-400 Software interface (S7 communication) to WinAC CP 5611 A2 CP 5621 CP 5512 CP 5711 CP 561 A2 CP 562 Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC S7-400 WinCC Runtime Advanced SIMATIC S7-00 SIMATIC S7-1200 WinCC Runtime Advanced single-user system /259
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal) WinCC Runtime Communication Overview (continued) Siemens AG 2011 WinCC RT Professional Client WinCC RT Professional Client WinCC RT Professional Client WinCC RT Professional Client Industrial Ethernet WinCC RT Professional Server SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-400 WinCC Runtime Professional multi-user system with operable server OPC Client WinCC RT Professional Industrial Ethernet OPC Server WinCC RT Advanced SIMATIC S7-00 SIMATIC S7-1200 OPC coupling Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /260
Network transitions DP/DP coupler Overview Interconnecting two DP networks The interchange of data between both DP networks takes place by internal copying in the coupler. Application The DP/DP coupler interconnects two DP networks. Byte data (0 244 byte) is transferred from the DP master of the first network to the DP master of another network and vice versa. The principle corresponds to the hardware wiring of inputs and outputs used today. The coupler has two independent DP interfaces with which the two DP networks are connected. The DP/DP coupler is a slave on each DP network. The interchange of data between both DP networks takes place by internal copying in the coupler. Design The DP/DP transceiver is housed in a 40 mm casing of the S7-00 series. It can be mounted on a standard mounting rail (7.5 mm and 15 mm) as well as on a mounting rail for the S7 design. The preferred arrangement is upright in a row, side by side, and without clearance. The transceiver is connected to the DP networks through an integral 9-pin sub-d connector. Function The DP/DP coupler continuously copies the output data from one network to the input data of the other network (and vice versa). Functions Data exchange of up to 244 byte of input and output data of which up to 128 byte can be consistent Up to 16 input/output ranges for exchanging data If one side fails, the outputs on the other side maintain the previous value Support of DPV1 with full diagnostics Adjustment of DP/DP coupler either via switch or STEP 7 Different baud rate settings are possible Electrical isolation between the two DP networks Power is supplied to both sides Parameter assignment The DP addresses are set via two DIP switches on the top of the coupler. The coupler is configured either with STEP 7 or with a configuring tool which integrates the DP/DP coupler with the help of a GSD file. The data length is adjusted with the corresponding configuring tool. Technical specifications DP/DP transceiver transmission rate max. 12 Mbit/s Interfaces DP 9-pin Sub-D connector Supply voltage 24 V DC Current consumption typ. 150 ma Mounting Upright (DIP switches above) Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature - horizontal mounting 0 C +60 C - all other mounting positions 0 C +40 C Transport/storage temperature -40 C +70 C Relative humidity 10-95 % at +25 C Design Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 127 x 117 Weight approx. 250 g Degree of protection IP20 Ordering data DP/DP coupler Order No. 6ES7 158-0AD01-0XA0 Note: The manual is available on the Internet free of charge. /261
Network transitions Siemens AG 2011 PA network transitions Overview To create a smooth network transition between DP and PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two versions: the DP/PA coupler and the PA link. The following criteria can be applied when choosing the network transition: DP/PA coupler: For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low timing requirements; limiting of data transfer rate on the DP to 45.45 kbit/s PA link: For large number of stations and high cycle time requirements; data transfer rate on the DP up to 12 Mbit/s Application The two PA routers are based on two versions of the DP/PA coupler: Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 ma) for implementation of PA networks with a line or tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1/21, not for redundant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring) FDC 1570 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1 000 ma) for implementation of PA networks with a line, tree or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2/22; can be used for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler redundancy" DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link (see design). The PA link connects DP and PA together, and decouples the transmission rates. In contrast to the DP/PA coupler which limits the data transmission rate on the DP to 45.45 kbit/s, the PA link does not influence the performance of the DP. The PA link functions as a slave on the DP and as a master on the PA. From the viewpoint of the host DP master, the PA link is a modular slave whose modules are the devices connected on the PA. Addressing of these devices is carried out indirectly via the PA link that itself only requires one node address. The host master can scan devices connected to the PA link all at once. If the router is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PA are directly addressed by the DP master (controller). The DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for communication between the master and PA field devices; it therefore does not require setting of parameters or addresses (exception: FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler used as diagnostics slave). diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler, configured as diagnostics slave FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as diagnostics slaves supply extensive diagnostic and status information via for swift location and clearance of faults: I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data Current and voltage values on the main cable Redundancy status Wire breakage Short-circuit Signal level To this end, each of these DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 requires its own address. This applies independent of use in a PA Link or as a PA router. The PA link and DP/PA coupler approved for an extended temperature range are available for use in environments up to Ex zone 2/22. Both are operated with 24 V DC. Assembly is on an S7-00 rail with horizontal or vertical alignment. /262
Network transitions PA network transitions Design High Speed solution with PA link Low-cost solution with direct addressing master 2 S7-400 2 up to 12 Mbit/s 4 5 45.45 kbit/s DP PA link DP/PA coupler PA 2 PA 1.25 kbit/s 1 4 4 5 6 7 8 PA link IM 15-2 interface module (single/redundant) DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 15-2) Slave on DP side - master on PA side Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data) DP/PA coupler transparent for communication Ex version 1.5 V / 110 ma Non-Ex version 1 V / 1000 ma G_PCS7_XX_00078 Configuration examples for PA link and DP/PA coupler PA link The PA link is a modular combination in S7-00 design consisting of the IM 15-2 High Feature DP interface module (with optional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers (FDC 157-0 or Ex [i]). All components of the PA link are interconnected through the S7 backplane bus. The use of active bus modules as backplane bus allows hot swapping of individual modules and redundancy of the IM 15-2 High Feature DP interface modules and the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler. If redundancy and changes during operation are not required, passive bus connectors can be used instead of active bus modules. The PS 07 or PS 05 load power supply can be used for the 24 V DC. With a redundant IM 15-2 High Feature interface module for DP, it is also recommendable to have a redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 07/PS 05 load power supplies. The PA bus segments designed with the DP/PA couplers are physically separated as regards current infeed, but form one bus system in communication terms. A PA ring segment or a PA line segment with coupler redundancy can be operated on a PA link. Further PA line segments can be operated on this PA link using individual couplers. The FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers provided for the ring coupling or coupler redundancy must always be located at the right-hand end of a sequence of up to 5 couplers. The following basic components are available for configuring the PA link: IM 15-2 High Feature interface module for extended temperature range DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157-0) Components for redundant design and for hot swapping - Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the standard mounting rail) - BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 15-2 High Feature module, for extended temperature range - IM/IM (IM 157) bus module for two IM 15-2 High Feature modules, for redundant and non-redundant design and for extended temperature range - BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0, for extended temperature range (up to 5 DP/PA couplers possible per PA link) - BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0, for extended temperature range Additive option: PS 07 load power supply for 120/20 V AC; 24 V DC, version in 2, 5 or 10 A, or PS 05 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC, 2 A /26
Network transitions Siemens AG 2011 PA network transitions Technical specifications DP/PA coupler Bus connection Connection for PA DP/PA coupler Ex [i] DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Connection for DP 2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type terminal, integral terminating resistor 4-pole screw-type terminal for connection and looping through, selectable terminating resistor 9-pin Sub-D plug, contact assignment as described in IEC 61158/EN 50170 Module-specific data Degree of protection IP20 Transmission rate on DP 45.45 kbit/s Transmission rate on PA 1.25 kbit/s Communication protocol DP Voltages, currents, potentials Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V... 28.8 V) Reverse polarity protection Yes Overvoltage protection Yes Voltage at coupler output (PA) DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 1 V... 14 V DC DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 1±1V DC Voltage monitoring 15.5 V Overvoltage monitoring U > 5 V; latching cutoff Voltage failure bridging Min. 5 ms Current at coupler output (PA) for supplying the PA field devices DP/PA coupler Ex [i] max. 110 ma DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 max. 1 A Galvanic isolation 24 V DC DP/ PA Yes DP/supply Yes PA/supply Yes All electric circuits/ Yes functional grounding Power consumption of modules (24 V DC) DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Max. 400 ma DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 max. 2. A Power loss of the module DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Typ. 7 W DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Typ. 1.4 W Status, interrupts, diagnostics Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 DP bus monitoring PA bus monitoring 24 V DC power supply monitoring Additive diagnostics displays of the DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Group error Bus error Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active coupler in redundant configuration) Climatic conditions Yellow LED "DP" Yellow LED "PA" Green "ON" LED Red LED "SF" Red LED "BF" Yellow LED "ACT" Permissible operating temperature DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Horizontal installation -25... +60 C Vertical installation -25... +40 C Dimensions and weight Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 125 x 10 Weight DP/PA coupler Ex [i] approx. 550 g DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Approx. 515 g /264
Network transitions PA network transitions Technical specifications (continued) IM 15-2 High Feature (for extended temperature range) Function Linking of DP (9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, slave functionality) and PA (master functionality) with support of the "Configuration in Run" function The DP/PA link function is only implemented by extending the IM 15-2 High Feature with one or more DP/PA couplers. Stand-alone operation of the IM 15-2 High Feature is not possible. 1 Y coupler, up to 5 DP/PA couplers or up to 64 slaves can be connected Isolation from the higher-level DP master system Bus connection Connection for DP Connectable lower-level components Number of couplers DP/PA coupler max. 5 Y coupler 1 Number of PA devices on max. 64 PA Module-specific data Degree of protection IP20 Transmission rate of the higher level DP master system Communication protocol Frame length I/O data Configuration frame Diagnostics frame Parameter assignment frame 9-pin Sub-D plug, contact assignment as described in IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol. 2 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 9.75; 187.5; 500 kbit/s; 1.5; ; 6; 12 Mbit/s DP Max. 244 bytes Max. 244 bytes Max. 244 bytes Max. 244 bytes Voltages, currents, potentials Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V... 28.8 V) Reverse polarity protection Yes Voltage failure bridging 20 ms Galvanic isolation to the higher-level DP master Yes system to the DP/PA coupler or Y coupler No Power consumption of modules (24 V DC) In the PA link Max. 200 ma (at 20.4 V) in the Y link Max. 400 ma (at 20.4 V) Power loss of the module In the PA link Max. 2.6 W (at 28.8 V) in the Y link Max..6 W (at 28.8 V) Infeed, mechanical design 4-pin screw terminal, short-circuiting link between PE and M24; the short-circuiting link must be removed for floating operation (independent of this, the DP interface is always floating) Status, interrupts, diagnostics Diagnostic displays Group error Red LED "SF" Bus error on higher level Red LED "BF 1" DP master system Bus error on underlying Red LED "BF 2" bus system Module is active in Yellow LED "ACT" redundancy mode 24 V DC Green "ON" LED power supply monitoring Climatic conditions Permissible operating temperature Horizontal installation -25... +60 C Vertical installation -25... +40 C Dimensions and weight Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 10 Weight approx. 60 g /265
Network transitions Siemens AG 2011 PA network transitions Ordering data Order No. Order No. DP/PA coupler For transition from RS 485 to MBP DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Fieldbus coupler between DP and PA, EEx(ia) version, max. output current 110 ma; degree of protection IP20; for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Fieldbus coupler between DP and PA, with redundancy capability; integrated diagnostics slave; max. output current 1 A; degree of protection IP20; for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C IM 15-2 High Feature Interface module for PA Link and Y-Link; with redundancy capability; degree of protection IP20; for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C Accessories PS 07 load power supply Including connecting comb; 120/20 V AC; 24 V DC 2 A; 40 mm wide 5 A; 60 mm wide 5 A, extended temperature range; 80 mm wide 10 A, 80 mm wide PS 05 load power supply 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC 2 A, extended temperature range; 80 mm wide Standard profile rails (without hot swapping function) 482 mm wide (19 inches) 50 mm wide 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0 6ES7 157-0AC8-0XA0 6ES7 15-2BA82-0XB0 6ES7 07-1BA01-0AA0 6ES7 07-1EA01-0AA0 6ES7 07-1EA80-0AA0 6ES7 07-1KA02-0AA0 6ES7 05-1BA80-0AA0 6ES7 90-1AE80-0AA0 6ES7 90-1AF0-0AA0 Components for hot swapping and for redundant design Active bus modules for hot swapping BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme for 1 load current supply and 1 IM 15-2 High Feature module; for "hot swapping" function, for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +70 C BM IM/IM for 2 IM 15-2 High Feature modules, for redundant and non-redundant configuration, for "hot swapping" function, for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0, for "hot swapping" function, for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0, for "hot swapping" function, for extended temperature range, permissible operating temperature -25... +60 C Mounting rail for hot swapping For max. 5 active bus modules 482 mm wide (19 inches) 50 mm wide 620 mm wide Covers 4 backplane bus covers and 1 cover for active bus module 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GF0-0XA0 6ES7 195-1GG0-0XA0 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0 /266
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection M200D motor starters for Overview The intelligent, highly flexible M200D / PROFINET motor starters are the most functional motor starters of the SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of protection IP65 for / PROFINET communication. They start and protect motors and loads up to 5.5 kw. Direct-on-line and reversing starter variants are available in a mechanical version and also an electronic version (the latter with soft start function). The particularly robust M200D / PROFINET motor starters are characterized by numerous functions which can be flexibly parameterized. Their modular design comprises a motor starter module and a communication module. The M200D PROFINET motor starters enable TIA-integrated parameterization through PROFINET from STEP 7 in familiar, user-friendly manner with the same look-and-feel as. Functionality For basic functionality see Chapter 6 "AS-Interface" -->"M200D motor starters" --> "General data" --> "Overview" Electronic version also with soft start function Robust and widely used M12 connection method for the digital inputs and outputs and the /PROFINET bus connection All four digital inputs and two digital outputs exist in the cyclic process image. This provides complete transparency of the process on the control level Full TIA integration: All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image and are visible through the bus, providing maximum flexibility and excellent adaptability to the application. Flexible assignment of the digital inputs and outputs with all available assignable input actions Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs and through the bus with the TIA-compatible mechanisms Expanded diagnostics using data records Complete plant monitoring using statistics data record and current value monitoring by means of data records Parameterization through / PROFINET bus with the aid of data records from the user program Control of the motor starter using a command data record from the user program Removable modular control unit quicker device replacement and therefore lower costs when device outages occur since existing wiring is on the control unit and only one device needs to be replaced Parameterization in Step 7 HW config using Motor Starter ES (ordering option for start-up software) Start-up and diagnostics with the aid of Motor Starter ES (ordering option for start-up software) Trace function through Motor Starter ES for optimized start-up and tracking of process and device values Only with PROFINET: Just one bus system from the MES level to the devices no routers More stations on the bus and possible configuration of flexible bus structures Automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement thanks to proximity detection Wireless integration of plant segments in difficult environments using WLAN Easier expansion of the system thanks to a higher number of stations on the bus and elimination of terminating resistors M200D motor starter module for /PROFINET (without communication module) M200D communication modules for Mounting and installation The M200D PROFINET / PROFINET motor starter comprises a communication module and a motor starter module. Therefore only the motor starter module has to be replaced when replacing devices. This saves time and money. The communication module remains as an active station on the bus and all other system components continue running. This prevents downtime. The integrated plug-in technology significantly reduces the wiring outlay: Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto the motor starter module. The PROFINET bus is connected costeffectively using an M12 connection on the device. All versions have identical enclosure dimensions for easier system configuration and conversion. /267
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection M200D motor starters for Siemens AG 2011 Overview (continued) Parameterization and configuration All motor protection functions, limit values and reactions can be defined by parameterization. The user has several user-friendly options for parameterization. In addition to parameterization directly from STEP 7, which also permits automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement, it is possible to use the user-friendly Motor Starter ES start-up software. By connecting a programming device directly to / PROFINET and the Motor Starter ES startup software, the devices can also be conveniently programmed from a central point through the bus. Parameters can also be changed during operation from the user program using the data record mechanism so that the function of the motor starter is adapted to the process when required. With the aid of a PC and the Motor Starter ES software, it is also possible to perform the parameterization through the local point-to-point interface on site. Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications. All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image. All limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application. Consistency with other products of the SIRIUS M200D motor starter range and with the frequency converter and ET 200pro I/O system is assured. SIRIUS M200D SIRIUS M200D PROFINET Device functions (firmware features) Slave on the bus Fieldbus to M12 PROFINET to M12 Adjustable number of stations 1... 125 1... 128 with CPU 15, CPU 17 1... 1256 with CPU 19 Parameterization DIP switches For address setting and terminating resistor -- ES Motor Starter Through bus, optical interface / PROFINET data records From STEP 7 / HW config Diagnostics Acyclic through data records Support of diagnostics alarm Process image Process image 2Byte PAE/ 2Byte PAA Data channels Local optical interface (manual local) Through Motor Starter ES local interface Using Motor Starter ES through bus Data records (acyclic) Parameterization Using DS 11 (DS = data record) Diagnostics Device-specific DS 92 Measured values Measured values DS 94 Statistics Statistical data DS 95 Commands Using DS 9 Slave pointer Slave pointer DS 96 Logbook Using Motor Starter ES and data records: Device faults DS 72, tripping operation DS 7, events DS 75 Device identification Using DS 100 I&M data Using DS 21... 24 Using data records 0xAFF0... 0xAFF Inputs Number 4 of these in the process image 4 Input action Parameterizable: flexibly assignable action (see manual) Quick-Stop Parameterizable: latching, non-latching Function is available. -- Function not available. /268
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection M200D motor starters for Overview (continued) SIRIUS M200D SIRIUS M200D PROFINET Device functions (firmware features) Outputs Number 2 of these in the process image 2 Output action Parameterizable: flexibly assignable action (see manual) Brake output 180 V DC/ 20/400 V AC / none Motor protection Overload protection Electronic, wide range 1:10 Short-circuit protection Full motor protection Temperature sensor Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter, data record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated Device functions Repair switch Current limit monitoring bottom Parameterizable Current limit monitoring top Parameterizable Zero current detection Parameterizable: tripping, warning Blocking current Parameterizable Unbalance Parameterizable Load type Parameterizable: 1- and -phase Shutdown class Parameterizable using ES Motor Starter, data record: CLASS 5, 10, 15, 20 Protection against voltage failure Parameterizable: activated/deactivated Support for PROFIenergy profile Switching during dead times -- Measured current values of the motor current -- Soft starter control function Soft start function Bypass function Only electronic version Function is available. -- Function not available. Application M200D / PROFINET motor starters are particularly suitable for fully TIA-integrated, highly automated conveyor applications which meet all needs with regard to the monitoring of devices and systems and preventative maintenance. Adaptability of the motor starter functions and maximum flexibility of the device enable a broad range of application without any limits. The PROFINET-specific expansions are the best assurance of a future-proof investment. /269
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection M200D motor starters for communication modules, motor starter modules Selection and ordering data Siemens AG 2011 M200D motor starter module / PROFINET (without communication module) Version Order No. M200D communication modules for Communication modules RK1 05-0AS01-0AA0 for M12 termination 7/8 inch M200D motor starter modules RK1 95-6 7 S41-7 AD 7 for / PROFINET Electromechanical starters (with integrated contactor) Setting range for rated operational current / A 0.15... 2 K 1.5... 12 L Direct-on-line starters/ reversing starters Direct-on-line starters 0 Reversing starters 1 Direct-on-line starters 2 with manual on-site operation Reversing starters with manual on-site operation Brake control Without brake control 0 Brake control (20/400 V AC) Brake control 5 (180 V DC) Motor starter M200D PROFINET Version Order No. Electronic starters RK1 95-6 7 S71-7 AD 7 (with thyristors) Setting range for rated operational current / A 0.15... 2 K 1.5... 12 L Direct-on-line starters/ reversing starters Direct-on-line starters 0 Reversing starters 1 Direct-on-line starters 2 with manual on-site operation Reversing starters with manual on-site operation Brake control Without brake control 0 Brake control (20/400 V AC) Brake control 5 (180 V DC) /270
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Accessories for M200D motor starters for Overview Accessories for all SIRIUS M200D motor starters (regardless of communication connection) see Chapter 6 "AS-Interface" --> "SIRIUS M200D motor starter" --> "Accessories" 1 14 11 12 9 10 NSA0_00488a 9 10 11 12 1 14 Connection for digital input (IO communication, 5-pole) Connection for digital output (IO communication, 4- or 5-pole) connection (input) connection (loop) Connection for 24 V supply (infeed) Connection for 24 V supply (loop) Communication connection using and digital inputs and outputs Version Motor control with M12 plugs, angled Screw fixing, 5-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm 2, B-coded, no terminating resistor / 5 female contacts Order No. RK1 902-1DA00 RK1 902-1DA00 0 5 male contacts RK1 902-1BA00 RK1 902-1BA00 RK1 902-1G. RK1 902-1N. Control cables, assembled at one end M12, screw fixing, angled, B coded, no terminating resistor / 5 female contacts, m / 5 female contacts, 5 m / 5 female contacts, 10 m / 0 Control cables, assembled at both ends M12, screw fixing, angled, pin/socket 5-pole, B-coded, no terminating resistor.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m RK1 902-1GB0 RK1 902-1GB50 RK1 902-1GC10 RK1 902-1NB0 RK1 902-1NB50 RK1 902-1NC10 /271
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Accessories for M200D motor starters for Overview (continued) Further accessories Version trailing cables Max. acceleration 4 m/s 2, at least 000 000 bending cycles, bending radius at least 60 mm, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1 000 m FC Food bus cables With PE outer sheath for operation in the food and beverage industry, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1 000 m FC Robust bus cables With PUR outer sheath for operation in environments exposed to chemicals and mechanical loads, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1 000 m Power cables 5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm 2, trailing, sold by the meter, minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1 000 m Connection for 24-V power supply of the M200D /PROFINET Plug On M200D, 7/8" for screw fixing, angled, 1.5 mm 2 screw connection 1 5 female contacts Order No. 6XV1 80-EH10 6XV1 80-0GH10 6XV1 80-0JH10 6XV1 80-8AH10 RK1 902-DA00 RK1 902-DA00 2 5 male contacts RK1 902-BA00 RK1 902-BA00 RK1 902-G. RK1 902-N. 1 Supply lines, assembled at one end 7/8" for screw fixing, angled, 1.5 mm 2 5 female contacts, m 5 female contacts, 5 m 5 female contacts, 10 m 1 2 Supply lines, assembled at both ends 7/8" for screw fixing, angled at both ends, 5-pole pin/socket, 1.5 mm 2 RK1 902-GB0 RK1 902-GB50 RK1 902-GC10 m RK1 902-NB0 5 m RK1 902-NB50 10 m RK1 902-NC10 More connection technology products can be found at "Siemens Solution Partners Automation" under the "Distributed Field Installation System" technology. More information can be found on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder. /272
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software Motor Starter ES Overview Efficient engineering with three program versions The Motor Starter ES software program is available in three versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions and price. Motor Starter ES Basic Standard Premium ET 200S High Feature -- IM ET 200S High Feature -- PROFINET IM ECOFAST AS-Interface -- High Feature ECOFAST ET 200pro IM ET 200pro PROFINET IM M200D AS-Interface Standard -- M200D M200D PROFINET Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics and testing of motor starters Motor Starter ES is used for start-up, parameterization, diagnostics, documentation and the preventative maintenance of the motor starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200pro, ECOFAST and M200D product families. Interfacing is performed through the local interface on the device with DP V1-compatible motor starters from any point in or in PROFINET (applies for ET 200pro/ECOFAST/M200D) with PROFINET-compatible motor starters from any point in PROFINET or (applies for M200D). Using Motor Starter ES, the communication-capable motor starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored during normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function for reading out diverse statistical data (e.g. operating hours, operating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported during these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and plain text displays. Motor Starter ES can either be used as a stand-alone program or it can be integrated into STEP 7 via an object manager. Motor Starter ES Basic Standard Premium Access through the local interface on the device Parameter assignment Operating Diagnostics -- Creating typicals -- Comparison functions -- Standards-compliant printout -- according to EN ISO 7200 Service data -- (slave pointer, statistics data) Access through -- -- Access through PROFINET -- -- S7 Routing -- -- Teleservice through MPI -- -- STEP 7 object manager -- -- Trace function -- Function available -- Function not available More functions Standards-compliant printouts The software tool greatly simplifies machine documentation. It enables parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200. The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as required. Easy creation of typicals Typicals can be created for devices and applications with only minimum differences in their parameters. These typicals contain all the parameters which are needed for the parameterization. In addition it is possible to specify which of these parameters are fixed and which can be adapted, e.g. by the startup engineer. Teleservice through MPI The Motor Starter ES Premium version supports the use of MPI Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice software and various Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics of the devices. This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance, and it shortens response times for service purposes. /27
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software Motor Starter ES Siemens AG 2011 Overview (continued) Types of delivery and license Motor Starter ES is available as follows: Floating license the license for any one user at any one time - authorizes any one user - regardless of the number of installations (unlike the single license which may be installed only once) - only the actual use of the program has to be licensed - trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program in the Service&Support portal). The following delivery versions are also available for Motor Starter ES 2007: Upgrade Switching from an old to a new version with expanded functions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to Motor Starter ES 2007 Powerpack Special pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard to Premium. Software Update Service To keep you up to date at all times, we offer a special service which automatically supplies you with all service packs and upgrades. License Download User-friendly license key download from our Mall (currently only for customers from Germany) as an easy and quick way for you to receive additional licenses for your software. System requirements Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software Motor Starter ES 2007 For ECOFAST Motor Starter, SIMATIC ET 200S High-Feature Starter, SIMATIC ET 200pro Starter and M200D (AS-I Standard,, PROFINET) Operating system Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2, Service Pack ), Windows 7 Professional (2 Bit), Enterprise (2 Bit), Ultimate (2 Bit) Processor Pentium 800 MHz/ 1 GHz (Windows 7) RAM 512 Mbyte/ 1 GB (Windows 7) Monitor resolution 1 024 x 768 Free space on hard disk 1) 400 MB CD-ROM/DVD drive Yes (only when installing from CD) Serial interface (COM) Yes PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable Yes card/ processor Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through Ethernet interface/profinet card Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFINET 1) Additional free space recommended, e.g. for swap-out file. /274
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software Motor Starter ES Selection and ordering data Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software Motor Starter ES 2007 For ECOFAST Motor Starter, SIMATIC ET 200S High-Feature Starter, SIMATIC ET 200pro Starter and M200D (AS-I Standard,, PROFINET) Version Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD License key download, Class A, no CD Order No. ZS1 10-4CC10-0YA5 ZS1 10-4CE10-0YB5 ZS1 10-4CC10-0YA5 Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD License key download, Class A, no CD Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 2006 Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, communication through the system interface Motor Starter ES 2007 Premium Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface or License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD License key download, Class A, no CD Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 2006 Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface or Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface or Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, communication through the system interface or Note: For description of the software versions see page /27. ZS1 10-5CC10-0YA5 ZS1 10-5CE10-0YB5 ZS1 10-5CC10-0YE5 ZS1 10-5CC10-0YD5 ZS1 10-5CC10-0YL5 ZS1 10-6CC10-0YA5 ZS1 10-6CE10-0YB5 ZS1 10-6CC10-0YE5 ZS1 10-6CC10-0YD5 ZS1 10-6CC10-0YL5 /275
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software Motor Starter ES Siemens AG 2011 Accessories Version Order No. Optional accessories For ET 200S High-Feature motor starters 2DI 24 V DC COM control module For ET 200S High-Feature starter, Failsafe starter A RK1 90-0CH10 LOGO! PC cables 6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0 For ET 200pro and MD200D motor starters RK1 90-0CH10 RS22 interface cables Serial data connection between ET 200pro MS/FC, M200D and laptop/pc/pg or MS For ECOFAST High-Feature motor starters (interface cable) RK1 922-2BP00 PC cables RK1 911-0BN20 USB/serial adapters To connect a serial PC cable (for connection to the serial PC interface / RS 22), we recommend using modular safety system RK, soft starter RW44, ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starter, AS-i safety monitor and AS-i analyzer in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro UF7 UF7 946-0AA00-0 /276
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software SIRIUS Motor Starter Function Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Overview With the SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 function block library, SIRIUS ET 200S motor starters (direct-on-line and reversing starters, direct-on-line soft starters) can be easily and simply integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 function block library contains the diagnostics and driver blocks corresponding to the SIMATIC PCS 7 diagnostics and driver concept as well as the elements (symbols and faceplates) required for operator control and process monitoring. Integrated functionality for optimal process control for all process control systems In addition to the general sensor technology, the motor feeder data is increasingly being integrated into the process control system. By integrating the SIRIUS ET 200S motor starter into the process control system, it becomes possible to prevent errors in the motor feeder simply and reliably, or to detect these errors quickly and rectify them. Downtimes are reduced to a minimum or can be prevented before they happen. For example, the output and display of the key measured values established by the motor starter also represent a good aid to the assessing and monitoring of the current system status. Easy integration with the PCS 7 function block library The PCS 7 function block library can be used for simple and user-friendly integration of ET 200S motor starters into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The focus here is on simple configuration. The function of the blocks is based on the PCS 7 standard libraries and is optimally tailored to the functions of the ET 200S motor starters. Users who have previously integrated motor feeders into conventional technology via signal blocks and motor or valve blocks or, for example, already have experience with SIMOCODE modules, are easily able to switch to ET 200S motor starters. All blocks required for the automation systems are provided by the PCS 7 function block library as are the block symbols and faceplates for the operator station required for monitoring and control. Motor block for the direct control of the drive The low-voltage motors started and protected by ET 200S motor starters (direct on-line and reversing starters, direct-on-line soft starters) can be integrated into the process automation via the motor blocks. This means that they form the interface between the process control system and the motors controlled by the ET 200S motor starters. To reduce the amount of configuration work required, functions for signal processing and technological functions are integrated into one motor block. The current in the motor feeder is detected by the ET 200S motor starter and monitored by the motor protection. The motor current is accessible from the I&C system via the motor blocks. The block symbols and faceplates for the motor blocks display the motor feeders on the operator station and provide all the required information for monitoring and control as well as for detailed diagnostics. Diagnostics blocks for motor starters The diagnostics blocks are made visible by the messages and errors supplied by the motor starter. A key advantage of this is that the motor feeder can be analyzed in a specific way as required. The faceplate for the diagnostics is opened from the motor block faceplate. Faceplate of the motor block Types of delivery and license The SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 function block library supplied on CD-ROM allows the user to run the required engineering software on the engineering station (single license) including the runtime software for executing the AS modules in an automation system (single license). If the AS modules are to be used in additional automation systems, the corresponding number of runtime licenses are required which are supplied without a data carrier. Faceplates for diagnostics /277
Motor starters for operation in the field, high degree of protection Software SIRIUS Motor Starter Function Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Selection and ordering data Version SIRIUS Motor Starter Function Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7 ZS1 60-1XX00-0YA0 Scope of supply: AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS motor starters into the PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V 6.1/V 7.0/V 7.1 Engineering software For one engineering station (single license) including runtime software for execution of the AS module in an automation system (single license), German/English/French, type of delivery: on CD incl. electronic documentation in German/English Order No. ZS1 60-1XX00-0YA0 Runtime software For execution of the AS module in an automation system (single license), type of delivery: License without software and documentation ZS1 60-2XX00-0YB0 Accessories Optional accessories Version Manual for function block library SIRIUS motor starters for SIMATIC PCS 7 For PCS 7 version V 6.1/V 7.0/V 7.1, German GETTING STARTED for function block library SIRIUS motor starters for SIMATIC PCS 7 For PCS 7 version V 6.1/V 7.0/V 7.1, German Order No. ZX1 012-0CS16-0AB0 ZX1 012-0CS16-5AB1 /278
ECOFAST motor starters General data Overview ECOFAST soft starter Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting loads locally. Versions with graded functional scope and with different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional requirements of the process and the constructional boundary conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account. The following are available Single devices for geographically distributed motors and Isolated solutions (ET 200pro) for operating mechanisms installed close together. ECOFAST motor starters are available as reversing starters (mechanical switching) and reversing soft starters (electronic switching), in each case for DP and AS-Interface. The ECOFAST motor starters can be installed close to the motor or mounted on the motor. Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters. Two or four integrated digital inputs enable sensors to be scanned locally. All starters are equipped throughout with standardized interfaces for data and power according to the ECOFAST specification: HanBrid for DP and insulation piercing method for AS-Interface Han Q4/2 for the power supply Han 10e for motor connection The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and T terminal connectors for power to prevent interruption. Note: For further information on ECOFAST, the field and power bus methods for decentral installation in IP65, see Chapter 10 "Energy Communication Field Installation System". The RK1 922-BA00 hand-held device is available for local operation. Detailed technical specifications of the ECOFAST motor starters can be found in the manual "ECOFAST Motor Starters". Motor Starter ES software The Motor Starter ES software serves for the parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics and testing of motor starters. It can be used in graded power versions for ECOFAST motor starters and for the DP and AS-Interface variants (see ECOFAST ES software, page /27). /279
ECOFAST motor starters Motor starters for Motor starters for AS-Interface, Accessories Siemens AG 2011 Selection and ordering data Motor starters for DP Mechanical (for reversing starters) Switching function Motor protection Electronic soft (for reversing soft starters) Motor starters for AS-Interface Mechanical (for reversing starters) Electronic soft (for reversing soft starters) Setting range/ performance range Brake output Order No. Thermistor 0.... 9 A / 4 kw 1) No RK1 0-2AS54-1AA0 400 V AC RK1 0-2AS54-1AA Thermal motor 0.... A/1.1 kw No RK1 0-5BS44-AA0 model 400 V AC RK1 0-5BS44-AA 2.4... 9 A/4 kw No RK1 0-5CS44-AA0 400 V AC RK1 0-5CS44-AA Full motor protection 0.... A/1.1 kw No RK1 0-6BS74-AA0 400 V AC RK1 0-6BS74-AA 2.4... 12 A/5.5 kw No RK1 0-6DS74-AA0 400 V AC RK1 0-6DS74-AA Thermistor 0.... 9 A / 4 kw 1) No RK1 2-2AS54-1AA0 400 V AC RK1 2-2AS54-1AA Thermal motor 0.... A/1.1 kw No RK1 2-5BS44-AA0 model 400 V AC RK1 2-5BS44-AA 2.4... 9 A/4 kw No RK1 2-5CS44-AA0 400 V AC RK1 2-5CS44-AA Full motor protection 0.... A/1.1 kw No RK1 2-6BS74-AA0 400 V AC RK1 2-6BS74-AA 2.4... 12 A/5.5 kw No RK1 2-6DS74-AA0 400 V AC RK1 2-6DS74-AA 1) The range 0.... 9 A is fixed (wide range) and cannot be set or modified manually. Accessories Version Hand-held devices for ECOFAST motor starters, (also for ET 200pro and ET 200S High-Feature) for on-site operation. Order No. RK1 922-BA00 RK1 922-BA00 Serial interface cable for the connection of a programming device/pc with ES motor starter to an ECOFAST starter for AS-Interface for the transmission of configuration data Test plug set for testing the motor starter without communication connection (manual operation) Mounting plate for ECOFAST Retaining bracket on the motor for fixing the mounted motor starter RK1 911-0BN20 RK1 911-2AM00 RK1 911-AA00 /280
ECOFAST motor starters Software ECOFAST ES Overview System requirements ECOFAST ES V 1.4 supports all standard PCs with the Windows operating system. Minimum hardware and software requirements need to be met to work with ECOFAST ES V 1.4; efficient operation is possible with the recommended values. ECOFAST ES for the configuration, calculating and documentation of applications with the ECOFAST motor starter The ECOFAST system is an open and innovative system solution for distributed applications with standardized components when equipping machines and plants for automation, controls and drives. The system therefore offers a high degree of safety and availability during operation in addition to high time and cost savings during planning and commissioning/installation. The ECOFAST system uses the ECOFAST motor starter (see Chapter 9 "Motor starters for use in the field, high degree of protection" --> "ECOFAST motor starters"). The components are connected using the ECOFAST connection method (see Chapter 9 "Motor starters for use in the field, high degree of protection" --> "Energy Communication Field Installation System"). The convenient ECOFAST ES configuring software reduces configuring times even further and enables reliable configuring right from the start. ECOFAST ES reduces errors and effort during the configuration, calculation and documentation of applications. System requirements Min. Recommended Operating system Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional (with service pack) Processor Pentium 800 MHz Pentium 1000 MHz 1) Graphics card Resolution 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 Colors, number 256 True Color Main memory 512 MB RAM > 512 MB RAM Free space At least 50 MB 2) on hard disk CD-ROM drive ) Yes, for the installation of ECOFAST ES V 1.4 1) More powerful platforms may be necessary when working with options. 2) Additional free space recommended, e.g. for swap-out file. ) CD-ROM drive not required for using ECOFAST ES V 1.4. Selection and ordering data ECOFAST ES Version ECOFAST ES, basic package V 1.4 Graphic configuring tool for SIRIUS drive solutions Operator prompting for selecting products Supply system configured according to standards Documentation, parts lists, quantity lists Operating languages: German, English, French Type of delivery: CD, single license Order No. ZS1 200-0CC14-0YA0 ZS1 200-0CC14-0YA0 /281
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data Overview Expansion possibilities SIMOCODE pro C, Basic Unit 1 SIMOCODE pro V, Basic Unit 2 1) Operator panel Operator panel with display -- Current measuring modules Current/voltage measuring -- modules Decoupling module -- Expansion modules: Digital modules (max. 2) -- Failsafe -- digital module (max. 1) 2) Analog module (max. 1) -- Ground-fault module (max. 1) -- Temperature module (max. 1) -- SIMOCODE pro V with current/voltage measuring module, failsafe expansion module and operator panel with display SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made during the construction, startup, operation and maintenance of a system. When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level automation system and the motor feeder and includes the following: Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection which is independent of the automation system Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor control Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data Open communication through DP, the standard for fieldbus systems Safety relay function for the failsafe disconnection of motors up to SIL (IEC 61508/62061) or PL e with Category 4 (ISO 1849-1) SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro parameterization, start-up and diagnostics. Two series SIMOCODE pro is structured into two functionally tiered series: SIMOCODE pro C, a compact system for direct-on-line starters and reversing starters or the actuation of a circuit breaker SIMOCODE pro V, a variable system with all control functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs and functions of the system at will using expansion modules Available -- Not available 1) When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module is used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable per basic unit must be observed, see page /286. 2) The failsafe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital modules. Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and one separate current measuring module. The two modules are connected together electrically through the system interface with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the choice of the current measuring module. An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is optionally connectable through a second system interface on the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be added to basic unit 2 (SIMOCODE pro V) by means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe digital modules it is also possible to integrate the failsafe disconnection of motors into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system. All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total length of all the connection cables in a single system must not be more than m. Connection methods Selection tables for the SIMOCODE pro motor management system can be found on the pages that follow. Screw terminals /282
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data Benefits General customer benefits Integration of the whole motor feeder into the process control by means of a bus significantly reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC Decentralization of the automated processes by means of configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder saves resources in the automation system and ensures full functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus system fails The acquisition and monitoring of operational, service and diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system increases plant availability as well as maintenance and service-friendliness of the feeder The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and space-saving solutions for each customer application The replacement of the control circuit hardware with integrated control functions reduces the number of hardware components and the amount of wiring required and thus limits stock keeping costs and potential wiring errors. The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of service. Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection for rated motor currents up to 820 A SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and delayable protection and monitoring functions: Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection (CLASS 5 to 40) Thermistor motor protection Phase failure/unbalance protection Stall protection Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current Voltage and power monitoring Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding) Ground-fault monitoring Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000 Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts, etc. Recording of measuring curves SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is able, for example, to present the progression of motor current during motor start-up. Flexible motor control by integrated control functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks) Many predefined motor control functions have already been integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic operations and interlocks: Overload relays Direct-on-line and reversing starters Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal) Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing switch); also with direction reversal Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings (also with direction reversal) Positioner actuation Solenoid valve actuation Actuation of a circuit breaker Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal) These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the device (including DP). These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers, edge evaluation, etc.) and with the aid of standard functions (power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.), without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control circuit. SIMOCODE pro dispenses with a lot of additional hardware and wiring in the control circuit, which results in a high level of standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and circuit diagrams. Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data SIMOCODE pro makes different operational, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly downtimes are avoided or kept to a minimum. Operating data Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main circuit All phase currents All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages Active power, apparent power and power factor Phase unbalance and phase sequence Time to trip Motor temperature Remaining cooling time, etc. Service data Motor operating hours Motor downtimes Number of motor starts Number of overload trips Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits Consumed power Internal comments stored in the device, etc. Diagnostics data Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages Internal device fault logging with time stamp Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault messages, etc. /28
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data Benefits (continued) Easy operation and diagnostics Operator panel The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG. Operator panel with display As an alternative to the UF7 20 standard operator panel for SIMOCODE pro V there is also an operator panel with display: the UF7 21 is also able to indicate current measured values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the operator panel can be used to control the motor while at the same time the display indicates current measured values, status information, fault messages or the device-internal fault protocol. Using the display settings each user can select for himself how the measured values are presented as standard and how the displayed unit is converted (e.g. C -> F). Communication SIMOCODE pro is equipped with an integral DP interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) and can therefore replace all individual wiring (including marshalling racks), which would usually be required for exchanging data with the higherlevel automation system, with a single 2-wire cable. In conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU), the DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe digital module also enables failsafe disconnection through the same with the PROFIsafe profile. SIMOCODE pro supports among other things: Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s Automatic baud rate detection Communication with up to masters Time synchronization over (SIMATIC S7) Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1) DPV1 communication after the Y-Link Failsafe communication through /PROFIsafe in conjunction with the DM-F PROFIsafe (F-DO) failsafe digital module, etc. Notes: For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices with communication function see page /288 onwards. For accessories see page /291 onwards. For more information see Catalog IC 10 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS". Autonomous operation An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is independent execution of all protection and control functions even if communication with the I&C system breaks down. If the bus or automation system fails, the full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a predefined response can be initiated, e.g. the feeder can be shut down in a controlled manner or certain configured control mechanisms can be performed (e.g. the direction of rotation can be reversed). SIMOCODE pro is designed for mixed operation Depending on functional requirements, the two systems can be used simultaneously without any problems and without any additional outlay in a low-voltage system. SIMOCODE pro C is fully upward-compatible to SIMOCODE pro V. The same components are used. The parameterization of SIMOCODE pro C can be transferred without any problems. Both systems have the same removable terminals and the same terminal designations. /284
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data Benefits (continued) L1 L2 L Main circuit L N Standard Control circuit Failsafe Automation level /PROFIsafe < 0 > Remote Inputs Inputs Current measuring module Basic unit SIMOCODE pro V DM-F PROFIsafe Operator panel with display Connection cable Feedback circuit SIMOCODE pro -Q1 -Q2 -Q M ~ -Q2 -Q -Q1 Q2 Q Q1 NSA0_01092 Protecting + Monitoring (overload, thermistor, ground fault...) Controlling + Failsafe Disconnecting (including monitoring + locking) Communication (operating, service, diagnostics data + control commands + failsafe disconnection) SIMOCODE pro combines all essential functions, including safety functions, through /PROFIsafe for the motor feeder /285
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data Applications SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement industry) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through detailed operational, service and diagnostics data or to localize any faults very quickly. SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and especially suited for operation in motor control centers (MCC) in the process industry and for power plant technology. Applications Protection and control of motors in potentially explosive areas for types of protection EEx e/d according to ATEX directive 94/9/EC with heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water industries) in high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material processing industry, power plants) Note: For more information on the subject "protection and control of motors in potentially explosive areas" see Catalog IC 10, Chapter "Appendix" --> "Standards and Approvals" --> "Ex Protection Certificates for SIRIUS Controls". Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro The safe disconnection of motors, in the process industry in particular, is becoming increasingly important as a result of new and revised standards and requirements in the safety technology field. With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe expansion modules it is easy to integrate functions for failsafe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of safety functions and operational functions proves particularly advantageous for planning, configuration and construction. Seamless integration into the motor management system leads to greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the system. Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe expansion modules, depending on the requirements: the DM-F Local failsafe digital module for when direct assignment between a failsafe hardware disconnect signal and a motor feeder is required, or the DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe digital module for when a failsafe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the disconnection and transmits it in a failsafe manner through / PROFIsafe to the motor management system More information Configuration instructions when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system, then the following configuration instructions concerning the type and number of connectable expansion modules must be observed. The following tables show the maximum possible configuration of the expansion modules for the various combinations. The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe expansion modules behave like digital modules for standard applications in this situation. Use of an operator panel with display Digital module Available -- Not available Digital module Analog module Temperature module Groundfault module Only operator panel with display for basic unit 2 (24 V DC or 110... 240 V AC/DC) Max. 4 expansion modules can be used Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement with basic unit 2 (110... 240 V AC/DC) Max. expansion modules can be used or: -- -- -- /286
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 General data More information (continued) Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks) Digital module Digital module Analog module Temperature module Groundfault module Basic unit 2 (24 V DC) 1) 1) Basic unit 2 (110... 240 V AC/DC) -- 1) 1) -- -- -- -- -- Available -- Not available 1) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active simultaneously (> s). Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks) in combination with an operator panel with display Digital module Digital module Analog module Temperature module Groundfault module Basic unit 2 (24 V DC) -- -- Basic unit 2 (110... 240 V AC/DC) 2) -- -- -- -- 1) 1) ) -- -- -- -- Available -- Not available 1) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active simultaneously (> s). 2) No bistable relay outputs and no more than of 5 relay outputs active simultaneously (> s). ) Analog module output is not used. Protective separation All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other according to IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can arise in neighboring circuits. The instructions of Test Report No. 2668 must be complied with. Types of protection EEx e and EEx d The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for overload protection of explosion-protected motors to the type of protection: EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to EN 50018 or EN 60079-1 EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to EN 50019 or EN 60079-7. When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or a safety transformer according to EN 61558-2-6. EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001 Test report: BVS PP 05.2029 EG. ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion hazard The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro UF7 motor management system is certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion hazard according to ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining) ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD See Catalog IC 10 "Appendix" --> "Standards and Approvals" --> "Ex Protection Certificates for SIRIUS Controls". Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders Configuration tables according to type of coordination 1 or 2 can be found in the manual "SIRIUS Configuration", Order No.: ZX1 012-0RA21-0AB0, the manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations", order no.: ZX1012-0RA21-1AB0 or the system manual SIMOCODE pro. System manual The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor management system and its functions in detail. It provides information on configuration, start-up, servicing and maintenance. A typical example of a reversing starter application is used to teach the user quickly and practically how to use the system. In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special information for servicing and maintenance. For the selection of equipment and for configuration, it is recommended that the UF7 970-0AA0.-0 system manual be consulted. A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe expansion modules is provided in the system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Failsafe Digital Modules", which can be downloaded from the Internet. Internet More information is available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simocode /287
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Basic units Selection and ordering data Version Current setting Mounting width Screw terminals A mm Order No. SIMOCODE pro UF7 000-1A.00-0 SIMOCODE pro C, Basic unit 1 DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 4 I/ O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, rated control supply voltage U s : 24 V DC UF7 000-1AB00-0 110... 240 V AC/DC SIMOCODE pro V, Basic unit 2 DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 4 I/ O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules, rated control supply voltage U s : UF7 000-1AU00-0 24 V DC UF7 010-1AB00-0 110... 240 V AC/DC UF7 010-1AU00-0 UF7 010-1A.00-0 UF7 100-1AA00-0 UF7 110-1AA00-0 Current measuring modules Straight-through transformers 0.... 45 UF7 100-1AA00-0 2.4... 25 45 UF7 101-1AA00-0 10... 100 55 UF7 102-1AA00-0 20... 200 120 UF7 10-1AA00-0 Busbar connections 20... 200 120 UF7 10-1BA00-0 6... 60 145 UF7 104-1BA00-0 Current/voltage measuring modules For SIMOCODE pro V Voltage measurement up to 690 V if required in connection with a decoupling module Straight-through transformers 0.... 45 UF7 110-1AA00-0 2.4... 25 45 UF7 111-1AA00-0 10... 100 55 UF7 112-1AA00-0 20... 200 120 UF7 11-1AA00-0 Busbar connections 20... 200 120 UF7 11-1BA00-0 6... 60 145 UF7 114-1BA00-0 Decoupling module For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring module on the system interface when using voltage detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded systems and in single-phase systems UF7 150-1AA00-0 UF7 150-1AA00-0 UF7 200-1AA00-0 UF7 210-1AA00-0 Operator panel Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into basic unit, 10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor Operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V 1) Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into basic unit 2, 7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor, multilingual display, e.g. for indication of measured values, status information or fault messages UF7 200-1AA00-0 UF7 210-1AA00-0 1) Only possible with basic unit 2, product version E0 and higher (from 12/2006). /288
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Expansion modules Selection and ordering data (continued) Version Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a connection cable; through the second system interface, further expansion modules or the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is provided by the connection cable through basic unit 2. Note: Please order connection cable separately, see page /291. Digital modules Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external power supply. 4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs, up to 2 digital modules can be connected per basic unit 2 Screw terminals Order No. UF7 00-1AU00-0 Relay outputs Input voltage Monostable 24 V DC UF7 00-1AB00-0 110... 240 V AC/DC UF7 00-1AU00-0 Bistable 24 V DC UF7 10-1AB00-0 Analog module 110... 240 V AC/DC UF7 10-1AU00-0 The basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs and outputs (0/4... 20 ma) by means of the analog module. 2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of 0/4... 20 ma signals, max. 1 analog module can be connected per basic unit 2. UF7 400-1AA00-0 UF7 400-1AA00-0 UF7 500-1AA00-0 Ground-fault module Instead of ground-fault monitoring using the current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules, it may be necessary, especially in high-impedance grounded networks, to implement ground-fault monitoring for smaller ground fault currents using a summation current transformer. 1 input for connecting a summation current transformer UL22, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected per basic unit 2 Note: For related summation current transformers for rated fault currents 0. A, 0.5 A or 1 A see Catalog IC 10. Temperature module Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the basic units, up to analog temperature sensors can be evaluated using a temperature module. Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY8/KTY84 or NTC inputs for connecting up to analog temperature sensors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected per basic unit 2 UF7 500-1AA00-0 UF7 700-1AA00-0 UF7 700-1AA00-0 /289
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Failsafe expansion modules Selection and ordering data (continued) Version Failsafe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V UF7 20-1AB00-0 Thanks to the failsafe expansion modules, SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded by adding the function of a safety relay for the failsafe disconnection of motors. A maximum of 1 failsafe digital module can be connected; it can be used instead of a digital module. The failsafe expansion modules, too, are equipped with two system interfaces at the front for making the connection to other system components. Unlike other expansion modules, power is supplied to the modules through a separate terminal connection. Note: Please order connection cable separately, see page /291. DM-F Local failsafe digital modules 1) For failsafe disconnection using a hardware signal 2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected failsafe; inputs for sensor circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety function adjustable using DIP switches rated control supply voltage U s : Screw terminals Order No. 24 V DC UF7 20-1AB00-0 110... 240 V AC/DC UF7 20-1AU00-0 DM-F PROFIsafe failsafe digital modules 1) For failsafe disconnection using /PROFIsafe 2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected failsafe; 1 input for feedback circuit; binary standard inputs rated control supply voltage U s : 24 V DC UF7 0-1AB00-0 UF7 0-1AB00-0 110... 240 V AC/DC UF7 0-1AU00-0 1) Only possible with basic unit 2, product version E07 and higher (from 05/2011). /290
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Accessories Selection and ordering data (continued) Version Connection cables (essential accessory) UF7 92-0AA00-0 PC cables and adapters UF7 940-0AA00-0 Connection cable In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current measuring module, current/voltage measuring module, operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling module: Length 0.025 m (flat) Important: Only suitable for connecting basic unit 2 to its expansion modules or for connecting expansion modules to each other; only when the front plates finish at the same height! Length 0.1 m (flat) Length 0. m (flat) Length 0.5 m (flat) Length 0.5 m (round) Length 1.0 m (round) Length 2.5 m (round) For PC/PG communication with SIMOCODE pro Through the system interface, for connecting to the serial interface of the PC/PG USB/serial adapters To connect an RS 22 PC cable to the USB port of a PC, we recommend using modular safety system RK, soft starter RW44, ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starter, AS-i safety monitor and AS-i analyzer in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro UF7 Order No. UF7 90-0AA00-0 UF7 91-0AA00-0 UF7 95-0AA00-0 UF7 92-0AA00-0 UF7 92-0BA00-0 UF7 97-0BA00-0 UF7 9-0BA00-0 UF7 940-0AA00-0 UF7 946-0AA00-0 Memory modules The memory module permits the complete parameter assignment of a system to be saved and transferred to a new system, e.g. when a device is replaced, without the need for additional aids or detailed knowledge of the the device UF7 900-0AA00-0 UF7 900-0AA00-0 Interface covers For system interface UF7 950-0AA00-0 UF7 950-0AA00-0 Addressing plugs For assigning the addresses without using a PC or programming device on SIMOCODE pro through the system interface UF7 910-0AA00-0 UF7 910-0AA00-0 Door adapters For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet UF7 920-0AA00-0 UF7 920-0AA00-0 Adapters for operator panel The adapter enables the smaller UF7 20 operator panel from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger UF5 2 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been used; degree of protection IP54 UF7 922-0AA00-0 UF7 922-0AA00-0 /291
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Accessories Selection and ordering data (continued) Labeling strips UF7 925-0AA02-0 Push-in lugs Version For pushbuttons of the UF7 20 operator panel For pushbuttons of the UF7 21 operator panel with display For LEDs of the UF7 20 operator panel Note: Pre-punched labeling strips for user-specific printing using the free inscription software "SIRIUS Label Designer" on a laser printer. Note the software version! Download from www.siemens.com/simocode. Order No. UF7 925-0AA00-0 UF7 925-0AA01-0 UF7 925-0AA02-0 RB19 00-0B For screw fixing e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device Can be used with UF7 1.0, UF7 1.1 and UF7 1.2 RB19 00-0B Can be used with UF7 0, UF7, UF7 4, UF7 5 and UF7 7 RP19 0 Terminal covers RT19 56-4EA1 RT19 56-4EA2 Box terminal blocks Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections Length 100 mm, can be used for UF7 1.-1BA00-0 Length 120 mm, can be used for UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 Covers for box terminals Length 25 mm, can be used for UF7 1.-1BA00-0 Length 0 mm, can be used for UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 Covers for screw terminals Between contactor and current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting Can be used for UF7 1.-1BA00-0 Can be used for UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 For round and ribbon cables RT19 56-4EA1 RT19 66-4EA1 RT19 56-4EA2 RT19 66-4EA2 RT19 56-4EA RT19 66-4EA Up to 70 mm 2, can be used for UF7 1.-1BA00-0 RT19 55-4G Up to 120 mm 2, can be used for UF7 1.-1BA00-0 RT19 56-4G Up to 240 mm 2, can be used for UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 RT19 66-4G RT19 5.-4G Bus termination modules System manuals UF7 970-0AA01-0 With separate control supply voltage for terminating the bus following the last unit on the bus line Supply voltage: 115/20 V AC UF1 900-1KA00 24 V DC UF1 900-1KB00 SIMOCODE pro With token fee Languages: German English French UF7 970-0AA01-0 UF7 970-0AA00-0 UF7 970-0AA02-0 Note: The system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Failsafe Digital Modules" is available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simocode /292
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Accessories Selection and ordering data (continued) SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic Version Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface License key on USB stick, Class A License key download, Class A ZS1 12-4CC10-0YA5 SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface, integrated graphics editor License key on USB stick, Class A License key download, Class A Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, communication through the system interface SIMOCODE ES 2007 Premium Floating license for one user Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface or, integrated graphics editor, STEP 7 Object Manager License key on USB stick, Class A License key download, Class A Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface or Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through or the system interface Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, communication through or the system interface Note: Please order PC cable separately, see page /291. For more information see Catalog IC 10 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS". Order No. ZS1 12-4CC10-0YA5 ZS1 12-4CE10-0YB5 ZS1 12-5CC10-0YA5 ZS1 12-5CE10-0YB5 ZS1 12-5CC10-0YE5 ZS1 12-5CC10-0YD5 ZS1 12-5CC10-0YL5 ZS1 12-6CC10-0YA5 ZS1 12-6CE10-0YB5 ZS1 12-6CC10-0YE5 ZS1 12-6CC10-0YD5 ZS1 12-6CC10-0YL5 /29
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices SIMOCODE pro UF7 Accessories Selection and ordering data (continued) Version SIMOCODE pro function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 UF7 982-0AA00-0 Scope of supply: AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system Engineering software for one engineering station (single license) including runtime software for execution of the AS module in an automation system (single license), German/English/French, type of delivery: CD incl. electronic documentation For PCS 7 Version V 6.0 For PCS 7 Version V 6.1 For PCS 7 Version V 7.0 Runtime software For execution of the AS module in an automation system (single license), type of delivery: license without software and documentation For PCS 7 Version V 6.x For PCS 7 Version V 7.x Note: For more information see Catalog IC 10 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualizing for SIRIUS". Siemens AG 2011 Upgrade for PCS 7 function block library SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V6.1 to version SIMOCODE pro V7.0 for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 Version V7.0 (single license), German/English/French, type of delivery: CD incl. electronic documentation Order No. UF7 982-0AA00-0 UF7 982-0AA02-0 UF7 982-0AA10-0 UF7 982-0AA01-0 UF7 982-0AA11-0 UF7 982-0AA1-0 /294
SIMOCODE UF motor management and control devices UF18 current transformers for overload protection Overview The UF18 current transformers are protection transformers and are used for actuating overload relays. Protection transformers are designed to ensure proportional current transfer up to a multiple of the primary rated current. The UF18 current transformers convert the maximum current of the corresponding operating range into the standard value of 1 A secondary. Selection and ordering data Mounting type Operating range Screw terminals A Order No. For stand-alone installation UF18 4 Screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto 5 mm standard mounting rail For mounting onto contactors and stand-alone installation UF18 68 1) The following setting ranges for the protection of EEx e motors are applicable: UF18 4-1BA00, 0.25... 1.25 A; UF18 4-2AA00, 1.25... 6. A; UF18 4-2BA00, 2.5... 12.5 A. 0.25 2.5 1) UF18 4-1BA00 1.25 12.5 1) UF18 4-2AA00 2.5 25 1) UF18 4-2BA00 12.5 50 UF18 45-2CA00 16 65 UF18 47-2DA00 25 100 UF18 48-2EA00 Screw fixing 2 10 UF18 50-AA00 50 200 UF18 52-BA00 6 250 UF18 54-CA00 100 400 UF18 56-DA00 125 500 UF18 57-EA00 160 60 UF18 68-FA00 205 820 UF18 68-GA00 Accessories Terminal covers TX7 466-0A For contactor type Order No. For transformer/contactor combinations and stand-alone installation for transformer (cover required per connection side) UF18 45 TX7 446-0A UF18 48 TX7 466-0A UF18 50, UF18 52 TX7 506-0A UF18 54 to UF18 57 TX7 56-0A UF18 68-FA00 TX7 686-0A UF18 68-GA00 TX7 696-0A For covering the screw terminal for direct mounting on contactor (cover required per contactor/transformer combination) UF18 48 TX7 466-0B UF18 50, UF18 52 TX7 506-0B UF18 54 to UF18 57 TX7 56-0B UF18 68-FA00 TX7 686-0B UF18 68-GA00 TX7 696-0B /295
RK modular safety system Siemens AG 2011 General data Overview SIRIUS RK modular safety system The RK modular safety system (MSS) is a freely parameterizable modular safety relay. Depending on the external circuit version, safety-oriented applications up to Category 4 according to EN 954-1, Performance Level e according to ISO 1849-1 or SIL according to IEC 62061 can be realized. The modular safety relay enables the interconnection of several safety applications. Using the MSS ES graphical parameterization tool it is very easy to create the safety functions as well as their logical links on the PC. For example disconnection ranges, ON-delays, OFF-delays and other dependencies can be defined. With the optional expansion modules, both safety-related and standard, the system is flexibly adapted to the required safety applications. The MSS comprises the following system components: Central module Expansion modules Interface module Diagnostics module Parameterization software Accessories The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as a result. The optional DP interface module transfers diagnostics data to higher-level bus systems (e.g. DP). These data are then available for further processing in the automation system. Connection methods On the following pages you will find selection tables for the modular safety system. Screw terminals Spring-type terminals /296
RK modular safety system Central modules, expansion modules, interface modules, operating and monitoring modules Selection and ordering data RK 111-1AA10 Version Screw terminals Spring-type terminals Central modules RK Basic Central module with safety-orientated inputs and outputs 8 inputs 1 two-channel relay output 1 two-channel solid-state output Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected Note: Memory module RK 91-0AA00 is included in the scope of supply. Expansion modules 4/8 F-DI Safety-related input module 8 inputs 2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO Safety-related input/output module 4 inputs 2 single-channel relay outputs 2/4 F-DI 2F-DO Safety-related input/output module 4 inputs 2 two-channel solid-state outputs 4/8 F-RO Safety-oriented output modules 8 single-channel relay outputs 4 F-DO Safety-oriented output modules 4 two-channel solid-state outputs 8 DI Standard input module 8 inputs 8 DO Standard output module 8 solid-state outputs RK 211-1AA10 RK 221-1AA10 RK 21-1AA10 RK 242-1AA10 Interface modules DP interface DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485, 2 bit cyclic data exchange, acyclic exchange of diagnostics data RK 251-1AA10 RK 11-1AA10 RK 21-1AA10 Order No. RK 111-1AA10 RK 211-1AA10 RK 221-1AA10 RK 21-1AA10 RK 251-1AA10 RK 242-1AA10 RK 21-1AA10 RK 11-1AA10 RK 511-1BA10 RK 511-1BA10 Operating and monitoring modules Diagnostics module RK 611-AA00 -- Order No. RK 111-2AA10 RK 211-2AA10 RK 221-2AA10 RK 21-2AA10 RK 251-2AA10 RK 242-2AA10 RK 21-2AA10 RK 11-2AA10 RK 511-2BA10 RK 611-AA00 Note: Connection cable required, see page /298. /297
RK modular safety system Siemens AG 2011 Accessories Selection and ordering data Version Connection cables (essential accessory) UF7 92-0AA00-0 PC cables and adapters UF7 940-0AA00-0 For connection of Central module to expansion modules or interface module Diagnostic module to central module or interface module Order No. Length 0.025 m (flat) UF7 90-0AA00-0 -- Length 0.1 m (flat) UF7 91-0AA00-0 -- Length 0. m (flat) UF7 95-0AA00-0 -- Length 0.5 m (flat) UF7 92-0AA00-0 -- Length 0.5 m (round) UF7 92-0BA00-0 -- Length 1.0 m (round) UF7 97-0BA00-0 -- Length 2.5 m (round) UF7 9-0BA00-0 PC cable for PC/PG communication with RK modular safety system Through the system interface, for connecting to the serial interface of the PC/PG USB/serial adapters To connect an RS 22 PC cable to the USB port of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with RK UF7 940-0AA00-0 UF7 946-0AA00-0 Interface covers For system interface UF7 950-0AA00-0 UF7 950-0AA00-0 Memory modules For parameterizing the RK modular safety system without a PC/PG through the system interface RK 91-0AA00 RK 91-0AA00 Door adapters For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet UF7 920-0AA00-0 UF7 920-0AA00-0 Push-in lugs For screw fixing e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device Can be used for RK RP19 0 RP19 0 Available -- Not available /298
RK modular safety system Accessories Selection and ordering data (continued) Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software for the RK Runs under Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or ), Windows 7 2 Bit Professional/Ultimate/Business Without PC cable Version Modular Safety System ES 2008 Basic Floating license for one user engineering software in limited-function version for diagnostics purposes, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface License key on USB stick, Class A License key download, Class A Order No. ZS1 14-4CC10-0YA5 ZS1 14-4CE10-0YB5 ZS1 14-4CC10-0YA5 Modular Safety System ES 2008 Standard Floating license for one user engineering software, software and documentation on CD, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface ZS1 14-5CC10-0YA5 License key on USB stick, Class A License key download, Class A Powerpack Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, license key on USB stick, Class A, languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface Software Update Service For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on CD, communication through the system interface ZS1 14-5CC10-0YA5 ZS1 14-5CE10-0YB5 ZS1 14-5CC10-0YD5 ZS1 14-5CC10-0YL5 /299
Energy management Siemens AG 2011 PC-based energy management system Overview Components of the PC-based energy management system Energy management system with the SENTRON product family The SENTRON product family offers the user not only power management software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but also the corresponding hardware in the form of SENTRON measuring devices and WL/VL circuit breakers for the realization of a complete energy management system. The components are optimally coordinated with each other. For example, special drivers for the SENTRON devices are integrated in the powermanager software so that on the one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any great configuration effort and, on the other hand, the most important measured values or states are indicated by predefined displays. This reduces the engineering work for the customer and gives the user the assurance of knowing that the device functions are optimally supported in the software. Benefits Transparency of power flows Exact knowledge of the consumption profile Increase of power efficiency Optimization of power supply contracts Compliance with contractual terms Assignment of power costs to cost centers Optimization of plant maintenance Identification of critical plant conditions User interface of powermanager Energy management software powermanager The energy management software powermanager is at the heart of the PC-based energy management system and is independent energy management software can be operated using a PC and measuring devices with Ethernet connection. is expandable from the simple standard application to a fully flexible customer solution. is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to the software's functions ensures the optimum integration of measuring devices from the 7KM PAC range, WL/VL circuit breakers and other devices. The powermanager energy management software includes a client/server installation for recording, preparing, displaying and archiving power data. These power data are supplied primarily by 7KM PAC measuring devices or WL/VL circuit breakers, which are connected to the system through Ethernet. The powermanager software is available in the "Expert", "Web" and "Distributed Systems" option packs. Application The PC-based energy management system is used wherever power flows need to be transparently displayed and monitored. Industries Energy efficiency thanks to power management with consistent monitoring and the resulting optimisation measures is important for all industries, e.g. in the manufacturing industry, in nonresidential buildings, in the field of services, and in infrastructure projects. This has a particular impact on competitiveness, particularly in view of rising energy prices. System configuration with powermanager Integration of measuring devices by means of predefined device templates for the 7KM PAC family and the WL/VL circuit breakers Easy integration of existing modbus-capable detecting devices Communication through Standard Ethernet Integration of devices with RS485 interface (ModbusRTU) through Modbus gateway, e.g. the 7KM PAC4200 can be used as gateway /00
Energy management PC-based energy management system Applications (continued) System configuration Operation & monitoring Windows or web clients Data processing server Data detection Measuring/protection devices Ethernet Energy management software powermanager Ethernet (Modbus) 7KM 7KM PAC200 PAC4200 Modbus RS485 7KM PAC200 7KM PAC100 WL circuit breaker VL circuit breaker I202_0189b System overview More information Hardware components The hardware components of the PC-based energy management system are the 7KM PAC measuring devices on Page /0 the open WL circuit breakers in Catalog LV 10.1 the VL molded case circuit breakers in Catalog LV 10.1 Software The software for the PC-based energy management system is powermanager, see Catalog LV 10.1, Section "Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON". Internet You can find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/energymanagement /01
Energy management Siemens AG 2011 SIMATIC-based energy management system Overview Archive Operating and monitoring level PROFINET Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC PCS 7 / WinCC, powerrate add-ons and function block libraries SIMATIC S7 Processing level DP Distributed peripherals e.g. ET 200 PROFINET / PROFIenergy Industrial Ethernet Data acquisition and control level Analog and digital signals from contactors, counters, flow meters measuring instruments PAC200/4200 Circuit breaker WL Protection equipment SIPROTEC Motor management Frequency converter Soft starter SIRIUS RW44 system SINAMICS G120 SIMOCODE pro NSH0_00060c SIMATIC-based solutions for the process and manufacturing industry Besides the high level of automation, a key feature of the process and manufacturing industry is a very high power consumption. It is only natural, therefore, to integrate an energy management system in the existing systems. The add-on SIMATIC powerrate for WinCC and PCS 7 makes it possible to provide transparency and control in power distribution and energy costs. Integration of switching, safety and measuring devices For complete integration of low-voltage power distribution components in process and SCADA systems, DP interfaces and function block libraries are available, e.g. the PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC and PCS 7. The software add-ons can therefore be used to display all the data supplied from the devices without major engineering work. PROFINET and PROFIenergy An increasing number of devices in automation technology offer PROFINET. There is also a Switched Ethernet PROFINET module for the 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring device. PROFIenergy is a "Common Application Profile" from the PNO. Thanks to PROFIenergy it is possible to assemble an energy management system with standardized device interfaces. SIMATIC powerrate The SIMATIC powerrate software is at the heart of the SIMATIC-based energy management system and is an add-on to PCS 7 and WinCC which throws light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. continuously collects, archives and processes power data creates a load profile and works out potential savings based on exact knowledge of the load profile. monitors the contractually agreed power limit. enables the exact recording and evaluation of power consumption per batch through batch-related consumption recording. enables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suitable authorization, remote switching. shows selected measurements online and messages from the 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices collects archived data, which can be exported to Excel and presented in various reports. Benefits Increased energy efficiency due to exact knowledge of the load profile Optimization of power supply contracts Assignment of power costs to cost centers Optimization of plant maintenance Identification of critical plant conditions Reliable monitoring of the power limit through automatic load management Application The SIMATIC-based energy management system is used wherever power flows need to be transparently displayed and monitored, and also where it is necessary to effectively intervene above the process control level. Industries SIMATIC powerrate is used in all areas in which PCS 7 or WinCC is used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role. More information Hardware components the 7KM PAC measuring devices on Page /0 the open WL circuit breakers in Catalog LV 10.1 the VL molded case circuit breakers in Catalog LV 10.1 Software components SIMATIC powerrate PCS 7 function block library PAC200 WinCC function block library PAC200 All software components can be found in Catalog LV 10.1. You can find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/energymanagement /02
7KM PAC measuring devices Introduction Overview Precise measuring with 7KM PAC100, PAC200 and PAC4200 The 7KM PAC measuring devices: PAC200 (left), PAC100 (center) and PAC4200 (right) The 7KM PAC measuring devices are used to measure and indicate all relevant network parameters in low-voltage power distribution. They can be used for single-phase measurements as well as for multiphase measurements in and 4-conductor networks (TN, TT, IT). Power values for main distribution boards, electrical feeders or individual loads are recorded precisely and reliably, and important measured values are supplied in addition for assessing the state of the plant and the quality of the network. More information More information is available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/energymanagement Benefits 7KM PAC measuring device, general The common features of all power monitoring devices in the 7KM PAC series: Simple mounting and commissioning High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed) permits usage in extremely dusty and wet environments Intuitive operation using 4 function buttons and multilingual plain text displays Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and optional - Digital inputs and outputs - Communication interfaces Worldwide use - Min. 8 languages - International approvals - Developed and tested to European and international standards Low mounting depth 7KM PAC200 and 7KM PAC4200 measuring device Additional performance characteristics of the 7KM PAC200 and 7KM PAC4200: Precise energy recording Versatile system integration - Integrated Ethernet interface - Optional communication modules available - Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs - Limit value monitoring Can be connected directly to power supply networks up to 690 V AC (UL-L), CATIII without voltage transformers. Easy-to-use configuration software included as standard 7KM PAC4200 measuring device Additional performance characteristics of the 7KM PAC4200: Monitoring the plant status and the system quality - Basic information for evaluating network quality - Logging of plant history in the form of operation, control and system-related events Recording of the power range through power averaging (load profile) Daily energy meters for apparent, active and reactive energy across 65 days for cut-off date assessment Detection of gas, water, compressed air or other energy sources via pulse counter to the digital inputs Can be expanded using modules to up to 10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs Meters for apparent, active and reactive energy for the precise detection of the power consumption of a partial process or manufacturing process 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface with gateway function for the easy connection of devices with serial RS485 interface via expansion module PAC RS485 to an Ethernet network Comprehensive convenience indicators, such as user-defined displays, bar and status indicators, phase diagram and list and histogram graphics Satisfies the accuracy requirements of class 0.2S high-precision meters used by power supply companies according to IEC 6205-22, which are normally reserved for exacting industrial applications /0
7KM PAC measuring devices Siemens AG 2011 7KM PAC100 measuring devices Selection and ordering data 7KM 1-0BA00-AA0 Version 7KM PAC100 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range U AUX : 100 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 110 250 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 480/277 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /5 A Order No. Screw terminals 7KM 1-0BA00-AA0 Accessories For PAC 100/200/4200 Version 7KM PAC TMP2 mounting plate double-tiered adapter for mounting a measuring device on standard mounting rail Display faces forward for possible manual intervention Order No. 7KM9 900-0XA00-0AA0 7KM9 900-0XA00-0AA0 7KM PAC TMP mounting plate Adapter for mounting a measuring device on standard mounting rail Display faces backwards towards standard mounting rail Read-out and evaluation of measurements solely via mains operation 7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0 7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0 More information Current transformers Suitable current transformers can be found in the Catalog LV 10.1 under "Molded case circuit breakers" In the Industry Mall, section "Industry Automation and Drive Technologies --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology" --> "Protection Equipment " --> "Molded Case Circuit Breakers" --> "VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers" --> "VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A" --> "Accessories and Spare Parts" Software components For more information about the software components see Catalog LV 10.1 and on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/energymanagement /04
7KM PAC measuring devices 7KM PAC200 measuring devices Selection and ordering data 7KM2 112-0BA00-AA0 Version 7KM PAC200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range U AUX : 95 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 110 40 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A 7KM PAC200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage U AUX : 22 65 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A Order No. Screw terminals 7KM2 112-0BA00-AA0 Screw terminals 7KM2 111-1BA00-AA0 7KM2 111-1BA00-AA0 7KM PAC200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Cable lug terminals for connecting current and voltage AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range U AUX : 95 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 110 40 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A Ring terminal lug connection 7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0 7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0 More information For accessories and information about current transformers and software components see Page /04 /05
7KM PAC measuring devices Siemens AG 2011 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices Selection and ordering data NSG0_0020 7KM4 112-0BA00-AA0 NSG0_0020 7KM4 112-1BA00-AA0 Version 7KM PAC4200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range U AUX : 95 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 110 40 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A 7KM PAC4200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage U AUX : 22 65 V DC ± 10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A 7KM PAC4200 measuring device Control panel flush-mounting instrument 96 mm x 96 mm Cable lug terminals for connecting current and voltage AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range U AUX : 95 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz 110 40 V DC ±10 % Measuring inputs U e : max. AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz I e : /1 A or /5 A Order No. Screw terminals 7KM4 212-0BA00-AA0 Screw terminals 7KM4 212-1BA00-AA0 Ring terminal lug connection 7KM4 212-0BA00-2AA0 7KM4 112-0BA00-2AA0 More information For accessories and information about current transformers and software components see Page /04 /06
7KM PAC measuring devices Expansion modules for 7KM PAC measuring devices Overview From left to right: Expansion module 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET Expansion module 7KM PAC DP Expansion module 7KM PAC RS485 Expansion module 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO Expansion modules act as communication interfaces for 7KM measuring devices. Communication modules are plugged in at the back of the measuring device. The device identifies the module automatically and presents the parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the parameterization menu. 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module The 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module is a plug-in communication module for the 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices. Standardized PROFIenergy interface to the measured variables. The measured variables can be individually selected using a GSDML file. This enables the use of cost-effective S7-CPUs. Easy parameter assignment using the device display and STEP 7. Integrated Ethernet Switching permits networking with short cables without additional switches. Direct integration in production machine networks using IRT (IRT = Isochronous-Real-Time). Full support of PROFINET IO (DHC, DNS, SNMP, SNTP). Device replacement without PG in the PROFINET network using LLDP. Deterministic reversing time through ring redundance (MRP). Modbus TCP for communication with 7KM powermanager or powerconfig. 2 x Ethernet (RJ45) sockets. Baud rates 10 and 100 Mbit/s. Protocols PROFINET IO, PROFIenergy and Modbus TCP. No external auxiliary power necessary. Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the module. All measurement variables from 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 are individually selected and cyclically transmitted by means of the GSDML file. This enables optimum use of the process image of the PROFINET controller, e.g. CPU 15-2 PN/DP of SIMATIC S7. The measured variables can be read out in acyclic mode using PROFIenergy, a PNO protocol profile. Thanks to PROFIenergy it is possible to assemble an energy management system with devices from various manufacturers using PROFINET. 7KM PAC DP expansion module The PAC DP expansion module has the following features: Pluggable communication modules for 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parameterization software Using DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic and acyclic modes Easy engineering thanks to integration into SIMATIC STEP 7 and/or simple integration via GSD file for other programming systems Optimum use of process image of a control for selection of individual measurment values for cyclical transfer All baud rates from 9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s are supported Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to IEC 61158 No external auxiliary power necessary Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the module /07
7KM PAC measuring devices Expansion modules for 7KM PAC measuring devices Siemens AG 2011 Overview (continued) 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module The 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module has the following features: Pluggable 7KM PAC RS485 communication module for 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parameterization software Support for the Modbus RTU protocol Plug and play Baud rates 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 8.4 kbit/s are supported. Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals No external auxiliary power necessary Status indication by LED on the module The 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module is required for the gateway function of the 7KM PAC4200 to achieve simple devices with RS485 interface, such as the 7KM PAC100, via Ethernet (Modbus TCP). 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module The 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module is used to expand the 7KM PAC4200 measuring device to up to 10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs. It offers the following features: Up to two 7KM 4DI/2DO modules can be plugged onto a PAC4200. The 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO modules mean that the internal digital inputs and outputs can be expanded by up to 8 inputs and 4 outputs. The 4DI/2DO expansion modules can be parameterized via the front of the device or via the powerconfig configuration software. The digital inputs can be used without external voltage sources. They are self-powered. All functions of the integrated multifunctional inputs/outputs on the 7KM PAC4200 are also available in the 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module. Inputs and outputs can be used as an S0 interface conforming to IEC 6205-1. The connection is made via a 9-pole screw terminal. No external auxiliary power supply is required. Selection and ordering data Version 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module Expansion module for 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 (PROFIenergy) Order No. 7KM9 00-0AE00-0AA0 7KM9 00-0AE00-0AA0 7KM PAC DP expansion module Expansion module for 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 ( DPV1) 7KM9 00-0AB00-0AA0 7KM9 00-0AB00-0AA0 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module Expansion module for 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 (Modbus RTU) 7KM9 00-0AM00-0AA0 7KM9 00-0AM00-0AA0 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module Expansion module for 7KM PAC4200 7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0 7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0 More information Software components For more information about the software components see Catalog LV 10.1 and on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/energymanagement /08
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC General data Overview SIMATIC powerrate SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is an add-on to PCS 7 and WinCC which throws light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and processes in order to introduce measures for improving power efficiency Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of process design Optimizing the company according to energy parameters based on an assessment of consumption and costs Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments. SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200, SENTRON PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC The function block libraries enable the seamless integration of the 7KM PAC200 power monitoring device into the PSC 7 process world or into WinCC. WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 The WL/VL function block library enables the seamless integration of the WL/VL circuit breaker in the PSC 7 process world. /09
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC SIMATIC powerrate Siemens AG 2011 Overview SIMATIC powerrate is an add-on to PCS 7 and WinCC which throws light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power data are continuously collected, archived and processed further. With an exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possible to identify savings potential, optimize your power supply conditions and hence lower your power costs. Monitoring the contractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to prevent unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the other hand to make full use of the fixed power limit. Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact recording and evaluation of power consumption per batch. The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs enables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suitable authorization, remote switching. If connection is through DPV1 or PROFINET selected measured values and messages from the 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices can be displayed online. Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC powerrate can be exported to Excel and presented in various reports. Support for the WinCC Web Navigator means that the SIMATIC powerrate functionality is also available over the web. Full integration in PCS 7 and WinCC makes it easy to use standard interfaces or standard functionalities from PCS 7 or WinCC. Components SIMATIC powerrate is made up of the following components: Function blocks for the acquisition and processing of power data Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data Components for implementing load management (calculating trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads) Function blocks for batch-related consumption recording Function blocks for the integration of measuring devices and switches Other components, for example for time synchronization, data buffering or data exchange with archives Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values (e.g. for configuration or from manual measured values) Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers, for batch-related evaluation and for determining and presenting the duration curve Exporting data to Excel System requirements The SIMATIC powerrate library is released for the following PCS 7 versions: SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 SP2 SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 SP1 SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 The library is released for the following WinCC version with the associated STEP 7 versions: SIMATIC WinCC V7.0 SP2 /10
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC SIMATIC powerrate Benefits Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and processes in order to introduce measures for improving power efficiency Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of process design Optimizing the company according to energy parameters based on an assessment of consumption and costs Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments Integration of the SENTRON 7KM PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices, with a quick overview of selected measured values and signals Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and switching possibilities Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of certain work processes through batch-related consumption recording Applications SIMATIC powerrate is used in all areas in which PCS 7 or WinCC is used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role. Full integration into PCS 7 or WinCC means that there is no need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components, with interfaces which enable customized expandability. Selection and ordering data Version SIMATIC powerrate V 4.0 Trial license Limited 0 day Engineering-/Runtime license Unlimited Engineering and AS-Runtime license 1) Also includes: License for user/archive PAC200 function block library for PCS7 and WinCC PAC200 function block library, WL/VL for PCS 7 Order No. 6AV6 72-1DE04-0AX7 6AV6 72-1DE04-0AX0 SIMATIC powerrate V4.0 upgrade from V.0 to V 4.0 Unlimited Engineering and 6AV6 72-1DE04-0AX4 AS-Runtime license 1) Also includes: License for user/archive PAC200 function block library for PCS7 and WinCC PAC200 function block library, WL/VL for PCS 7 1) For operation on one WinCC / PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and any number of automation systems (AS). A license is required for each WinCC / PCS 7 single workstation system or server if using additional WinCC single workstation systems or servers. More information Information about using SIMATIC powerrate is available from Siemens AG, Technical Support Tel.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 222 Fax.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 22 www.siemens.com/automation/support-request You can find further general information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem /11
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200 Siemens AG 2011 Overview Benefits Full integration of 7KM PAC200 power monitoring device in the PCS 7 process control system through DPV1 using a certified PCS 7 add-on module Read-out and display of device data Input of limit values for monitoring by the driver block Resetting of values on the device (min/max values) The PCS 7 function block library SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200 for the 7KM PAC200 measuring device enables the seamless integration of the measuring device into the PCS 7 process world. It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the process control system, generate signals and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of PCS 7. Faceplates Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable technologically important values and functions of the 7KM PAC200 measuring device to be displayed and performed as a PCS 7 object. Both between the faceplates and the function blocks and between the function blocks and the 7KM PAC200 measuring device, on the system side there are bidirectional communication connections that support the display of values in the faceplates and the forwarding of input data to the device. This transforms the 7KM PAC200 power monitoring device into an integral component of PCS 7. The operating systems supported are the same as those for the SIMATIC PCS 7. Applications SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200 is used in all areas in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no need for a separate system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components. For challenging measurements the 7KM PAC4200 can also be used in the functional scope of the PAC200. In addition to the cyclic connection, there is also an acyclic connection for pure visualization tasks. The process image of the SIMATIC CPUs can be used more efficiently with the acyclic connection. Selection and ordering data SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP, PCS 7 V 7.0 SP and PCS 7 V7.1 without and with SP1/SP2 Version Order No. SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC200 1) Engineering license ZS2 781-1CC11-0YG0 For operation on one PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and an automation system (AS). When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license for each PCS 7 OS. Runtime license ZS2 781-1CC10-6YH0 For operation on an additional AS 1) For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see http://support.automation.siemens.com /12
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Overview Benefits Full integration of the WL/VL circuit breaker into the PCS 7 process control system through DPV1 using a certified PCS 7 add-on module Remote switching and monitoring Read-out of maintenance information Automatic information in case of overload, short circuit and faults Read-out and display of device data Limit monitoring by the driver block Resetting of values on the device (min/max values) The PCS 7 WL/VL function block library enables the simple and seamless integration of the WL/VL circuit breaker into the PSC 7 process world. It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply current, power and energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the process control system, generate signals and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of PCS 7. Faceplates Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and make it easy for the circuit breaker to be displayed and operated as a PCS 7 object. The WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 provides for continual plant transparency. Critical plant states are recognized quickly and costs due to outages avoided. System availability is permanently increased. This transforms the circuit breaker into an integral component of PCS 7. The operating systems supported are the same as those for the SIMATIC PCS 7. Applications The WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 is used in all areas in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no need for a separate system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components. Selection and ordering data SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP and PCS 7 V 7.1 without and with SP1/2 Version Order No. WL/VL function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 1) Engineering license ZS2 782-1CC10-0YG0 For operation on one PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and one automation system (AS). When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license for each PCS 7 OS. Runtime license For operation on an additional AS ZS2 782-1CC10-6YH0 1) For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see http://support.automation.siemens.com /1
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC Overview Benefits Full integration of the 7KM PAC200 measuring device in SIMATIC WinCC through DPV1 The function block library is a certified WinCC add-on module Read-out and display of device data Input of limit values for monitoring by the driver block Resetting of values on the device (min/max values) The PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC enables the seamless integration of the 7KM PAC200 power monitoring device into WinCC. It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of WinCC, generate signals and guarantee connection to the signaling system of WinCC. Faceplates Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable technologically important values and functions of the 7KM PAC200 power monitoring device to be displayed and performed in WinCC. Both between the faceplates and the function blocks and between the function blocks and the 7KM PAC200 measuring device, on the system side there are bidirectional communication connections that support the display of values in the faceplates and the forwarding of input data to the device. This makes the 7KM PAC200 measuring device an integral component of WinCC. System requirements The SENTRON PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC is released for WinCC V 7.0 WinCC V 7.0 SP2 WinCC options AS-OS Engineering and Basic Process Control must be installed. The function block library is available for S7-00, S7-400 and WinAC RTX. At least one S7 CPU17-2DP is required for use in the S7-00 area. At least one S7 CPU414-2 is required for use in the S7-400 area. Supported operating systems are the same as for SIMATIC WinCC. Applications The PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC is used in all areas in which WinCC is used. Predefined function blocks and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified product components. For challenging measurements the 7KM PAC4200 can also be used in the functional scope of the PAC200. In addition to the cyclic connection, there is also an acyclic connection for pure visualization tasks. The process image of the SIMATIC CPUs can be used more efficiently with the acyclic connection. Selection and ordering data SIMATIC WinCC V 7.0 and WinCC V 7.0 SP 2 Version Order No. SENTRON PAC200 function block library for SIMATIC WinCC 1) Engineering license ZS2 791-1CC11-0YG0 For operation on one WinCC OS (single workstation system or server) and one automation system (AS). When using additional WinCC OS devices, you need an engineering license for each WinCC OS. Runtime license ZS2 791-1CC10-6YH0 For operation on an additional AS 1) For currently-supported SIMATIC WinCC versions see http://support.automation.siemens.com /14
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON General data Overview powermanager Energy management software for the SENTRON-based energy management system with the following main points: to identify savings potential to reduce power costs to ensure power availability powerconfig Commissioning and service tool for communication-capable SENTRON measuring devices and circuit breakers with following main points: Makes the parametrization of the devices easier, which gives rise to a considerable time saving, particularly when several devices have to be set up. With powerconfig the WL and VL circuit breakers and the 7KM PAC100 / PAC200 / PAC4200 measuring devices can be parameterized, documented, operated and monitored using various communication interfaces. /15
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON powermanager Siemens AG 2011 Overview Components of the PC-based energy management system Energy management system with the SENTRON product family The SENTRON product family offers the user not only energy management software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but also the corresponding hardware in the form of SENTRON measuring devices and WL/VL circuit breakers for the realization of a complete energy management system. The components are optimally coordinated with each other. For example, special drivers for the SENTRON devices are integrated in the powermanager software so that on the one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any great configuration effort and, on the other hand, the most important measured values or states are indicated by predefined displays. This reduces the engineering work for the customer and gives the user the assurance of knowing that the device functions are optimally supported in the software. Features of powermanager The energy management software powermanager is at the heart of the PC-based energy management system and is independent energy management software can be operated using a PC and measuring devices with Ethernet connection. is expandable from the simple standard application to a fully flexible customer solution. is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to the software's functions ensures the optimum integration of measuring devices from the 7KM PAC range, WL/VL circuit breakers and other devices. User interface of powermanager Standard package and options packs Even in the standard package powermanager covers the normal requirements. With this package the user receives easy-tooperate power management software which enables the data detected by the measuring devices to be read out, presented, archived and processed in basic evaluations. With the "Expert" option pack the user receives full flexibility for the presentation of graphic interfaces (e.g. single line presentations) in order to integrate his own images and devices. With the "Web" option pack, data/images can be presented using a web browser. With the "Distributed Systems" option pack it is possible to connect several distributed powermanager servers to form one complete system. This means, firstly, that distributed sites can be managed from a single location and, secondly, that the number of usable devices can thus be increased. The system is, of course, expandable to the extent that it allows the customer to begin with the basic functionality of the powermanager and add the "Expert" option pack at a later date. Existing data and configurations can still be used after upgrading. Benefits Transparency of power flows Exact knowledge of the consumption profile Increase of power efficiency Optimization of power supply contracts Compliance with contractual terms Assignment of power costs to cost centers Optimization of plant maintenance Identification of critical plant conditions /16
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON powermanager Application Applications The product offers a standard power management solution which provides the user with the following basic functionality: Collection of measured quantities from the devices Presentation of the measured quantities from the devices in table form in a predefined standard view for 7KM PAC100, PAC200 and PAC4200 measuring devices and WL/VL circuit breakers Free presentation of measured quantities possible, including from non-siemens devices using generic Modbus drivers Archiving of measured quantities Monitoring of status and limits, with generation of corresponding signals Reserve curve display for visualizing the achieved data and online data Cost center reports based on predefined rates and the archived consumption data OPC server Configuration of the system including user management This standard solution is designed with cost-efficiency and simple system start-up in mind. System configuration Operation & monitoring Windows or web clients Data processing server Ethernet Energy management software powermanager Ethernet (Modbus) Data detection Measuring/protection devices 7KM PAC200 7KM PAC4200 Modbus RS485 7KM PAC200 7KM PAC100 WL circuit breaker VL circuit breaker I202_0189b System configuration Integration of measuring devices by means of predefined device templates for the 7KM PAC family and the WL/VL circuit breakers Easy integration of existing modbus-capable detecting devices Communication through Standard Ethernet Integration of devices with RS485 interface (ModbusRTU) through Modbus gateway, e.g. the 7KM PAC4200 can be used as gateway Industries Energy efficiency thanks to power management with consistent monitoring and the resulting optimisation measures is important for all industries, e.g. in the manufacturing industry, in nonresidential buildings, in the field of services, and in infrastructure projects. This has a particular impact on competitiveness, particularly in view of rising energy prices. System requirements Hardware requirements Processor: Intel Pentium IV 2.8 GHz (or better) RAM: at least 2 GB Hard disk: at least 1 GB free Graphics: VGA with at least 1280 x 1024 pixels and 16-bit color intensity Supported operating systems Windows Vista: Business, Ultimate; SP1 Windows XP: XP with SP2/SP Windows 200: Server 200 Server (2-bit) Supported Excel versions (required for reporting) Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 200, Excel 2007 /17
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON powermanager Siemens AG 2011 Selection and ordering data Version powermanager V 2.0 Trial license up to 10 devices inc. "Expert" and "Web" option packs full product license limited to 0 days Full product license, Lean up to 10 devices Full product license, Standard up to 50 devices Full product license, Advanced up to 100 devices Full product license, Maximum up to 200 devices Upgrade license from Lean to Standard Upgrade license from Standard to Advanced Upgrade license from Advanced to Maximum Option pack "Up to 5 Clients" Expansion up to 5 clients Option pack "From 5 to 10 Clients" Expansion from 5 to 10 clients (Requirement: Option pack "Up to 5 Clients") Option pack "Expert" Option for creating and presenting any number of freely configured images Option pack "Web" Option for access over the web (e.g. Internet Explorer) for up to 10 clients Option pack "Distributed Systems (2)" Option for the connection of 2 autonomous powermanager systems for the exchange of measured values and alarms Option pack "Distributed Systems (5)" Option for the connection of 5 autonomous powermanager systems for the exchange of measured values and alarms Option pack "Distributed Systems (10)" Option for the connection of 10 autonomous powermanager systems for the exchange of measured values and alarms Order No. ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA7 ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA0 ZS2 712-0CC20-0YA0 ZS2 71-0CC20-0YA0 ZS2 714-0CC20-0YA0 ZS2 712-0CC20-0YD0 ZS2 71-0CC20-0YD0 ZS2 714-0CC20-0YD0 ZS2 710-CC20-0YH0 ZS2 710-4CC20-0YH0 ZS2 710-2CC20-0YH0 ZS2 710-1CC20-0YH0 ZS2718-1CC00-0YH0 ZS2718-2CC00-0YH0 ZS2718-CC00-0YH0 More information You can find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem /18
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON powerconfig Overview Setting the parameters of a SENTRON device Display of current measured variables (harmonic) The powerconfig software is the new combined commissioning and service tool for communication-capable SENTRON measuring devices and circuit breakers. The PC-based tool makes the parametrization of the devices easier, which gives rise to a considerable time saving, particularly when several devices have to be set up. With powerconfig the WL and VL circuit breakers and the SENTRON measuring devices with expansion modules can be parameterized, documented, operated and monitored using various communication interfaces. Benefits Application Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in System requirements one software Documentation of measured values and settings Clear presentation of the available parameters including plausibility testing of the inputs Display of the available device statuses and measured values in standardized views Project-oriented storage of device data Consistent operation and usability Support of the various device communication interfaces (Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP) Supported languages: English and German Read-out and saving of device recordings (device-dependent) Required framework: Update of the device firmware and loading of language packs (device-dependent) Microsoft.NET V.5 SP1 No programming knowledge required for operation More information Communication via and PROFINET and connection to STEP 7 (in preparation) Hardware requirements Processor: Intel Pentium III, 1 GHz (or better) RAM: at least 512 MB Hard disk: at least 1 GB free Color monitor with a minimum resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels Supported operating systems Microsoft Windows XP Prof. 2Bit SP. MUL OS Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (2Bit) Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate (2Bit) Microsoft Windows 7 Home Basic (2Bit) powerconfig is available free of charge at http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/en/50241697 You can find more information on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sentron /19
SIMATIC identification systems Communication modules ASM 456, SIMATIC RF160C Overview Siemens AG 2011 The cost-efficient ASM 456 and SIMATIC RF160C communication modules are stand-alone DP slaves used to operate the RFID systems MOBY D/U and SIMATIC RF200 / RF00 / RF600 as well as the MV400 code reading systems via DP: SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software) SINUMERIK PC, IPC, non-siemens PLC SIMOTION (with integrated software library) Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they are particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular structure with different connection systems allows them to be used in all applications. The uniform plug-in connection system ensures rapid commissioning. ASM 456 communication module, SIMATIC RF160C /20
SIMATIC identification systems Communication modules ASM 456, SIMATIC RF160C Ordering data Order No. Order No. ASM 456 communication module For connecting 2 readers to DP-V1 SIMATIC RF160C communication module For connecting 2 readers to DP-V0 Accessory: ECOFAST connection ECOFAST connection block ECOFAST HYBRID plug 180 With male insert (5-pack) With female insert (5-pack) ECOFAST termination plug with terminating resistors ECOFAST hybrid cable (assembled) 1) ECOFAST hybrid cable (non-assembled) Accessory: M12, 7/8'' connection M12 connection block, 7/8'' M12 terminating resistor for Pack of 5, 1 pack minimum order quantity, price per pack. cable with M12 connectors assembled 1) Supply voltage cable with 7/8" connectors assembled 1) FC standard cable non-assembled M12 connector Pack of 5, 1 pack minimum order quantity, price per pack. With male insert With female insert 7/8" connector for voltage Pack of 5, 1 pack minimum order quantity, price per pack With male insert With female insert 7/8" cover caps for unused 24 V extension, pack of 10, 1 pack minimum order quantity, price per pack Energy cable 5 x 1.5 not assembled, stranded wire, trailing capability; minimum order quantity 20 m 6GT2 002-0ED00 6GT2 002-0EF00 6ES7 194-AA00-0AA0 6GK1 905-0CA00 6GK1 905-0CB00 6GK1 905-0DA10 6XV1 80-7Bxxx 6XV1 80-7AH10 6ES7 194-AA00-0BA0 6GK1 905-0EC00 6XV1 80-Dxxx 6XV1 822-5Bxxx 6XV1 80-0EH10 6GK1 905-0EA00 6GK1 905-0EB00 6GK1 905-0FA00 6GK1 905-0FB00 6ES7 194-JA00-0AA0 6XV1 80-8AH10 1) These cables are available in varying lengths Accessories for RFID Reader cable for MOBY U PUR material, CMG approved, suitable for cable carriers 2 m 6GT2 091-4FH20 5 m 6GT2 091-4FH50 Reader cable for MOBY D 6GT2 691-4FH20 PUR material, CMG approved, suitable for cable carriers, 2 m Reader cable for SIMATIC RF200 / RF00 / RF600 / MV400 Or extension cable MOBY U/D and SIMATIC RF200 / RF00 / RF600 / MV400, PUR material, CMG approved, suitable for cable carriers, straight connector 2 m 6GT2 891-4FH20 5 m 6GT2 891-4FH50 10 m 6GT2 891-4FN10 20 m 6GT2 891-4FN20 50 m 6GT2 891-4FN50 2 m, plug angled at reader 6GT2 891-4JH20 M12 sealing caps RX9 802-0AA00 for unused reader connections 10 units minimum order quantity, price per 100 units DVD "RFID Systems S oftware & Documentation" 6GT2 080-2AA20 Note: You can find more information in Catalog ID 10 and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /21
SIMATIC Identification systems Code reading system SIMATIC VS10-2 Siemens AG 2011 Overview The SIMATIC VS10-2 has been specially developed for reading Data Matrix Codes (DMC) ECC200 in industrial environments. It can, however, also read other 2D codes and 1D codes. The SIMATIC VS10-2 combines industry-standard code reading with industry-standard communication and PROFINET (optionally). The reader is perfectly integrated into the SIMATIC S7 automation environment using a standardized function block The SIMATIC VS10-2 reads codes on many different components and surfaces, such as paper or plastic labels, plastic parts, printed circuit boards, metallic objects. The SIMATIC VS10-2 reads codes of marked using different methods, e.g. printed, punched, lasered, drilled. No parameters have to be entered by the user for adapting to the different carrier materials and marking types. "Training" is performed automatically by presenting a readable code pattern. Programming and parameterization are not required. The user parameterizes the SIMATIC VS10-2 by means of a web-based user interface which runs on various platforms with the following requirements: Browser (IE5.5 and higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN). The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling the device from an HMI device. The specified conditions also apply in this case regarding the browser and JAVA-VM. The SIMATIC VS10-2 offers a remote maintenance concept via a web-based user interface can be remote-controlled via integrated digital inputs, or PROFINET IO is available as a complete package in several variants for different code sizes is available in 6 language versions (operator interface, manual and online help are available in German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, and Chinese). Readable codes 1D codes (barcodes) Code 9, Code 128, Interleave 2/5, EAN1. 2D codes Data matrix code (DMC) according to ECC200, QR (alphanumeric characters; without sub-variants: truncated, macro, micro), PDF417 (without subvariants: macro, micro). /22
SIMATIC Identification systems Code reading system SIMATIC VS10-2 Ordering data Order No. Order No. SIMATIC VS10-2 Lenses See separate section "Lenses" on page /26 Complete package for object inspection; comprising sensor head, LED incident light (ring lamp 6GF9 004-8BA), processing unit and the following cables: Cable between processing unit and sensor head, for lengths see below Cable between lighting and processing unit (except for reading system with variable field of view), for length see below Cable for power supply, length 10 m Cable for connecting digital I/O devices, length 10 m Incl. documentation package for SIMATIC VS10-2. Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 10-1BA - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 10-1BA01 Field of view 40 mm x 0 mm - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 10-2BA - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 10-2BA01 Field of view 20 mm x 15 mm - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 10-4BA - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 10-4BA01 Variable field of view with 640 x 480 pixels and prepared for IP65 protective housing (note: Delivery without light and light cable). - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 10-BB - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 10-BB01 Variable field of view with 1024 x 768 pixels and prepared for IP65 protective housing (note: Delivery without light and light cable). - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 10-BC - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 10-BC01 Protective barrel for lens for external lighting, internal diameter: 41 mm, length from mount: 65 mm, IP65 degree of protection. Protective barrel for lens D50, glass Front pane: Glass Protective barrel for lens D50, PMMA Front pane: PMMA LED ring lamps (plastic) Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 102 x 102 x 26.5 IP65 degree of protection, not suitable for protective barrel for lens D50. Figure shows protective barrel for lens; 2 small mounting brackets enclosed LED ring light, red, diffuse Operating range 75 mm to 0.5 m LED ring light, red, clear Operating range 75 mm to 1000 mm LED ring light, infrared, diffuse Operating range 75 mm to 0.5 m LED ring lights (metal) Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 116 x 116 x 42, suitable for protective barrel for lens D50. LED ring light, infrared, diffuse Light source: 850 nm, range of illumination: 75 mm to 250 mm, degree of protection: IP65. LED ring light, infrared, clear Light source: 850 nm, range of illumination: 500 mm to 000 mm, degree of protection: IP65. LED ring light, red, diffuse Light source: 75 mm to 250 mm, degree of protection: IP67. LED ring light, red, clear Light source: 150 mm to 2 000 mm, degree of protection: IP67. LED ring light, red, clear Light source: 500 mm to 000 mm, degree of protection: IP67. Lamp multiplexer for connecting several ring lights to a VS10-2 evaluation unit 6GF9 002-7AA 6GF9 002-7AA01 6GF9 004-8BA 6GF9 004-8CA 6GF9 004-7AA 6GF9 004-7AA01 6GF9 004-7BA01 6GF9 004-8BA01 6GF9 004-8CA01 6GF9 004-8DA01 6GF9 002-7BA /2
SIMATIC Identification systems Code reading system SIMATIC VS10-2 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. Cable Power supply cable Length 10 m, VS-side plug-in, one free end. This cable is included in the VS10-2 complete package. Supports Support for connecting the sensor head with the ring light and for fixing it at the mounting location and adjusting it. Ring light holder, coaxial, solid 2 units Sensor head support, tri-plate Sensor head/ring light holder, solid IP65 protective enclosure for processing units Contains DIN rail (TH5 according to EN 60715), IP65 degree of protection, ambient temperature (0 50 C), dimensions W x H x D (mm) 00 x 400 x 210 Possible built-in components (example): 1 VS10-2 processing unit (6GF1 018-BA), 1 lamp multiplexer (6GF9 002-7BA), 1 Industrial Ethernet Switch (6GK1 08-0BA00), 1 power supply 20 V/120 V AC 1./2.2 A; 24 V DC/5 A (6ES707-1EA00-0AA0) Cable glands (example): 1 VS100 power supply cable, D = 5.4 mm (6GF9 002-8CA), 1 sensor cable D = 6.8 mm (6GF9 002-8CD or 6GF9 002-8CF), 4 lighting cables D = 4.5 mm (6GF9 002-8CE or 6GF9002-8CG) 1 digital communication cable D = 7.4 mm (6GF9 002-8CB), 1 serial communication cable D = 5.0 mm (6ES790-1BF00-0XA0), Ethernet cables with 2 RJ45 connectors (e.g.: 6XV1 850-2GH20), Standard rail mounting For mounting the VS10-2 processing unit on a standard rail support. 6GF9 002-8CA Cable for LED ring light M12-90 plug / M12-180 socket, trailing type, suitable for: 6GF9 004-7AA01,...-7BA01,...-8BA01,...-8CA01...-8DA01, M12, 4-pin, in the following lengths 2.5 m 6GF9 002-8CE 10 m 6GF9 002-8CG Digital communication cable 6GF9 002-8CB Length 10 m, VS-side plug-in, one free end. This cable is included in the VS10-2 complete package. Sensor cable for sensor head connection Length 10 m, pluggable at both ends, suitable for trailing. Length 2.5 m Length 10 m This cable is included in the VS10-2 complete package. Industrial Ethernet crossed twisted-pair cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45 connector, for commissioning, service and installation, Cat. 6, pre-assembled with 2 RJ45 connectors, length 2 m Industrial Ethernet twisted-pair cable 4 x 2, RJ45/RJ45 connector, for commissioning, service and installation, Cat. 6, pre-assembled with 2 RJ45 connectors, length 2 m 6GF9 002-8CD 6GF9 002-8CF 6XV1 870-RH20 6XV1 870-QH20 6GF9 002-7AB 6GF9 002-7AD 6GF9 002-7AC 6GF9 002-7CA 6GF9 002-7DA Note: You can find more information in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /24
Vision sensors SIMATIC VS120 Overview The SIMATIC VS120 has been specially developed for shape recognition in industrial environments. The Vision Sensor combines industry-standard, rugged recognition reliability and ease of operation with the safety of industry-standard communication and PROFINET. The Vision Sensor is perfectly integrated into the SIMATIC S7 automation environment using a standardized function block. Sensor for object finding and object shape testing in incident light VS120 finds and checks different objects and/or patterns, e.g.: - Printed symbols (product markings on labels, packaging, etc.) - Injection molded components - Ceramic elements Simple configuration by presenting the "good" object to be recognized. The "teach-in" is performed automatically when the training function of the device is activated. Parameters are assigned by means of a web-based user interface that is executable on different platforms to which the following requirements apply: - Browser (IE5.5 or higher) - JAVA-VM (MS, SUN) The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling the device from an HMI device. The requirements regarding the browser and JAVA VM also apply here. Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator interface. Can be remote controlled via integrated digital inputs,, or PROFINET IO. Supplied as a complete package in several versions for different object sizes. Ordering data Order No. SIMATIC VS120 Vision Sensor Complete package for object inspection, comprising sensor head, LED overhead lighting unit, processing unit and the following cables: Cable between processing unit and sensor head, see below for length Cable between lighting and processing unit (except with Vision Sensors with variable field of view), see below for length Cable for power supply, length 10 m Cable for connecting digital I/O-devices, length 10 m Incl. documentation package for SIMATIC VS120 Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-1AA - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-1AA01 Field of view 40 mm x 0 mm - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-2AA - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-2AA01 Field of view can be varied and is prepared for protective enclosure IP65 (Note: lights and light cables not included in delivery) - With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-AB - With cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-AB01 Note: You can find more information in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /25
Vision sensors Siemens AG 2011 Lenses Overview With a lens suitable for the respective image evaluation task, the size of the image field is determined for the camera image for the required operating distance. High light intensity and the geometry of the image are extremely important for image evaluation (code reading, form recognition and position detection) High light intensity permits short shutter speeds and consequently a reduction of the blurring due to motion as well as maximizing the range. Fault-free image geometry optimizes the fault tolerance of image analysis with regard to perspective and unevenness of the surface of the depicted object. Lenses with fixed focal length and a settable aperture and focus are ideal for this purpose and are therefore preferred. Ordering data Order No. Order No. Lenses for reading code and Accessories for utilizing the mini lenses at close range: plain text and parts recognition Set of extension rings 6GF9 001-1BU with fixed focal length, with 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 5.0 mm, adjustable aperture and focus, 10.0 mm, 20.0 mm, 40 mm rings with locking screw with 1 mm diameter C thread, to be screwed in between the Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5 6GF9 001-1BE01 lens and the camera body D = 42 mm, L = 47 mm; for image capture in the macro successor type range. for 6GF9001-1BE; Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 5.7 mm; Mini lens 16 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 7.2 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1BF; Mini lens 25 mm, 1:1.4 D = 29.5 mm, L = 8.9 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1BG; Mini lens 5 mm, 1:1.6 D = 29.5 mm, L = 41.4 mm; Mini lens 50 mm, 1:2.8 D = 29.5 mm, L = 8.0 mm; successor type for 6GF9001-1AH; Mini lens 75 mm, 1:2.8 D = 4.0 mm, L = 6.6 mm; CS-Mount for C-Mount adapter ring 5 mm 6GF9 001-1BL01 6GF9 001-1BF01 6GF9 001-1BG01 6GF9 001-1BH01 6GF9 001-1BJ01 6GF9 001-1BK01 6GF9 001-1AP02 Accessories for utilizing the mini lenses in telephoto range: Focal length doubler 6GF9 001-1BV D = 0.5 mm, L = 17.9 mm, with C-thread to be screwed in between the lens and camera to extend the focal length by a factor of 2. Suitable lenses: 6GF9001-1BE01, -1BL01, -1BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, -1BJ01, -1BK01 Filter for utilization of the mini lenses in the limited field of view: Infrared filter 6GF9 001-2AD Function: Visible light is largely or completely filtered out, infrared light can pass through. Application: When used with infrared lamps, it is possible to achieve independence from daylight. Suitable lenses: 6GF9001-1BL01, -1BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, -1BJ01 Blue filter Function: Blue light can pass through. Application: e.g. to improve the visualization of structures. Suitable lenses: 6GF9001-1BL01, -1BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, -1BJ01 Polarization filter Function: Filters out light which is directed at right angles to the polarization direction of the filter. Application: e.g. to reduce reflections from metal. Suitable lenses: 6GF9001-1BL01, -1BF01, -1BG01, -1BH01, -1BJ01 6GF9 001-2AE 6GF9 001-2AF Note: You can find more information in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /26
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics STEP 7 Professional/Basic V11 Overview Intuitive, efficient and future-oriented the new engineering software for programming the S7 controllers SIMATIC STEP 7 Professional V11 is the easy-to-use, integrated engineering system for the current SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-00, S7-400 controllers and WinAC. SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic V11 is the successor to STEP 7 Basic V10.5 and supports the additional functions of the firmware 2.0 of the S7-1200 controller. STEP 7 V11 is based on the new central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), which offers the user a uniform, efficient and intuitive solution to all automation tasks. TIA Portal forms the integrated working environment for IA and DT engineering software. WinCC Basic for configuration of Basic Panels is included in the scope of supply. STEP 7 V11 (TIA Portal), portal view STEP 7 V11 (TIA Portal), device view: configuring and parameterizing in photographically realistic representation /27
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics STEP 7 Professional/Basic V11 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. STEP 7 Professional / Basic V11 Target system: SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-00, S7-400, WinAC Requirement: Windows XP Home SP (STEP 7 Basic only), Windows XP Professional SP (2 bit), Windows 7 Home Premium (STEP 7 Basic only), Windows 7Professional (2 bit), Windows 7 Enterprise (2 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate (2 bit), Microsoft Server 200 R2 Std. SP2 (2 bit), Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2 (2 bit) Form of delivery: German, English, Chinese, Italian, French, Spanish STEP 7 Professional V11, floating license 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA5 Software Update Service For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price, the customer is automatically provided with all upgrades and service packs for each installed software package. The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiration. Requires the current software version Software Update Service (Standard Edition) The delivery is implemented according to the number of ordered SUS products (e.g. 10 upgrade packages with 10 DVDs, 10 USB flash drives, etc.) STEP 7 Professional V11 STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YL5 6ES7 810-5CC04-0YE2 STEP 7 Prof. V11, trial license Upgrade STEP 7 Prof. 2006/2010 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license PowerPack & Upgrade STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license Powerpack STEP 7 Basic V11 to STEP 7 Prof. V11, floating license STEP 7 Basic V11, single license STEP 7 Basic V11, trial license 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YA7 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XE5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0XC5 6ES7 822-1AA01-0YC5 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA0 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YA7 STEP 7 Basic Software Update Service (Compact Edition) The delivery items are combined. For several contracts, only 1 package with 1 data medium set, 1 USB flash drive with the corresponding number of licenses and the corresponding number of COLs will be supplied. The delivery items to be combined must be ordered as one item. STEP 7 Professional V11 STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7 Professional in the TIA Portal STEP 7 Basic 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YL0 6ES7 822-1AA00-0YM5 6ES7 810-5CC00-0YM2 6ES7 822-0AA00-0YM0 Upgrade STEP 7 Basic V10.5 to STEP 7 Basic V11, single license 6ES7 822-0AA01-0YE0 Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 70 and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /28
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics STEP 7 Overview STEP 7 basic software: The standard tool for the SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC C7 and SIMATIC WinAC automation systems. Makes use of the full performance capabilities of the systems User-friendly functions for all phases of an automation project: - Configuring and parameterizing the hardware - Definition of communication - Programming - Testing, commissioning and service - Documentation, archiving - Operating, diagnostics functions Ordering data STEP 7 Version 5.5 Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Prof., Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate Delivery package: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian; incl. license key on USB stick, with electronic documentation Floating license on DVD Rental license for 50 hours Software Update Service on DVD (requires current software version) Upgrade Floating License.x/4.x/5.x to V5.5; on DVD Trial License STEP 7 V5.5; on DVD, 14 day trial STEP 7 Version 5.4 Japanese Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Professional Japanese Delivery package: English, Japanese; incl. authorization disk,5", without electronic documentation Floating License Japanese on DVD Upgrade Floating License Japanese.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on DVD STEP 7 Version 5.5, Chinese Target system: SIMATIC S7-00/400, SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Requirements: Windows XP Professional Chinese Delivery package: English, Chinese; incl. license key on USB stick, with electronic documentation Floating License Chinese on DVD Upgrade Floating License Chinese.x/4.x/5.x to V5.5; on DVD Order No. 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA6 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YE5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0YA7 6ES7 810-4CC08-0JA5 6ES7 810-4CC08-0JE5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0KA5 6ES7 810-4CC10-0KE5 /29
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics STEP 7 Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. Documentation package STEP 7 basic information Comprising Getting Started, hardware configuration manual, programming manual, migration manual German English French Spanish Italian STEP 7 reference manuals Consisting of STL, LAD and FBD manuals as well as a reference manual for standard and system functions for SIMATIC S7-00/400 German English French Spanish Italian SIMATIC Manual Collection Electronic manuals on DVD, five languages: S7-200/00/400, C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7, engineering software, runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Manual Collection update service for 1 year Current "Manual Collection" DVD and the three subsequent updates 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW0 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW0 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW0 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW0 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW0 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW1 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW1 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW1 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW1 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW1 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 EPROM programming device, USB prommer To program SIMATIC memory cards and EPROM modules MPI cable For linking SIMATIC S7 and CP through MPI (5 m) Components for connecting a PC to MPI and For PCs with a free PCI slot: CP 5611 CP 5611 MPI incl. MPI cable (5 m) For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot: CP 5512 For Windows XP Professional For PCs without a free PCI slot: PC adapter USB For connecting a PC to S7-00/-400/C7 through a USB interface; with USB cable (5 m) Components for connecting the PC to Industrial Ethernet For PCs with a free PCI slot: Layer 2 Ethernet cards For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot: SOFTNET-PB S7 V8.1 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 6GK1 561-1AA01 6GK1 561-1AM01 6GK1 551-2AA00 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0 6GK1 704-5CW08-1AA0 Note: You can find more information in Catalog ST 70 and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall /0
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager Overview SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station with SIMATIC PDM Device on the workbench Plant bus S7-400 S7-400 DP fieldbus Up to 12 Mbit/s Stand-alone computer with SIMATIC PDM SITRANS P HART protocol RS 22/RS 485 PA link FF link ET 200M (IM 15-2 with HART modules) SIMOCODE pro ET 200iSP HART multiplexer PA FF H1 HART SITRANS P DSIII HART SIPART PS2 SITRANS TH400 SITRANS LR 250 SITRANS P DS III SITRANS F M SIPART PS2 Possible connection point of a PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM (stand-alone operation) G_PCS7_XX_00200 Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor-independent tool for the configuration, parameterization, commissioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field devices (sensors and actuators) and field components (remote I/Os, multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers), which in the following sections will be referred to simply as devices. Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of more than 2000 devices from Siemens and over 200 vendors worldwide on one homogeneous user interface. The user interface satisfies the requirements of the VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/49/CD directives. Parameters and functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent and uniform fashion independent of their communications interface. Even complex devices with several hundred parameters can be represented clearly and processed quickly. Using SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex stations such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices. From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the most powerful open device manager available in the world. Devices which previously were not supported can be easily integrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device descriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment and saves you investment costs, training expenses and followup costs. SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in particular through: Uniform presentation and operation of devices Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing Detection of changes in the project and device Increasing the operational reliability Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs Graded user privileges including password protection When used in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the asset management of the process control system. You can change directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the diagnostics faceplates in the Maintenance Station. The Process Device Manager provides more detailed information for all devices described by means of an Electronic Device Description (EDD), e.g.: Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information, information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting, further documentation) Information on changes (audit trail report) Parameter information /1
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data SIMATIC PDM belongs to the SIMATIC products which can be used both in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 and in the extended context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). The product packages offered for different fields of application differ with regard to functionality, ordering data, and type of delivery. To provide a better overview and to avoid faulty ordering, the selection and ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 are listed separately. Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 applications SIMATIC PDM V6.0 Product packages SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 Complete package for integration into the engineering toolset of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional Floating license for 1 user, with SIMATIC PDM Basic Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 Routing via S7-400 128 TAGs Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library on CD/DVD Order No. 6ES7 658-LX06-0YA5 Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.0 SIMATIC PDM communication 6ES7 658-EX06-2YB5 via standard HART multiplexer 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions Order No. PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.0 SIMATIC PDM PowerPack for expanding the TAGs of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional Floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-XB06-2YD5 From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-XC06-2YD5 From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-XD06-2YD5 From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-XH06-2YD5 number of TAGs Demonstration software SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.0 without online communication and storage functionality 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM V6.0 software and device library on CD/DVD 6ES7 658-GX06-0YC8 /2
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager Ordering data Order No. Order No. SIMATIC PDM V7.0 Product packages SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 Complete package for integration into the engineering toolset of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional and Server 200 Floating license for 1 user, with SIMATIC PDM Basic and Extended Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 Routing via S7-400 100 TAGs Note: SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 requires the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or higher! Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V7.0 and device library on CD/DVD Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 SIMATIC PDM Communication 6ES7658-QX07-2YB5 FOUNDATION Fieldbus V7.0 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional and Server 200, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of license including terms and conditions SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 Complete package for integration into the engineering toolset of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish), software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional and Server 200 Floating license for 1 user, with SIMATIC PDM Basic and Extended Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 Routing via S7-400 Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus 100 TAGs Note: SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 requires the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP2 or higher! Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V7.0 and device library on CD/DVD 6ES7 658-LD07-0YA5 6ES7 658-MD07-0YA5 SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 SIMATIC PDM TAGs Count Relevant Licenses (can be accumulated) for expanding the TAGs of SIMATIC PDM product packages V7.0 or higher Software class A, executes with Windows XP Professional and Server 200 Floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of license including terms and conditions 10 TAGs 6ES7 658-XC00-2YB5 100 TAGs 6ES7 658-XD00-2YB5 1000 TAGs 6ES7 658-XE00-2YB5 /
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager Siemens AG 2011 Ordering data Order No. Order No. Ordering data for TIA applications Product packages Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0 for operation and parameterization of one field device; communication via DP/PA or HART modem, including 1 TAG cannot be expanded with respect to functions or with TAG option/powerpack 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library on CD/DVD 6ES7 658-HX06-0YA5 Basic configuration for individual product packages SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 Product package for operation and parameterization of field devices and components, communication via DP/PA, HART (modem, RS 22, ) and Modbus, including 4 TAGs 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP professional Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library on CD/DVD Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-AX06-0YA5 Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-AX06-0YA6 Application-specific configurations SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0 6ES7 658-JX06-0YA5 Product package for stand-alone users for servicing, with SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 128 TAGs 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library on CD/DVD Application-specific configurations (continued) SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0 6ES7 658-KX06-0YA5 Product package for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment, with SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 128 TAGs 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions; software SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library on CD/DVD Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.0 Integration in STEP 7 / 6ES7 658-BX06-2YB5 SIMATIC PCS 7 only required for integration of SIMATIC PDM into HW Config 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions Routing via S7-400 6ES7 658-CX06-2YB5 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions Communication via standard 6ES7 658-EX06-2YB5 HART multiplexer 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions /4
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager Ordering data Order No. More information TAG options/powerpacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.0 SIMATIC PDM TAG option for TAG expansion, additive to SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-XA06-2YB5 Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-XB06-2YB5 Up to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-XC06-2YB5 Up to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-XD06-2YB5 SIMATIC PDM PowerPack for TAG expansion, for any SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product packages 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key disk, certificate of license including terms and conditions From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-XB06-2YD5 From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-XC06-2YD5 From 1024TAGs to 2048 TAGs 6ES7 658-XD06-2YD5 From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-XH06-2YD5 number of TAGs Demonstration software SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.0 6ES7 658-GX06-0YC8 without online communication and storage functionality 6 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), software class A, executes with Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP professional Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM V6.0 software and device library on CD/DVD Update/Upgrade All SIMATIC PDM product variants and combinations with Version 5.x can be upgraded to Version 6.0 per SIMATIC PDM Upgrade. Product configurations according to SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 that are used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can be upgraded to V7.0 by means of an upgrade package. SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or higher must be installed, however, to permit the installation of the upgrade package for upgrading from SIMATIC PDM V6.0 to V7.0. A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also offered for SIMATIC PDM. For further information, see Sections "Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and "Software Update Service" in Chapter "Update/upgrade packages" in Catalog SIMATIC PCS 7. /5
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics Siemens AG 2011 Overview Application BANYnet is a tool based on Microsoft Windows for documentation, monitoring, diagnostics, recording and analysis of independent program modules: The functionality for this is distributed as follows between five Ethernet and networks. The Plant Manager of BANYnet Ethernet offers valuable Management of all IP and MAC addresses in the network support toward configuration of your plant through Generation of a network overview map management of IP and MAC addresses, automatic generation of the plant display, and import and export functions. Automatic scanning of network The Observer scans the network using various protocols, and Monitoring of network nodes for "Failure", "Newly added", displays safety-related changes in the network topology both "Not registered" in an overview and in a hierarchy. Reading out of data, message frame types and error statistics The Plant Diagnostics reads the configuration data as well as from the network components comprehensive message frame type and error statistics from Display of bus load the SNMP-capable network components, and provides information to assist searching for errors in the Ethernet network. Recording of message frame traffic Data such as bus load or lifelist are evaluated and displayed Recording of PROFINET communication online. Recording of communication The Bus Analysis records the message frame traffic on one Comprehensive trigger, filter and sorting functions or more Ethernet buses synchronously, and interprets the message frames throughout all levels, including SIMATIC S7/ PCS 7 and PROFINET. Comprehensive trigger, filter and sorting functions allow fast localization of errors. The Profibus Scope records the message frame traffic of a network using a CP 5512, and interprets the message frames accordingly. Comprehensive trigger, filter and sorting functions allow fast localization of errors. BANYnet plant configuration Benefits Continuously updated overview of the configured network (number/type of components) Permanent bus load display ensures sufficient performance in the network Fast localization of errors in network components Network optimization through statistics on type and length of message frame, cycle time, etc. Function The Plant Manager is used to configure the database of the BANYnet project. All information required is created in data structures. An import/export function allows data exchange with other programs. A user-friendly plant overview is automatically generated from the data structures. The Plant Manager can therefore be used for both documentation and configuration of Ethernet networks. Tables provide detailed information on the properties of the nodes. Furthermore, any type of information can be assigned to the individual nodes for documentation purposes. The Plant Diagnostics scans the system data of SNMP-capable network nodes (e.g. switches, PCs), and thus provides information on the configured nodes. The bus load display of the individual ports (numeric or graphic) and the list of nodes provide great assistance in locating errors in the Ethernet network. Statistics functions provide information on the number of individual message frame types (packet lengths, message frame types, error types, etc.). The events (traps) sent by the switch can be displayed in a list. Parameterization of the SCALANCE X and OSM/ESM Industrial Ethernet switches is supported in addition, e.g. IP address, port configuration or firmware update. /6
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics Function (continued) The Bus Analysis allows user-friendly analysis of recorded files (import/export of Netmon or Sniffer files is also possible) over several interfaces simultaneously (e.g. for redundancy analyses) by means of the integral BANYmon. Errors can be rapidly located using predefined or user-generated filter and sorting functions. When one of the listed message frames is clicked, the associated detailed information is output. SIMATIC S5/S7/PCS 7-specific message frames are interpreted and displayed according to their type (e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8 message frames, etc.). When using a CP 1616, PROFINET data traffic can be recorded without time losses and with complete message frame interpretation. The Observer permits user-friendly and reliable dynamic monitoring of your network. The actual state is compared with the project created in the Plant Manager, and changes are displayed immediately. In order to locate events such as errors or the penetration of unknown nodes, it is possible to graphically trace the network hierarchy back to the source. In addition, these events are saved in log files for later analysis and documentation. Furthermore, the scanned data can be imported into the project and updated supplementary to the Plant Manager. The Scope permits recording, saving and userfriendly analysis of bus events. It supports all baud rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, and determines these automatically. The recording can be carried out in a linear buffer or a cyclic buffer of selectable size. Long-term recording is possible in this manner. The start and end of recording can be automated using triggers. The data quantities can be reduced during the recording using predefined or user-created filter and sorting functions, and errors can be easily located by means of the subsequent analysis. When a listed message frame is clicked, its detailed information is output. The SIMATIC S7/PCS 7- specific message frames are interpreted and displayed depending on their type (e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8 message frames, etc.). The following protocols are interpreted: DP, FDL, DPV1, DPV2, FMS and S7. The BANYnet function for executing several recordings in parallel can be used for the redundancy analysis. BANYnet is connected to the redundant bus segments for this purpose. Since the recorded message frames are assigned synchronous time stamps, the communication flow information can be easily compared. This allows fast and exact locating of redundancy problems. Note: The computer with the BANYnet program package requires a CP 5512 (PC card) for the connection. Ordering data BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics Program package for PC/PG for Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP SP2 and electronic documentation on CD, dual language (German, English), software protected by USB dongle BANYnet Ethernet for Industrial Ethernet networks BANYnet for networks; (CP 5512 is required) BANYnet Ethernet and for Ethernet and networks; (CP 5512 is required) CP 5512 communication processor PC card (CardBus, 2 bit) for connection of a programming device or notebook to or MPI, under 2 bit in connection with SOFTNET software or STEP 7; German/English More information Support can be found at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info Order No. 9AE4 100-1DB00 9AE4 100-1DE00 9AE4 100-1DF00 6GK1 551-2AA00 /7
components Siemens AG 2011 DP ASICs Overview Easy connection of field devices to Integrated low power management Different ASICs for the different functional requirements and application areas Application The DP ASICs allow equipment manufacturers to connect their devices to easily. They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s. The following blocks are available for different functional requirements and fields of application: Master applications: ASPC 2 Intelligent slaves: SPC and SPCLV for DP, with hardwarecontrolled bus access; DPC 1 with integral 801 core; SPC 4-2. Connection in intrinsically safe systems: SIM 1-2 for physical connection in intrinsically safe fieldbus systems as a Medium Attachment Unit for IEC 61158-2 at 1.25 kbit/s. Especially for combining with the SPC 4-2 and DPC 1. Simple slaves: LSPM 2 with 2 input/output bits for confined spaces Connection to fiber-optic conductors: FOCSI module for electrical conditioning of signals already received or to be sent. The module ensures that the optically transmitted signals are properly electrically restored (retiming/retriggering) For initial development, order quantities of 5/6 ASICs are possible (not suitable for batch assembly because the pins of the ASIC can be bent due to the packaging; packing units larger than 5/6 units must be used) The number of ASICs per packing unit depends on the ASIC type (see ordering data). The ASICS ASPC 2, SPC, SPCLV, DPC1, LSPM2 and FOCSI can also be supplied in a lead-free design. Design ASPC 2 The ASPC 2 is a preprocessing communications chip for master applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. The ASIC has not been disclosed. The brief user manual describes the pins and the electrical properties of the ASPC 2. A separate microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are required for operation. The firmware is tuned to the 80C165 processor and can be obtained by purchasing a license. SPC The SPC is a preprocessing communications chip with a processor interface. The SPC processes message frame identification, address identification, execution of the data back-up sequences and protocol processing for DP. Firmware is offered for the Siemens SPC (see ordering data). SPC LV The product portfolio for intelligent slave applications was expanded by a. V version. The SPCLV is 100% compatible in terms of functions and pins to the 5 V version (SPC). DPC 1 The DPC 1 is a preprocessing communications module with a processor interface and an integrated processor core (C1 core). It supports the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves on DP and PA. The DPC 1 autonomously processes all communications tasks and has, in addition, an integral C1 core for further applications. It combines the communication properties of the ASICs SPC and SPC 4-2 in one chip. The integrated C1 core can also be programmed as required. Firmware is offered for the Siemens ASIC DPC 1 (see ordering data). SPC 4-2 The SPC 4-2 is a preprocessing communications chip with a processor interface. It is designed for combined applications and due to the Low Power Management function, it is ideally suited to use in intrinsically safe applications. Firmware is offered for the SPC 4-2 by the company TMG itec 1). The signals are converted for PA using the SIM 1-2 module. 1) Order from: TMG itec 7617 Karlsruhe, Germany Tel. +49 (0)721 82 80 60 /8
components DP ASICs Design (continued) SIM 1-2 The SIM 1-2 supplements the SPC 4-2 or DPC 1. Only a few external components are required in addition to these ASICs to be able to connect field devices to an intrinsically safe network in accordance with PA. In combination with the SPC 4-2 or DPC 1, the functions of a PA slave can be processed from physical linking through to communication control. SIM 1-2 supports all send and receive functions (including Jabber Control) as well as the high-resistance decoupling of auxiliary power from the bus cable. It provides an adjustable, stabilized supply voltage and also supports configuration of an electrically isolating power supply with just a few passive components. The ASIC contains a special interface logic which provides a low-overhead, minimum power interface for galvanic signal separation as an alternative to the standard signal interface. It can be connected to all Manchester encoders/decoders to the IEC 61 158-2 standard at 1.25 kbit/s. LSPM 2 LSPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 2 input/output bits. It processes all bus communication autonomously. An additional microprocessor and firmware are not required. The compact MQFP casing with 80 pins makes it ideal for applications with low space requirements. FOCSI This ASIC functions as an expansion to the existing ASICs. The FOCSI module (Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens) ensures proper electrical conditioning and transfer of the received/sent optical signal. To inject the signal into a fiber-optic conductor, apart from FOCSI, the appropriate optical transmitter and receiver will be required. FOCSI can be used with the DP ASICs described above. Additional ordering data available on request Technical specifications LSPM 2 SPC SPC LV DPC 1 Protocol DP DP DP DP, PA Application range simple slave application intelligent slave application intelligent slave application intelligent slave application Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s Bus access in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC Automatic determination of yes yes yes yes transmission rate Microprocessor required no yes yes integrated Scope of firmware not required 6 to 24 KB 6 to 24 KB approx. 8 KB Message buffer - 1.5 KB 1.5 KB 6 KB Power supply 5V DC 5 V DC. V DC. V DC Power loss, max. 0.5 W 0.5 W <0.5 W 0.2 W Permissible ambient temperature -40 C +75 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C Housing MQFP, 80-pin PQFP, 44-pin PQFP, 44-pin PQFP, 100-pin Frame size 4 cm 2 2 cm 2 2 cm 2 4 cm 2 Delivery quantities (pcs.) 6/66/0/4950 6/96/750/960/4800 5/160/800/1000/4800 STEP B: 6/60/00/5100 STEP C1: 6/66/660/4620 Protocol Application range SPC 4-2 ASPC 2 SIM 1-2 FOCSI DP DP PA - FMS FMS PA PA Intelligent slave application Master application Medium Attachment Medium Management Unit Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 1.25 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s Bus access in ASIC in ASIC - - Automatic determination of yes yes - - transmission rate Microprocessor required yes yes - - Scope of firmware 0 KB 80 KB not required not required Message buffer KB 1 MB (external) - - Voltage supply 5 V DC,. V 5 V DC via bus. V DC Power loss, max. 0.6 W at 5 V 0.9 W 0.05 W 0.75 W 0.01 W at. V Permissible ambient temperature -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C Housing TQFP, 44-pin P-MQFP, 100-pin MLPQ, 40-pin TQFP, 44-pin Frame size 2 cm 2 4 cm 2 6 mm 2 2 cm 2 Delivery quantities (pcs.) 5/160 6/66/660/4620 0/60/1000 40 /9
components Siemens AG 2011 DP ASICs Ordering data Order No. Order No. ASIC ASPC 2 For constructing master interfaces (quantity discount) 6 units (lead-free) 66 units (lead-free) 660 units (lead-free) 4620 units (lead-free) ASIC LSPM 2 For constructing simple slave interfaces (quantity discount) 6 units (lead-free) 66 units (lead-free) 0 units (lead-free) 4950 units (lead-free) ASIC SPC For constructing intelligent DP slave interfaces (quantity discounts) 6 units (lead-free) 96 units (lead-free) 960 units (lead-free) 4800 units (lead-free) 750 units (lead-free) T&R ASIC SPC LV For constructing intelligent DP slave interfaces (quantity discounts) 5 units (lead-free) 160 units (lead-free) 800 units (lead-free) 4800 units (lead-free) 1000 units (lead-free) T&R ASIC FOCSI Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens for conditioning signals for the optical 40 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0AA05-0XA0 6ES7 195-0AA15-0XA0 6ES7 195-0AA25-0XA0 6ES7 195-0AA5-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA02-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA22-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BA2-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD04-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD14-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD24-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD4-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BD44-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BG00-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BG10-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BG20-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BG0-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BG40-0XA0 6ES7 195-0EA20-0XA0 ASIC DPC 1 STEP B For constructing intelligent DP slave interfaces (quantity discounts) 6 units (lead-free) 60 units (lead-free) 00 units (lead-free) 5100 units (lead-free) ASIC DPC 1 STEP C1 For constructing intelligent DP slave interfaces (quantity discounts) 6 units (lead-free) 66 units (lead-free) 660 units (lead-free) 4620 units (lead-free) ASIC SPC 4-2 For constructing intelligent DP slave interfaces (quantity discounts) 5 units for laboratory development (lead-free) 160 units (lead-free, 1 tray) ASIC SIM 1-2 For connection according to IEC H1 for PA with a transmission rate of 1.25 kbit/s 60 units (in tube) 1000 units (tape & reel) Accessories Firmware for Siemens ASIC SPC DP firmware DPV1 firmware DPV1 firmware upgrade Firmware for Siemens ASIC DPC 1 DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-0BE02-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BE12-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BE22-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BE2-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BF02-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BF12-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BF22-0XA0 6ES7 195-0BF2-0XA0 6GK1 588-AA00 6GK1 588-AA15 6GK1 588-BB02 6GK1 588-BB21 6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA01-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BB00-0XA0 More information Support Please contact the following Competence Centers for any technical questions: Germany and Europe Siemens AG Communication, Development & Certification (ComDeC) PO Box 2555 9071 Fürth, Germany Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080 Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100 E-mail: http://comdec@siemens.com USA and International PROFI Interface Center (PIC) One Internet Plazza PO Box 4991 Johnson City, TN 7602-4991 Tel.: +1 (42) - 262 2969 Fax: +1 (42) - 262 210 E-mail: http://profibus.sea@siemens.com /40
components Connections/interfaces Overview PC slave board IM 182-1 for the connection of AT-compatible PCs as DP slaves Application The DP interface module IM 182-2 makes it easy to connect a slave to DP. It is based on the ASIC SPC of Siemens AG. The interface module can be implemented up to a transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. Technical specifications 6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0 General information Application area Slave applications Delivery quantities (pcs.) 5 V DC Yes Current consumption, typ. 250 ma Hardware components/ modules/asic ASIC SPC Scope of firmware 4 to 24 KB (incl. test program) Programming devices Microprocessor type Processor of the PG/PC Interfaces DP Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s Protocols DP protocol Yes Operating temperature Min. 0 C max. 60 C Dimensions and weight PCB size, width 168 mm PCB size, height 105 mm Ordering data SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1 PC slave board For DP, max. 12 Mbit/s Accessories Windows NT driver for IM 180 and IM 182 Firmware for Siemens ASIC SPC and IM 182-1 DP firmware Design DPV1 firmware IM 182-1 PC slave board DPV1 firmware upgrade The simple IM 182-1 PC slave card (ISA bus) is based on the ASIC SPC. It contains all the physical bus components. A 9-pin More information Sub-D connector is used for connecting to DP. The firmware of the SPC can be used as an accessory on the Brochures PC. The 1.5 KB RAM of the SPC forms the interface to the host system. A driver for Windows NT is also offered. Order No. 6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0 6ES7 195-2AC00-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA01-0XA0 6ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0 Information material for downloading can be found in the Internet: www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial Manuals Manuals for DP connections are available free in the Internet. Support Please contact the following Competence Centers for any technical questions: Germany and Europe Siemens AG Communication, Development & Certification (ComDeC) PO Box 2555 9071 Fürth, Germany Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080 Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100 E-mail: http://comdec@siemens.com USA and International PROFI Interface Center (PIC) One Internet Plazza PO Box 4991 Johnson City, TN 7602-4991 Tel.: +1 (42) - 262 2969 Fax: +1 (42) - 262 210 E-mail: http://profibus.sea@siemens.com /41
components Siemens AG 2011 Development kits Overview Development kit Using the development kits, hardware and software applications can be developed and tested using the ASICs DPC1. The comprehensive, perfectly interacting hardware and software components considerably reduce the development costs for a device. The kits provide a fully functional hardware development environment which development engineers can build on with their special requirements for hardware and software. The kit documentation is supplied on CD in English and German. The kits make our know-how accessible to other users. The development team is available to provide advice to new users even with their own developments - this consultancy service is also a component part of the development kit. Following completion of a development, devices can be certified by our experts in the interface centers we can help new users here, too. DP/PA development kit The kit facilitates set up of slaves with a variety of standards: DP-V1 (RS485) PA (IEC 1158) and based on fiber-optic cables. The development environment shows applications implemented using -ASICs DPC 1. Hardware included: DPC 1 development board; for developing/testing proprietary applications CP 561; serves as master interface for the PC (PCI card) Optical bus terminal; for conversion of copper cables to FOCs Pre-assembled cables Software included: Testing and simulation software under WinNT for use on the PC in connection with the CP 561 master module Sample program for the DPC 1 board DPC 1 DPV1 original firmware, including developer license Parameterization software for CP 561 "COM " for DP operation When developing PA applications, order a DP/PA coupler (6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0) separately. The DP/PA coupler converts the DP physical specifications into those of PA. This module is not included in the development kit! PROFIsafe starter kit V.4 The PROFIsafe starter kit V.4 is compatible with version 2.4 of the PROFIsafe profile, as specified in IEC 61784--. It meets a series of user requirements such as multi-instance capability and variable process data length at runtime. Along with all of the PI specifications required for development, the PROFIsafe starter kit contains the source files for the PROFIsafe driver software (PSD) and a comprehensive implementation manual in English and German. In addition, it includes various CRC calculation tools and tools for creating GSD files with security-related parameters. Examples of adaptation of the PSD (PROFIsafe Driver) to current and PROFINET stack interfaces provide assistance for adaptations that may be necessary. Special "slow motion monitors" allow the PROFIsafe protocol processes to be monitored in slow motion. A new feature is support for the ipar server and the TCI interface. Example applications are provided on the CD-ROM for both and PROFINET. The hardware components supplied in the development kits offer the user access to the PROFIsafe world, step-by-step. The PROFIsafe starter kit consists of the following components: Current PROFIsafe specifications with current PROFIsafe certificate PROFIsafe driver software (as core component of the development package) Example GSD file for STEP7 (for DP/PA development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO) Example project for S7-19F (for DP/PA development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO) GSD tools (e.g. GSD editor and CRC calculation tool) ipar server software and instructions (FB24) Tool calling interface example and instructions F programming guidelines Layer stacks (V1SL and PN IO) Example firmware (for DP/PA development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO) Project for development environment example (for DP/PA development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO) Slow motion monitor (for : PG-PC and CP561, for PROFINET: PG-CP1616) Comprehensive documentation /42
components Development kits Ordering data Order No. More information DP/PA development kit For ASIC DPC 1 and SIM1, English/German PROFIsafe starter kit V.4 6ES7 195-BA10-0YA0 6ES7 195-BF02-0YA0 Manuals Manuals for DP connections are available free in the Internet. Support Please contact the following Competence Centers for any technical questions: Germany and Europe Siemens AG Communication, Development & Certification (ComDeC) PO Box 2555 9071 Fürth, Germany Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080 Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100 E-mail: http://comdec@siemens.com USA and International PROFI Interface Center (PIC) One Internet Plazza PO Box 4991 Johnson City, TN 7602-4991 Tel.: +1 (42) - 262 2969 Fax: +1 (42) - 262 210 E-mail: http://profibus.sea@siemens.com /4
Partner solutions Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave Siemens AG 2011 Overview Technical specifications The Delphi software products offer programming interfaces for Type Delphi developments with access to. The following protocols are available: System requirements DP (Delphi-DPLib) for the DP-561 software with CP 561 A2/CP 5614 A2 or SOFTNET-DP with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621 DP SOFTNET slave (Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave) for all SIMATIC DP slave products for CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621 S7 communication (Delphi-S7) for the S7-561 software with CP 561 A2/CP 5614 A2 or SOFTNET-S7 with CP 5512/CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621 The products enable easy access to the Siemens SIMATIC NET programming interfaces under Borland Delphi. Ordering data In its communication functions, the interface for Borland Delphi Delphi-DPLib is analogous to the Siemens interface for the programming for Borland Delphi language C. All the services of the relevant communication Including example program, protocols over are supported. documentation German and English Benefits Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave for Borland Delphi Including example program, documentation German and English Interfacing the Borland world to SIMATIC NET Developments are executable on computers with PCI, PCI Express, PCMCIA or PC card slots Delphi-S7 for Borland Delphi or C++-Builder Including example program, documentation German and English For more information contact: Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave for Borland Delphi Borland Delphi 6.0 or higher All Windows operating systems as of Windows NT 4.0 CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 561 A2/CP 5614 A2 Software packages for CP 561 A2/CP 5614 A2 or CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 Order No. Delphi-DPLib Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave Delphi-S7 SoftwareOption Outsourcing Services GmbH SoftwareOption Outsourcing Services GmbH, Carsten Buchloh Waldstraße 0 D-52080 Aachen Tel.: +49 - (0)2405-47 16 727 Fax: +49 - (0)2405-47 16 729 E-mail: Carsten.Buchloh@ SoftwareOption.de Internet: www.softwareoption.de Note: Fully functional test versions are available for download on the Internet. You can also order the full versions online. More information You can find more information on the Internet at: www.softwareoption.com /44